US20200138567A1 - Mitral valve spacer device - Google Patents

Mitral valve spacer device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200138567A1
US20200138567A1 US16/733,659 US202016733659A US2020138567A1 US 20200138567 A1 US20200138567 A1 US 20200138567A1 US 202016733659 A US202016733659 A US 202016733659A US 2020138567 A1 US2020138567 A1 US 2020138567A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
clasp
control member
shaft
actuation
side portion
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US16/733,659
Other versions
US10646342B1 (en
Inventor
Devin H. Marr
Sergio Delgado
Eric Robert Dixon
David M. Taylor
Asher L. Metchik
Matthew T. Winston
Grant Matthew Stearns
Sam Sok
Tam Van Nguyen
Rhayoung Kwon
Victoria Cheng-Tan Wu
Amanda Kristine Anderson White
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Edwards Lifesciences Corp
Original Assignee
Edwards Lifesciences Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Edwards Lifesciences Corp filed Critical Edwards Lifesciences Corp
Priority to US16/733,659 priority Critical patent/US10646342B1/en
Assigned to EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION reassignment EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WHITE, AMANDA KRISTINE ANDERSON, TAYLOR, DAVID M., DIXON, ERIC ROBERT, METCHIK, ASHER L., STEARNS, GRANT MATTHEW, WINSTON, MATTHEW T., DELGADO, Sergio, KWON, Rhayoung, MARR, DEVIN H., NGUYEN, TAM VAN, SOK, SAM, WU, VICTORIA CHENG-TAN
Priority to US16/842,837 priority patent/US10820998B2/en
Publication of US20200138567A1 publication Critical patent/US20200138567A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10646342B1 publication Critical patent/US10646342B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/24Heart valves ; Vascular valves, e.g. venous valves; Heart implants, e.g. passive devices for improving the function of the native valve or the heart muscle; Transmyocardial revascularisation [TMR] devices; Valves implantable in the body
    • A61F2/2442Annuloplasty rings or inserts for correcting the valve shape; Implants for improving the function of a native heart valve
    • A61F2/246Devices for obstructing a leak through a native valve in a closed condition
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
    • A61B17/122Clamps or clips, e.g. for the umbilical cord
    • A61B17/1227Spring clips
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
    • A61B17/128Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord for applying or removing clamps or clips
    • A61B17/1285Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord for applying or removing clamps or clips for minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/24Heart valves ; Vascular valves, e.g. venous valves; Heart implants, e.g. passive devices for improving the function of the native valve or the heart muscle; Transmyocardial revascularisation [TMR] devices; Valves implantable in the body
    • A61F2/2442Annuloplasty rings or inserts for correcting the valve shape; Implants for improving the function of a native heart valve
    • A61F2/2463Implants forming part of the valve leaflets
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/24Heart valves ; Vascular valves, e.g. venous valves; Heart implants, e.g. passive devices for improving the function of the native valve or the heart muscle; Transmyocardial revascularisation [TMR] devices; Valves implantable in the body
    • A61F2/2442Annuloplasty rings or inserts for correcting the valve shape; Implants for improving the function of a native heart valve
    • A61F2/2466Delivery devices therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00743Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
    • A61B2017/00778Operations on blood vessels
    • A61B2017/00783Valvuloplasty
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2210/00Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2210/0014Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof using shape memory or superelastic materials, e.g. nitinol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2220/00Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2220/0008Fixation appliances for connecting prostheses to the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2220/00Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2220/0008Fixation appliances for connecting prostheses to the body
    • A61F2220/0016Fixation appliances for connecting prostheses to the body with sharp anchoring protrusions, e.g. barbs, pins, spikes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2220/00Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2220/0025Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
    • A61F2220/0075Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements sutured, ligatured or stitched, retained or tied with a rope, string, thread, wire or cable

Definitions

  • This disclosure generally relates to prosthetic devices and related methods for helping to seal native heart valves to prevent or reduce regurgitation therethrough, as well as devices and related methods for implanting such prosthetic devices.
  • the native heart valves i.e., the aortic, pulmonary, tricuspid and mitral valves
  • These heart valves can be damaged, and thus rendered less effective, by congenital malformations, inflammatory processes, infectious conditions, or disease. Such damage to the valves can result in serious cardiovascular compromise or death.
  • the definitive treatment for such damaged valves was surgical repair or replacement of the valve during open heart surgery.
  • open heart surgeries are highly invasive and are prone to many complications. Therefore, elderly and frail patients with defective heart valves often went untreated. More recently, transvascular techniques have been developed for introducing and implanting prosthetic devices in a manner that is much less invasive than open heart surgery.
  • transseptal technique comprises inserting a catheter into the right femoral vein, up the inferior vena cava and into the right atrium. The septum is then punctured and the catheter passed into the left atrium.
  • transvascular techniques have increased in popularity due to their high success rates.
  • a healthy heart has a generally conical shape that tapers to a lower apex.
  • the heart is four-chambered and comprises the left atrium, right atrium, left ventricle, and right ventricle.
  • the left and right sides of the heart are separated by a wall generally referred to as the septum.
  • the native mitral valve of the human heart connects the left atrium to the left ventricle.
  • the mitral valve has a very different anatomy than other native heart valves.
  • the mitral valve includes an annulus portion, which is an annular portion of the native valve tissue surrounding the mitral valve orifice, and a pair of cusps, or leaflets, extending downward from the annulus into the left ventricle.
  • the mitral valve annulus can form a “D”-shaped, oval, or otherwise out-of-round cross-sectional shape having major and minor axes.
  • the anterior leaflet can be larger than the posterior leaflet, forming a generally “C”-shaped boundary between the abutting free edges of the leaflets when they are closed together.
  • the anterior leaflet and the posterior leaflet function together as a one-way valve to allow blood to flow only from the left atrium to the left ventricle.
  • the left atrium receives oxygenated blood from the pulmonary veins.
  • the muscles of the left atrium contract and the left ventricle dilates (also referred to as “ventricular diastole” or “diastole”), the oxygenated blood that is collected in the left atrium flows into the left ventricle.
  • ventricular systole When the muscles of the left atrium relax and the muscles of the left ventricle contract (also referred to as “ventricular systole” or “systole”), the increased blood pressure in the left ventricle urges the two leaflets together, thereby closing the one-way mitral valve so that blood cannot flow back to the left atrium and is instead expelled out of the left ventricle through the aortic valve.
  • a plurality of fibrous cords called chordae tendineae tether the leaflets to papillary muscles in the left ventricle.
  • Mitral regurgitation occurs when the native mitral valve fails to close properly and blood flows into the left atrium from the left ventricle during the systolic phase of heart contraction. Mitral regurgitation is the most common form of valvular heart disease. Mitral regurgitation has different causes, such as leaflet prolapse, dysfunctional papillary muscles and/or stretching of the mitral valve annulus resulting from dilation of the left ventricle. Mitral regurgitation at a central portion of the leaflets can be referred to as central jet mitral regurgitation and mitral regurgitation nearer to one commissure (i.e., location where the leaflets meet) of the leaflets can be referred to as eccentric jet mitral regurgitation.
  • Some prior techniques for treating mitral regurgitation include stitching portions of the native mitral valve leaflets directly to one another (known as an “Alfieri” stitch).
  • Other prior techniques include the use of a leaflet clip, such as the MitraClip®, that is clipped onto the coaptation edges of the native mitral valve leaflets and hold them together to mimic an Alfieri stitch.
  • the MitraClip® device suffers from a number of drawbacks. For example, securing the leaflets directly to each other can place undue stress on the leaflets, which can cause tearing and single leaflet detachment.
  • the MitraClip® device has a relatively narrow profile and can only capture a very small area of the leaflets, which can create areas of the stress on the leaflets and possible trauma to the leaflets. Fastening the leaflets directly to each other also prevents the captured portions of the coaptation edges from separating during ventricular diastole, which can inhibit antegrade blood flow through the mitral valve.
  • the procedure for implanting the MitraClip® device is relatively difficult and time consuming for a number of reasons. For example, it is difficult to properly position the device so that the clipping members are behind the native leaflets, which are moving during the cardiac cycle. Further, when positioning or retrieving the MitraClip® device the clipping members can become entangled or catch onto adjacent tissue, such as the chordae tendineae. Removing the device from the entangled tissue can be difficult and can cause trauma to the tissue. Another drawback is that a single MitraClip® device typically will not adequately reduce mitral regurgitation because only a very small area of the leaflets are held together. As such, multiple devices, such as two to four devices, typically are required to adequately address the regurgitation, which further adds to the complexity and time of the procedure.
  • the MitraClip® delivery system does not permit independent positioning of the implant in the anterior-posterior directions, superior-inferior directions, and the medial-lateral directions. Due to limitations of the MitraClip® delivery system, adjustment of the delivery system in the medial-lateral direction, for example, will change the superior-inferior positioning of the implant. Thus, positioning the implant at the desired location along the coaptation edge using the MitraClip® delivery system is difficult and/or time consuming.
  • prosthetic devices that are primarily intended to be implanted at one of the mitral, aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart, as well as apparatuses and methods for implanting the same.
  • the prosthetic devices can be used to help restore and/or replace the functionality of a defective native valve.
  • An implantable prosthetic device can include a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps.
  • the spacer member can be configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart.
  • the anchors can be coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member.
  • the clasps can be coupled to a respective anchor and configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors.
  • the clasps can be independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps.
  • the spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart.
  • the anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member.
  • the clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors.
  • the clasps are independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the prosthetic device is movable between a compressed configuration, in which the spacer member is radially compressed and is axially spaced relative to at least a portion of the anchors, and an expanded configuration, in which the spacer member expands radially outwardly relative to the compressed configuration and overlaps the at least a portion of the anchors.
  • the anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer member between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • An angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is greater than approximately 120 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration.
  • the anchors have first portions, second portions, and joint portions disposed between the first portions and the second portions.
  • the first portions are coupled to the spacer member.
  • the at least a portion of the anchors is the second portions of the anchors.
  • the first portions are spaced relative to the second portions in the compressed configuration and overlap with the second portions in the expanded configuration.
  • the anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer member between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • An angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 180 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration, and the angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 0 degrees when the anchors are in the second configuration.
  • the clasps comprise attachment portions and arm portions, the attachment portions are coupled to the anchors, and the arm portions are pivotable relative to the attachment portions between the open configuration and the closed configuration.
  • the clasps are configured to capture the native leaflets between the attachment portions and the arm portions.
  • the clasps are configured to be biased to the closed configuration.
  • the clasps are configured to have a preload when the clasps are in the closed configuration.
  • the clasps comprise barbs configured to engage tissue of the native leaflets.
  • the spacer member and the anchors are formed from a single, unitary piece of material.
  • the spacer member and the anchors includes braided or woven material comprising nitinol.
  • the prosthetic device is configured for implantation in a native mitral valve and to reduce mitral regurgitation.
  • an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps.
  • the spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart.
  • the anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member.
  • the anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer body between a first configuration and a second configuration. An angle between at least a portion of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 180 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration, and the angle between the at least a portion of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 0 degrees when the anchors are in the second configuration.
  • the clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the anchors have first portions, second portions, and joint portions disposed between the first portions and the second portions.
  • the first portions are coupled to the spacer member.
  • the at least a portion of the anchors is the first portions of the anchors.
  • the clasps are separately movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • an assembly comprises an implantable prosthetic device and a delivery apparatus.
  • the implantable prosthetic device has a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, a plurality of clasps, a first collar, and a second collar.
  • the first end portions of the anchors are coupled to a first end portion of the spacer member, and second end portions of the anchors are coupled to the first collar.
  • the second collar is coupled to a second end portion of the spacer member, and the clasps are coupled to the anchors.
  • the delivery apparatus has a first shaft, a second shaft, and a plurality of clasp control members.
  • the first shaft is releasably coupled to the first collar of the prosthetic device
  • the second shaft is releasably coupled to the second collar of the prosthetic device
  • the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Actuating the clasp control members moves the clasps between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the delivery apparatus is configured such that moving the first shaft and the second shaft relative to each other moves the prosthetic device between a first configuration, in which anchors are in a radially compressed, axially elongate configuration, and a second configuration, in which the anchors are in a radially expanded, axially compressed configuration and at least partially overlap the spacer member to capture native leaflets between the anchors and the spacer member.
  • the delivery apparatus further comprises a clasp control mechanism, and the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasp control mechanism.
  • the clasp control mechanism is configured such that the clasp control members can be actuated either simultaneously or separately.
  • the clasp control members comprise a first clasp control member and a second clasp control member.
  • the clasp control mechanism comprises a first side portion, a second side portion, and a removable pin selectively coupling the first and second side portions.
  • the first clasp control member is releasably coupled to first side portion of the clasp control mechanism
  • the second clasp control member is releasably coupled to the second side portion of the clasp control mechanism.
  • the delivery apparatus further comprises a locking mechanism coupled to the first shaft and the second shaft and configured to selectively prevent relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft.
  • the locking mechanism comprises a rotatable knob.
  • the locking mechanism is configured to be selectively movable from a lock configuration to a release configuration.
  • the locking mechanism prevents relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft in the lock configuration, and the locking mechanism allows relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft in the release configuration.
  • the locking mechanism comprises a knob, a drive screw, and a guide pin.
  • the knob is rotatably coupled to the second shaft and the drive screw
  • the drive screw is coupled to the first shaft
  • the guide pin is coupled to the second shaft and configured to prevent relative rotational movement between the knob and the drive screw. Rotating the knob relative to the second shaft and the drive screw results in relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft.
  • the first shaft and the first collar are threadably coupled.
  • the first collar comprises a lumen.
  • the first shaft comprises a radially expandable member dispose at the distal end portion of the first shaft.
  • the expandable member is configured such that the expandable member can be inserted through the lumen of the first collar when the expandable member is a compressed state and such that the expandable member cannot be withdrawn through the lumen of the first collar when the expandable member is inserted through the lumen of the first collar and the expandable member is an expanded state.
  • an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps.
  • the spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart.
  • the anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member.
  • the clasps are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors and have fixed end portions and free end portions.
  • the fixed end portions are coupled to the anchors.
  • the free end portions have barbs.
  • the free end portions are pivotable relative to the fixed end portions between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The free end portions are axially movable in the open configuration from a first position in which the barbs engage tissue of the native leaflets to a second position in which the barbs disengage the tissue of the native leaflets.
  • an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps.
  • the spacer member is configured to be disposed between native mitral valve leaflets of a heart.
  • the anchors are coupled to the spacer member.
  • the anchors are configured to secure the native mitral valve leaflets against the spacer member during ventricular systole and to allow the native mitral valve leaflet to move away from the spacer member during ventricular diastole.
  • the clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors.
  • the clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a sleeve, a plurality of anchors, and a piston.
  • the spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart.
  • the sleeve is coupled to and disposed radially within the spacer member.
  • the anchors are configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member and having first end portions and second end portions. The first end portions are coupled to the spacer member.
  • the anchors are movable between an elongate configuration and a foreshortened configuration.
  • the piston is coupled to the second end portions of the anchors.
  • the piston is axially movable relative to the cylinder between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the anchors are in the elongate configuration when the piston is in the first configuration.
  • the anchors are in the foreshortened configuration when the piston is in the second configuration.
  • an assembly comprises the prosthetic device of the previous paragraph and a delivery apparatus.
  • the delivery apparatus comprises an outer shaft, an actuation shaft, and a plurality of tethers.
  • the outer shaft has a first lumen and a plurality of second lumens disposed radially outwardly from the first lumen.
  • the actuation shaft extends through the first lumen.
  • the actuation shaft is axially movable relative the outer shaft and releasably coupled to the piston of the prosthetic device.
  • the tethers extend through the second lumens and are releasably coupled to the prosthetic device. Tensioning the tethers moves the implantable prosthetic device and the outer shaft toward each other. Slackening the tethers allows the implantable prosthetic device and the outer shaft to be space from each other.
  • each of the tethers is disposed in two of the second lumens that are circumferentially offset by approximately 180 degrees.
  • the prosthetic device further comprises a plurality of clasps.
  • the clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors.
  • the clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the outer shaft of the delivery apparatus further comprises a plurality of third lumens disposed radially outwardly from the first lumen.
  • the delivery apparatus further comprises a plurality of control members extending through the third lumens and releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Tensioning the control members move the clasps to the open configuration. Slackening the control members allows the clasps to move to the closed configuration.
  • each of the control members is disposed in two of the third lumens that are circumferentially offset by approximately 180 degrees.
  • each of the second lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent second lumen by approximately 90 degrees.
  • Each of the third lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent third lumen by approximately 90 degrees.
  • Each of the second lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent third lumen by approximately 45 degrees.
  • an assembly comprises an implantable prosthetic device and a delivery apparatus.
  • the implantable prosthetic device has a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, a plurality of clasps, a first collar, and a second collar.
  • the first end portions of the anchors are coupled to a first end portion of the spacer member, and second end portions of the anchors are coupled to the first collar.
  • the second collar is coupled to a second end portion of the spacer member, and the clasps are coupled to the anchors and are independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the delivery apparatus has a first shaft, a second shaft, a plurality of tethers, and a plurality of clasp control members.
  • the first shaft is releasably coupled to the first collar of the prosthetic device by the tethers
  • the second shaft is releasably coupled to the second collar of the prosthetic device
  • the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Actuating the clasp control members moves the clasps between an open configuration and a closed configuration. Tensioning the tethers moves the prosthetic device and the first shaft toward each other, and slackening the tethers allows the prosthetic device and the first shaft to be spaced from each other.
  • a handle for a delivery apparatus comprises a main body and an anchor actuation mechanism coupled to the main body.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism is configured to be coupled to anchors of a prosthetic spacer device and to move the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between a closed configuration and an open configuration.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism includes a knob and a mode selector button configured to move the anchors actuation mechanism between a first mode of operation and a second mode of operation.
  • the knob When the anchor actuation mechanism is in the first mode of operation, the knob is rotatable relative to the main body, and rotation of the knob moves the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between the closed configuration and the open configuration.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism is in the second mode of operation, the knob is axially slidable relative to the main body, and axially sliding the knob moves the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between the closed configuration and the open configuration.
  • the handle further comprises a clasp actuation mechanism coupled to the main body.
  • the clasp actuation mechanism is configured to be coupled to claps of the prosthetic spacer device and configured to move the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device between a closed configuration and an open configuration.
  • a positioning tool for a delivery apparatus comprises a main body and one or more projections.
  • the main body is configured to be releasably coupled to a first portion of a handle of the delivery apparatus.
  • the projections extend from the main body and are configured to releasably engage a second portion of the handle of the delivery apparatus.
  • the positioning tool prevents relative movement between the first and second portions of the handle of the delivery apparatus when the positioning tool is coupled thereto.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device, showing a first configuration.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1 , showing a second configuration.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1 , showing a third configuration.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view of a clasp of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1 , showing a first configuration.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the clasp of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1 , showing a second configuration.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 7 is a side elevation view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 8 is a side elevation view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 7 , showing a cover thereon.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a delivery assembly comprising the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 6 (shown in partial cross-section) and a delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a distal end portion of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 , showing the prosthetic spacer device releasably coupled to the delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the distal end portion of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 , showing the prosthetic spacer device released from the delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of a coupler of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 , with the prosthetic spacer device shown in partial cross-section and some components of the delivery apparatus shown schematically.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view of a shaft of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 17 is a side elevation view of a proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 , taken along the line 18 - 18 shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 19 is an exploded view of the proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIGS. 20-29 illustrate an exemplary procedure of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 being used to repair a native mitral valve of a heart, which is partially shown.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a handle for the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded view of the handle of FIG. 30 .
  • FIG. 32 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a coupler and a proximal collar for the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 , showing the coupler releasably coupled to the proximal collar.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view of the coupler and proximal collar of FIG. 32 , showing the coupler released from the proximal collar.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a distal collar, actuation shaft, and release wire for the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 , showing the distal collar releasably coupled to the actuation shaft by the release wire.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the distal collar, actuation shaft, and the release wire of FIG. 32 , showing the distal collar released from the actuation shaft and the release wire.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a coupler, a proximal collar, a distal collar, and an actuation shaft of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view of the coupler and proximal collar of FIG. 36 .
  • FIG. 38 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a clasp control member of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 39 is a detail view of the clasp control member of FIG. 38 , taken from the perspective 39 shown in FIG. 38 .
  • FIG. 40 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a guide rail for the clasp control member of FIG. 38 .
  • FIG. 41 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a shaft of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11 .
  • FIGS. 42-45 illustrate another exemplary delivery assembly and its components.
  • FIGS. 46-54 illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components.
  • FIGS. 55-61D illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components.
  • FIGS. 62-75 illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components.
  • FIGS. 73-75 also illustrate an exemplary embodiment of a clasp positioning tool.
  • the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include the plural forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Additionally, the term “includes” means “comprises.” Further, the term “coupled” generally means physically, mechanically, chemically, magnetically, and/or electrically coupled or linked and does not exclude the presence of intermediate elements between the coupled or associated items absent specific contrary language.
  • proximal refers to a position, direction, or portion of a device that is closer to the user and further away from the implantation site.
  • distal refers to a position, direction, or portion of a device that is further away from the user and closer to the implantation site.
  • proximal motion of a device is motion of the device away from the implantation site and toward the user (e.g., out of the patient's body)
  • distal motion of the device is motion of the device away from the user and toward the implantation site (e.g., into the patient's body).
  • the term “approximately” means the listed value and any value that is within 10% of the listed value.
  • “approximately 100 degrees” means any value between 90-110 degrees, inclusive.
  • prosthetic spacer devices that are primarily intended to be implanted at one of the mitral, aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart, as well as apparatuses and methods for implanting the same.
  • the prosthetic spacer devices can be used to help restore and/or replace the functionality of a defective native valve.
  • a prosthetic spacer device comprises a spacer member and at least one anchor.
  • the prosthetic spacer device further comprises at least one clasp and at least one collar.
  • the spacer member can be configured to be positioned within the native valve orifice to fill a space between improperly functioning native leaflets that do not naturally coapt completely. As such, the spacer member helps create a more effective seal between the native leaflets and prevents or minimizes regurgitation (e.g., mitral regurgitation).
  • the spacer member can comprise a structure that is impervious to blood and that allows the native leaflets to close around the sides of the spacer member to block retrograde blood flow (e.g., blood flowing from the left ventricle back into the left atrium during ventricular systole).
  • the spacer member can have various shapes.
  • the spacer member can have an elongated cylindrical shape having a round cross-sectional shape.
  • the spacer member can have an ovular cross-sectional shape, a crescent cross-sectional shape, or various other non-cylindrical shapes.
  • Configuring a prosthetic spacer device with a spacer member can, for example, reduce the need to implant multiple prosthetic spacers devices in a patient to reduce regurgitation compared to devices that clip the native leaflets directly to each other.
  • the spacer member can have an atrial or upper end positioned in or adjacent to the left atrium of the heart, a ventricular or lower end positioned in or adjacent to the left ventricle of the heart, and an annular side surface that extends between the native mitral leaflets.
  • the anchor can be configured to secure the prosthetic spacer device to one or more of the native leaflets such that the spacer member is positioned between the native leaflets.
  • the anchor can be configured to be positioned behind a native leaflet when implanted such that the native leaflet is captured between the anchor and the spacer member.
  • a first end portion of the anchor can be attached to a lower end portion of the spacer member, and a second end portion of the anchor can be attached to a first collar disposed below the lower end portion of the spacer member.
  • the prosthetic spacer device can comprise a second collar attach to an upper end portion of the spacer member.
  • the first and/or second collars can be configured to releasably connect the prosthetic spacer device to a delivery apparatus.
  • the first and second collars can be independently movable relative to each other.
  • a clasp is attached to the anchor.
  • the clasp can be configured to capture and secure a native leaflet to the anchor.
  • the prosthetic spacer device comprises more than one clasp.
  • the clasps are independently or separately actuatable relative to each other and/or the anchors.
  • FIGS. 1-5 show an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 100 and its components.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 100 can comprise a spacer member 102 , a plurality of paddles or anchors 104 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), a plurality of clasps 106 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), a first collar 108 , and a second collar 110 .
  • first end portions 112 of the anchors 104 can be coupled to and extend from a first end portion 114 of the spacer member 102
  • second end portions 116 of the anchors 104 can be coupled to the first collar 108 .
  • the second collar 110 can be coupled to a second end portion 118 of the spacer member 102 .
  • the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together in various ways.
  • the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together by integrally forming the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 as a single, unitary component. This can be accomplished, for example, by forming the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 from a braided or woven material, such as braided or woven nitinol wire.
  • the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together by welding, fasteners, adhesive, and/or other means for coupling.
  • the anchors 104 can comprise first portions 120 and second portions 122 separated by joint portions 124 .
  • the anchors 104 are configured similar to legs in that the first portions 120 are like upper portions of the legs, the second portions 122 are like lower portions of the legs, and the joint portions 124 are like knee portions of the legs.
  • first and second portions 120 , 122 can be separate components that are coupled together by the joint portions 124 .
  • first and second portions 120 , 122 can be plates or shafts that are coupled together by a cloth covering which acts, among other things, as the joint portions 124 .
  • the anchors 104 can be configured to move between various configurations by axially moving the first collar 108 and thus the anchors 104 relative to the spacer member 102 along a longitudinal axis extending between the first and second end portions 114 , 118 of the spacer member 102 .
  • the anchors 104 can be positioned in a straight or substantially straight or unfolded configuration by moving the first collar 108 away from the spacer member 102 such that the anchors 104 are taut.
  • the joint portions 124 of the anchors 104 are adjacent the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 20 ).
  • the anchors 104 can be moved to a fully folded configuration (e.g., FIG. 1 ) by moving the first collar 108 toward the spacer member 102 .
  • the anchors 104 bend at the joint portions 124 , and the joint portions 124 move radially outwardly relative to the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 and axially toward the first end portion 114 of the spacer member 102 , as shown in FIGS. 2-3 .
  • the joint portions 124 move radially inwardly relative to the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 and axially toward the second end portion 118 of the spacer member 102 , as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • an angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 180 degrees when the anchors 104 are in the straight configuration (see, e.g., FIG. 20 ), and the angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 0 degrees when the anchors 104 are in the fully folded configuration.
  • the anchors 104 can be positioned in various partially folded configurations such that the angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 10-170 degrees or approximately 45-135 degrees.
  • Configuring the prosthetic spacer device 100 such that the anchors 104 can extend to a straight or approximately straight configuration can provide several advantages. For example, this can reduce the radial crimp profile of the prosthetic spacer device 100 . It can also make it easier to capture the native leaflets by providing a larger opening in which to capture the native leaflets. Additionally, the relatively narrow, straight configuration can prevent or reduce the likelihood that the prosthetic spacer device 100 will become entangled in native anatomy (e.g., chordae tendineae) when positioning and/or retrieving the prosthetic spacer device 100 into the delivery apparatus.
  • native anatomy e.g., chordae tendineae
  • the clasps 106 can comprise attachment portions 126 and arm portions 128 .
  • the attachment portions 126 can be coupled to the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 in various ways such as with sutures, adhesive, fasteners (e.g., plates 129 ), welding and/or means for coupling.
  • the arm portions 128 can pivot relative to the attachment portions 126 between an open configuration (e.g., FIG. 2 ) and a closed configuration ( FIGS. 1 and 3 ).
  • the clasps 106 can be biased to the closed configuration.
  • the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 are pivoted away from each other such that native leaflets can be positioned between the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 .
  • the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 are pivoted toward each other, thereby clamping the native leaflets between the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 .
  • each attachment portion 126 (only one shown in FIGS. 4-5 ) can comprise one or more openings 130 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment). At least some of the openings 130 can be used to couple the attachment portions 126 to the anchors 104 .
  • sutures and/or fasteners can extend through the openings 130 of the clasps 106 and through the anchors 104 to secure the attachment portions 126 to the anchors 104 .
  • Each of the arm portions 128 can comprise two side beams 132 that are spaced apart from each other to form a slot 134 .
  • the slot 134 can be configured to receive the attachment portion 126 .
  • the arm portion 128 can also include a fixed end portion 136 that is coupled to the attachment portion 126 and a free end portion 138 disposed opposite the fixed end portion 136 .
  • each arm portion 128 can comprise gripper elements such as barbs 140 and/or other means for frictionally engaging native leaflet tissue.
  • the gripper elements can be configured to engage and/or penetrate the native leaflet tissue to help retain the native leaflets between the attachment portions 126 and arm portions 128 of the clasps 106 .
  • the free end portion 138 can also comprise an eyelet or opening 142 , which can be used to couple the free end portion 138 to an actuation mechanism configured to pivot the arm portions 128 relative to the attachment portions 126 . Additional details regarding coupling the clasps 106 to the actuation mechanism are provided below.
  • the clasps 106 can be formed from a shape memory material such as nitinol, stainless steel, and/or shape memory polymers.
  • the clasps 106 can be formed by laser-cutting a piece of flat sheet of material (e.g., nitinol) in the configuration shown in FIG. 4 and then shape-setting the clasp 106 in the configuration shown in FIG. 5 .
  • Shape-setting the clasps 106 in this manner can provide several advantages.
  • the clasps 106 can be compressed from the shape-set configuration (e.g., FIG. 5 ) to the flat configuration (e.g., FIG. 4 ), which reduces the radial crimp profile of the clasps 106 .
  • this also improves trackability and retrievability of the prosthetic spacer device 100 relative to a catheter shaft of a delivery apparatus because barbs 140 are pointing radially inwardly toward the anchors 104 when the prosthetic spacer device 100 is advanced through or retrieved into the catheter shaft (see, e.g., FIG. 20 ). This thus prevents or reduces the likelihood that the clasps 106 may snag or skive the catheter shaft.
  • shape-setting the clasps 106 in the configuration shown in FIG. 5 can increase the clamping force of the clasps 106 when the clasps 106 are in the closed configuration.
  • the arm portions 128 are shape-set relative to the attachment portions 126 to a first position (e.g., FIG. 5 ) which is beyond the position the arm portions 128 can achieve when the clasps 106 are attached to the anchors 104 (e.g., FIG. 3 ) because the anchors 104 prevent the arm portions 128 from further movement toward the shape-set configuration.
  • shape-setting the clasps 106 in the FIG. 5 configuration can increase the clamping force of the clasps 106 compared to clasps that are shape-set in the closed configuration.
  • the connection between the arm portion 128 and the attachment portion 126 functions as a spring hinge to bias the arm portion 128 to the closed configuration.
  • the magnitude of the preload of the clasps 106 can be altered by adjusting the angle in which the arm portions 128 are shape-set relative to the attachment portions 126 . For example, increasing the relative angle between the arm portions 128 and the attachment portions 126 increases the preload, and decreasing the relative angle between the arm portions 128 and the attachment portions 126 decreases the preload.
  • Other techniques and mechanisms can be used to bias the clasps 106 to the closed position, such as by coupling a spring (e.g., a torsion spring) or another type of biasing element between the arm portion 128 and the attachment portion 126 .
  • the clasps 106 can be connected to corresponding anchors 104 without attachment portions 126 and biasing elements can be used to bias the clasps 106 to the closed configuration against the anchors.
  • the second collar 110 and/or the spacer member 102 can comprise a hemostatic sealing member 144 configured to reduce or prevent blood from flowing through the second collar 110 and/or the spacer member 102 .
  • the sealing member 144 can comprise a plurality of flexible flaps 146 , as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the flaps 146 can be configured to pivot from a sealed configuration to an open configuration to allow a delivery apparatus to extend through the second collar 110 . When the delivery apparatus is removed, the flaps 146 can be configured to return to the sealed configuration from the open configuration.
  • FIGS. 6-8 show an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can comprise a spacer member 202 , a plurality of anchors 204 , a plurality of clasps 206 , a first or distal collar 208 , and a second or proximal collar 210 . These components of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be configured substantially similar to the corresponding components of the prosthetic spacer device 100 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can also include a plurality of anchor extension members 212 .
  • Each of the anchor extension members 212 can be configured as a loop shaped structure having a first or fixed end portion 214 coupled to and extending from the distal collar 208 and second or free end portion 216 disposed opposite the fixed end portion 214 .
  • the anchor extension members 212 can be configured to extend circumferentially farther around the spacer member 202 than the anchors 204 .
  • each of the anchor extension members 212 can extend around approximately half the circumference of the spacer member 202 (as best shown in FIG. 7 ), and the anchors 204 can extend around less than half of circumference of the spacer member 202 (as best shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • the anchor extension members 212 can also be configured to extend laterally (i.e., perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the spacer member 202 ) beyond an outer diameter of the spacer member 202 .
  • the anchor extension members 212 can further be configured such that free end portions 216 of the anchor extension members 212 are disposed axially adjacent a joint portion 218 of the anchors 204 and radially between first and second portions 220 , 222 of the anchors 204 when the prosthetic spacer device 200 is in a folded configuration (e.g., FIGS. 6-8 ).
  • Configuring the anchor extension members 212 in this manner provides increased surface area compared to the anchors 204 alone. This can, for example, make it easier to capture and secure the native leaflets.
  • the increased surface area can also distribute the clamping force of the anchors 204 and anchor extension members 212 against the native leaflets over a relatively larger surface of the native leaflets in order to further protect the native leaflet tissue.
  • the increased surface area of the anchor extension members 212 can also allow the native leaflets be to clamped to the prosthetic spacer device 200 such that the unclamped portions of the native leaflets coapt together at a location adjacent the prosthetic spacer device 200 , as opposed to against the spacer member 202 . This can, for example, improve sealing of the native leaflet and thus prevent or further reduce mitral regurgitation.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can also include a cover 224 .
  • the cover 224 can be disposed on the spacer member 202 , the anchors 204 , and/or the anchor extension members 212 .
  • the cover 224 can be configured to prevent or reduce blood-flow through the prosthetic spacer device 200 and/or to promote native tissue ingrowth.
  • the cover 224 can be a cloth or fabric such PET, velour, or other suitable fabric.
  • the cover 224 in lieu of or in addition to a fabric, can include a coating (e.g., polymeric) that is applied to the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 is shown without the cover 224 in FIGS. 6-7 and 12-13 and with the cover 224 in FIGS. 8, 11, and 20-27 .
  • the cover 224 can have a porosity selected to allow blood to flow through the spacer member 202 for a predetermined length of time (e.g., one or more days, weeks, or months). Endothelialization of the spacer device over time can slowly and gradually reduce the amount of regurgitant blood flow through the spacer member, which can reduce the amount of stress on the left ventricle following implantation. Further details of a cover that permits regurgitant blood flow through the spacer member for a predetermined period of time are disclosed in U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/555,240, filed Sep. 7, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIG. 9 shows an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 300 comprising an annular spacer member 302 , a fabric cover (not shown) covering the outer surface of the spacer member 302 , and anchors 304 extending from the spacer member 302 .
  • the cover or additional covers may also extend over the anchors 304 .
  • the ends of each anchor 304 can be coupled to respective struts of the spacer member 302 by respective sleeves 306 that can be crimped around the end portions of the anchors 304 and the struts of the spacer member 302 .
  • Mounted on the frame of the spacer member 302 can be one or more barbs or projections 308 .
  • the free ends of the projections 308 can comprise various shapes including rounded, pointed, barbed, etc.
  • the projections 308 can exert a retaining force against native leaflets by virtue of the anchors 304 , which are shaped to force the native leaflets inwardly into the spacer member 302 in the area below the free
  • FIG. 10 shows an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 400 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 400 can comprise an annular spacer member 402 , a fabric cover (not shown) covering the spacer member, and anchors 404 extending from the spacer member 402 and can be configured similar to the prosthetic spacer device 300 .
  • the cover may also cover the outer surfaces of the anchors.
  • the anchors 404 of the prosthetic spacer device 400 can be configured similar to the anchors 304 of the prosthetic spacer device 300 except that the curve at the free end of each anchor 404 is wider and has a larger radius than the anchors 304 . As such, the anchors 404 cover a relatively larger portion of the spacer member 402 than the anchors 304 . This can, for example, distribute the clamping force of the anchors 404 against the native leaflets over a relatively larger surface of the native leaflets in order to further protect the native leaflet tissue. It can also improve sealing because the native leaflets are clamped against the prosthetic spacer device 400 such that the native leaflets coapt together at a location adjacent the prosthetic spacer device 400 , as opposed to against the spacer member 402 .
  • the free ends of the projections 406 can comprise stoppers 408 configured to limit the extent of the projections 406 that can engage and/or penetrate the native leaflets.
  • a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the devices 100 , 200 , 300 , 400 ) can be coupled to a delivery apparatus to form a delivery assembly.
  • the delivery apparatus can be used to percutaneously deliver, position, and/or secure the prosthetic spacer device within a patient's native heart valve region.
  • FIG. 11-27 shows an exemplary delivery assembly 500 and its components.
  • the delivery assembly 500 can comprise the prosthetic spacer device 200 and a delivery apparatus 502 .
  • the delivery apparatus 502 can comprise a plurality of catheters and one or more catheter stabilizers.
  • the delivery apparatus 502 includes a first catheter 504 , a second catheter 506 , a third catheter 508 , and catheter stabilizers 510 .
  • the second catheter 506 extends coaxially through the first catheter 504
  • the third catheter 508 extends coaxially through the first and second catheters 504 , 506 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to a distal end portion of the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 , as further described below.
  • Each of the catheter stabilizers 510 can be used to hold a corresponding catheter stationary relative to the patient and other components of the delivery apparatus during a procedure.
  • the stabilizers 510 can be positioned on a common table or support platform, which in turn can be placed on the operating table. For example, after manually inserting a catheter into the vasculature of a patient and positioning the distal end of the catheter at a desired location within the patient's body, the medical practitioner can then place the catheter in a corresponding stabilizer 510 , freeing the practitioner's hands for manipulating another catheter during the procedure. Further details regarding the catheter stabilizers and a support platform for supporting the stabilizers are disclosed in U.S. Application No. 62/491,392, filed Apr. 28, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the delivery assembly 500 is configured, for example, for implanting the prosthetic spacer device 200 in a native mitral valve via a transseptal delivery approach.
  • the delivery assembly 500 can be configured for implanting the prosthetic spacer device 200 in aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart.
  • the delivery assembly 500 can be configured for various delivery methods, including transseptal, transaortic, transventricular, etc.
  • the first or distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can include a bore 226 .
  • the bore 226 can comprise internal threads configured to releasably engage corresponding external threads of an actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 , as best shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the second or proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can include a central opening 228 that is axially aligned with the bore 226 of the distal collar 208 .
  • the central opening 228 of the proximal collar 210 can be configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 , as best shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the proximal collar 210 and/or the spacer member 202 can have a sealing member (not shown, but see, e.g., the sealing member 144 shown in FIG. 1 ) configured to seal the central opening 228 when the actuation shaft 512 is withdrawn from the central opening 228 .
  • the proximal collar 210 can also include a plurality of bosses or projections 230 and a plurality of guide openings 232 formed in the projections 230 .
  • the projections 230 can extending radially outwardly and can be circumferentially offset (e.g., by 90 degrees) relative to the guide openings 232 .
  • the guide openings 232 can be disposed radially outwardly from the central opening 228 .
  • the projections 230 and the guide openings 232 of the proximal collar 210 can be configured to releasably engage a coupler 514 of the delivery apparatus 502 , as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the delivery apparatus 502 can include the first and second catheters 504 , 506 .
  • the first and second catheters 504 , 506 can be used, for example, to access an implantation location (e.g., a native mitral valve region of a heart) and/or to position the third catheter 508 at the implantation location.
  • an implantation location e.g., a native mitral valve region of a heart
  • the first and second catheters 504 , 506 can comprise first and second sheaths or shafts 516 , 518 extending from handles 517 , 519 , respectively.
  • the first and second catheters 504 , 506 can be configured such that the sheaths 516 , 518 are steerable.
  • the second catheter 506 can comprise one or more pull wires, and one or more flexible, axially non-compressible pull wire sleeves (e.g., helical coils).
  • the pull wires and the sleeves can extend through a portion of the shaft 518 , and the sleeves can move freely relative to the shaft 518 ), as further described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. U.S.
  • a steerable distal end portion 518 a of the shaft 518 can, for example, allow a steerable distal end portion 518 a of the shaft 518 to be deflected, moved, and/or rotated in one or more directions (e.g., in the medial/lateral and/or anterior/posterior directions to track the “C”-shape of the coaptation line between the native mitral valve leaflets between the posteromedial commissure and the anterolateral commissure), while also keeping a distal end portion of the implant catheter (e.g., the third catheter 508 ) and the thus the prosthetic spacer device coaxial relative to the mitral valve in one or more other directions (e.g., the inferior/superior directions).
  • the implant catheter e.g., the third catheter 508
  • first catheter 504 can be found, for example, in U.S. patent application No. U.S. Ser. No. 15/796,436, filed Oct. 27, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein. Additional details regarding the second catheter 506 can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. U.S. 2016/0158497.
  • delivery apparatus 502 can also include the third catheter 508 , as mentioned above.
  • the third catheter 508 can be used, for example, to deliver, manipulate, position, and/or deploy the prosthetic spacer device 200 at the implantation location, as further described below.
  • the third catheter 508 can comprise the inner or actuation shaft 512 , the coupler 514 , an outer shaft 520 , a handle 522 (shown schematically), and clasp control members 524 .
  • a proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to and extend distally from the handle 522
  • a distal end portion 520 b of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to the coupler 514 .
  • a proximal end portion 512 a of the actuation shaft 512 can coupled to an actuation knob 526 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally from the knob 526 (shown schematically), through the handle 522 , through the outer shaft 520 , and through the coupler 514 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can be moveable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the outer shaft 520 and the handle 522 .
  • the clasp control members 524 can extend through and be axially movable relative to the handle 522 and the outer shaft 520 .
  • the clasp control members 524 can also be axially movable relative to the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 can be configured to be steerable.
  • the third catheter 508 can comprise a pull wire, and a flexible, axially non-compressible pull wire sleeve (e.g., a helical coil).
  • the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 can comprise external thread configured to releasably engage the interior threads of the bore 226 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • rotating the actuation shaft 512 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 releasably secures the actuation shaft 512 to the distal collar 208 .
  • Rotating the actuation shaft 512 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 releases the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 .
  • the coupler 514 of the third catheter 508 can be releasably coupled to the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the coupler 514 can comprise a plurality of flexible arms 528 and a plurality of stabilizer members 530 .
  • the flexible arms 528 can comprise apertures 532 , ports 533 ( FIG. 13 ), and eyelets 534 ( FIG. 14 ).
  • the flexible arms 528 can be configured to pivot between a first or release configuration ( FIG. 13 ) and a second or coupled configuration ( FIGS. 12 and 14 ). In the first configuration, the flexible arms 528 extend radially outwardly relative to the stabilizer members 530 . In the second configuration, the flexible arms 528 extend axially parallel to the stabilizer members 530 and the eyelets 534 radially overlap, as best shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the flexible arms 528 can be configured (e.g., shape-set) so as to be biased to the first configuration.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to the coupler 514 by inserting the stabilizer members 530 of the coupler 514 into the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the flexible arms 528 of the coupler 514 can then be pivoted radially inwardly from the first configuration to the second configuration such that the projections 230 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 extend radially into the apertures 532 of the flexible arms 528 .
  • the flexible arms 528 can be retained in the second configuration by inserting the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 through openings 536 of the eyelets 534 , which prevents the flexible arms 528 from pivoting radially outwardly from the second configuration to the first configuration, thereby releasably coupling the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the coupler 514 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the coupler 514 by proximally retracting the actuation shaft 512 relative to the coupler 514 such that the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the openings 536 of the eyelets 534 .
  • This allows the flexible arms 528 to pivot radially outwardly from the second configuration to the first configuration, which withdraws the projections 230 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the apertures 532 of the flexible arms 528 .
  • the stabilizer members 530 can remain inserted into the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 during and after the flexible arms 528 are released.
  • the stabilizer members 530 can then be withdrawn from the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by proximally retracting the coupler 514 relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 , thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the coupler 514 .
  • the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 can be an elongate shaft extending axially between the proximal end portion 520 a , which is coupled the handle 522 , and the distal end portion 520 b , which is coupled to the coupler 514 .
  • the outer shaft 520 can also include an intermediate portion 520 c disposed between the proximal and distal end portions 520 a , 520 b.
  • the outer shaft 520 can comprise a plurality of axially extending lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 538 and a plurality of control member lumens 540 (e.g., four in the illustrated embodiment). In some embodiments, the outer shaft 520 can comprise more (e.g., six) or less (e.g., two) than four control member lumens 540 .
  • the actuation shaft lumen 538 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512
  • the control member lumens 540 can be configured to receive one or more clasp control members 524
  • the lumens 538 , 540 can also be configured such that the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524 can be movable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the respective lumens 538 , 540 .
  • the lumens 538 , 540 can comprise a liner or coating configured to reduce friction within the lumens 538 , 540 .
  • the lumens 538 , 540 can comprise a liner comprising PTFE.
  • the outer shaft 520 can be formed from various materials, including metals and polymers.
  • the proximal end portion 520 a can comprise stainless steel and the distal and intermediate portions 520 b , 520 c can comprise PEBA (e.g., PEBAX®).
  • the outer shaft 520 can also comprise an outer covering or coating, such as a polymer that is reflowed over the portions 520 a , 520 b , and 520 c.
  • the outer shaft 520 can include one or more coil portions 542 disposed radially outwardly from the lumens 538 , 540 .
  • the outer shaft 520 can comprise a first coil 542 a , a second coil 542 b , and a third coil 542 c .
  • the first coil 542 a can be the radially outermost coil
  • the third coil 542 c can be the radially innermost coil
  • the second coil 542 b can be radially disposed between the first coil 542 a and the third coil 542 c.
  • the coil portions 542 can comprise various materials and/or configurations.
  • the coil portions 542 can be formed from stainless steel.
  • the first and third coils 542 a , 542 c comprise stainless steel coils wound in a left hand configuration
  • the second coil 542 b comprises a stainless steel coil wound in a right hand configuration.
  • the coil portions 542 can also comprise various pitches.
  • the pitch of one or more of the coil portions 542 can be the same or different than the pitch of one or more other coil portions 542 .
  • the first and second coils 542 a , 542 b can have a first pitch (e.g., 0.74 in.), and the third coil can comprise a second pitch (e.g., 0.14 in.).
  • the outer shaft 520 can also comprise a tie layer 544 disposed radially inwardly from the third coil 542 c .
  • the tie layer 544 can be formed of various materials including polymers, such as PEBA (e.g., PEBAX®).
  • the handle 522 of the third catheter 508 can include a housing 546 , an actuation lock mechanism 548 , a clasp control mechanism 550 , and a flushing mechanism 552 .
  • a distal end portion of the housing 546 can be coupled to the proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 , the clasp control mechanism 550 , and a flushing mechanism 552 can be coupled to a proximal end of the housing 546 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to selectively lock the position of the actuation shaft 512 relative to the housing 546 and the outer shaft 520 .
  • the clasp control mechanism 550 can also be coupled to proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 and can be configured to secure the clasp control members 524 relative to the handle 522 and to move the clasp control members 524 relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the flushing mechanism 552 can be configured for flushing (e.g., with a saline solution) the outer shaft 520 prior to inserting the outer shaft 520 into a patient's vasculature.
  • the housing 546 of the handle 522 can comprise a main body 554 and a nose portion 556 coupled to a distal end portion of the main body 554 .
  • the main body 554 and the nose portion 556 can be coupled together in various manners, including fasteners 558 and/or pins 560 (e.g., as shown in the illustrated embodiment), adhesive, and/or other coupling means.
  • the housing 546 can be formed from various materials, including polymers (e.g., polycarbonate).
  • the main body 554 of the housing 546 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 562 , control member lumens 564 ( FIG. 19 ), and a flushing lumen 566 that is fluidly connected to the actuation shaft lumen 562 ( FIG. 18 ).
  • the main body 554 can also include a plurality of tubes (e.g., hypotubes), including an actuation tube 568 and control member tubes 570 that are disposed at least partially in the actuation shaft lumen 562 and the control member lumens 564 , respectively.
  • the tubes 568 , 570 can be axially movable (e.g., slidable) relative the lumens 562 , 564 , respectively.
  • the proximal end of the actuation tube 568 can extend proximally from the main body 554 and can be coupled to the knob 526 and to the proximal end portion 512 a of the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the proximal ends of the control member tubes 570 can extend proximally from the main body 554 and can be coupled to the clasp control mechanism 550 and the clasp control members 524 .
  • the distal ends of the tubes 568 , 570 can comprise flanges 572 , 574 configured to engage a stopper to limit the axial movement of the tubes 568 , 570 relative to the housing 546 .
  • the flanges 572 , 574 can be configured to contact respective surfaces of the main body 554 (e.g., a lip) to prevent to tubes 568 , 570 from withdrawing completely from the proximal ends of the lumens 562 , 564 , respectively.
  • the actuation tube 568 can be configured to receive and be coupled to the proximal end portion of the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the control member tubes 570 can be configured to receive portions of the clasp control mechanism 550 , as further described below.
  • the tubes 568 , 570 can be formed from various materials, including polymers and metals (e.g., stainless steel).
  • the main body 554 can include a plurality of seal members 576 (e.g., O-rings) configured to prevent or reduce blood leakage through the lumens and around the shafts and/or tubes.
  • the seal members can be secured relative to the main body 554 , for example, by fasteners 578 (e.g., hollow-lock or socket-jam set screws).
  • the nose portion 556 of the housing 546 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 580 and control member lumens 582 .
  • the actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 can be extend coaxially with the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554 .
  • Proximal ends of the control member lumens 582 of the nose portion 556 can be aligned with the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554 at the proximal end of the nose portion 556 (i.e., the lumens 582 , 564 are in the same plane).
  • control member lumens 582 can extend towards each other from their proximal ends at an angle (i.e., relative to the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554 ), and distal ends of the control member lumens 582 can intersect the actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 at a location near the distal end of the nose portion 556 .
  • the proximal ends of the lumens 582 are in a first plane that is parallel to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (i.e., the plane of the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554 ), and the distal ends of the lumens 582 are in a second plane that is parallel to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (i.e., the plane of the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554 ).
  • the actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 can be configured to receive the proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520 .
  • the proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to the nose portion 556 in various ways such as with adhesive, fasteners, frictional fit, and/or other coupling means.
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 of the handle 522 can be coupled to the proximal end portion of the main body 554 of the housing 546 and to the actuation tube 568 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to selectively control relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 . This, in turn, selectively controls relative movement between the actuation shaft 512 (which is coupled to the actuation tube 568 ) and the outer shaft 520 (which is coupled to the nose portion 556 of the housing 546 ).
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise a lock configuration, which prevents relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 , and a release configuration, which allows relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to include one or more intermediate configurations (i.e., in addition to the lock and release configuration) which allow relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 , but the force required to cause the relative movement is greater than when the actuation lock mechanism is in the release configuration.
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise a lock (e.g., a Tuohy-Borst adapter) 584 and a coupler (e.g., a female luer coupler) 586 .
  • the coupler 586 can be attached to the distal end of the lock 584 and coupled to the proximal end of the main body 554 of the housing 546 .
  • the actuation tube 568 can extend coaxially through the lock 584 and the coupler 586 .
  • rotating a knob 588 of the lock 584 in a first direction can increase the frictional engagement of the lock 584 on the actuation tube 568 , thus making relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 more difficult or preventing it altogether.
  • Rotating a knob 588 of the lock 584 in a second direction can decrease the frictional engagement of the lock 584 on the actuation tube 568 , thus making relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 easier.
  • actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise other configurations configured for preventing relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can include a lock configured similar to a stopcock valve in which a plunger portion of valve selectively engages the actuation tube 568 .
  • the actuation lock mechanism 548 can include a release member (e.g., a set screw or a pin).
  • the release member can extend into the housing 546 and can selectively engage the actuation tube 568 .
  • the release member can, for example, prevent the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 from being completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568 , 580 (e.g., when actuating the anchors 204 ).
  • the release member When the release member is released from the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by withdrawing it from the housing 546 and/or moving it out of contact with the actuation tube 546 ), the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 can be completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568 , 580 (e.g., when releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502 ).
  • the clasp control mechanism 550 can comprise an actuator member 590 and one or more locking members 592 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment).
  • a distal end portion of the actuator member 590 can be coupled to the control member tubes 570 , which extend from the proximal end of the main body 554 of the housing 546 , as best shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the locking members 592 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the actuator member 590 .
  • the actuator member 590 can, optionally, comprise a first side portion 594 and a second side portion 596 selectively coupled to the first side portion 594 by a connecting pin 598 .
  • the actuator member 590 can be configured such that the first and second side portions 594 , 596 move together when the connecting pin 598 is inserted through the first and second side portions 594 , 596 .
  • the connecting pin 598 is withdrawn, the first and second side portions 594 , 596 can be moved relative to each other. This can allow the clasp control members 524 (which are releasably coupled to the first and second side portions 594 , 596 by the locking members 592 ) to be individually actuated.
  • connection between the first and second side portions 594 , 596 can be configured such that the first and second side portions 594 , 596 can move axially (i.e., proximally and distally) but not rotationally relative to each other when the connecting pin 598 is withdrawn.
  • This can be accomplished, for example, by configuring the first side portion 594 with keyed slot or groove and configuring the second side portion 596 with a keyed projection or tongue that corresponds to the keyed slot or groove of the first side portion 594 .
  • This can, for example, prevent or reduce the likelihood that the clasp control members 524 from twisting relative to the outer shaft 520 .
  • the first and second side portions 594 , 596 can include axially extending lumens 501 .
  • Distal ends of the lumens 501 can be configured to receive the proximal end portions of the control member tubes 570 .
  • Proximal ends of the lumens 501 can be configured to receive portions of the locking members 592 .
  • the proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 extend through respective locking members 592 .
  • the locking members 592 can be configured to selectively control relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594 , 596 of the actuator member 590 .
  • the locking members 592 can comprise a lock configuration, which prevents relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594 , 596 , and a release configuration, which allows relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594 , 596 .
  • the locking members 592 can also comprise one or more intermediate configurations (i.e., in addition to the lock and release configuration) which allows relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594 , 596 , but the force required to cause the relative movement is greater than when the locking members 592 are in the release configuration.
  • the locking members 592 can be configured similar to stopcock valves.
  • rotating knobs 503 in a first direction e.g., clockwise
  • Rotating knobs 503 in a second direction e.g., counterclockwise
  • the locking members 592 can comprise other configurations configured for preventing relative movement between the locking members 592 on the clasp control members 524 .
  • the flushing mechanism 552 can comprise a flushing tube 505 and a valve 507 (e.g., a stopcock valve).
  • a distal end of the flushing tube 505 can be coupled to and in fluidic communication with the flushing lumen 566 and thus with the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554 .
  • a proximal end of the flushing tube 505 can be coupled to the valve 507 .
  • the flushing mechanism 552 can be configured for flushing (e.g., with a saline solution) the outer shaft 520 prior to inserting the outer shaft 520 into a patient's vasculature.
  • the clasp control members 524 can be configured to manipulate the configuration of the clasps 206 , as further described below. As best shown in FIG. 15 , each of the clasp control members 524 can be configured as a suture (e.g., wire or thread) loop. Proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 can extend proximally from the proximal end portion of the clasp control mechanism 550 and can be releasably coupled to the locking members 592 of the clasp control mechanism 550 .
  • a suture e.g., wire or thread
  • the clasp control members 524 can form loops extending distally through the lumens 501 of the clasp control mechanism 550 , through the control member tubes 570 , the control member lumens 564 , 582 of the handle 522 , and through the control member lumens 540 of the outer shaft 520 .
  • the clasp control members 524 can extend radially outwardly from the lumens 540 , for example, through the ports 533 ( FIG. 13 ) of the coupler 514 .
  • the clasp control members 524 can then extend through openings 234 of the clasps 206 (e.g., similar to the openings 142 of the prosthetic spacer device 100 ).
  • the clasp control members 524 can then extend proximally back to the coupler 514 , radially inwardly through the ports 533 of the coupler 514 , and then proximally through the outer shaft 520 and the handle 522 , and to the locking members 592 of the clasp control mechanism 550 .
  • the clasp control members 524 are shown slacken and the clasps 206 are partially open in order to illustrate the clasp control members 524 extending through the openings 234 of the clasps 206 .
  • the clasps 206 would be in the closed configuration.
  • each of the clasp control members 524 can extend through multiple control member lumens 540 of the outer shaft 520 .
  • each of the clasp control members 524 can be looped through two of the lumens 540 .
  • each of the clasp control members 524 can be disposed in a single control member lumen 540 .
  • multiple clasp control members 524 can be disposed in a single control member lumen 540 .
  • the clasp control mechanism 550 can be used to actuate the clasps 206 between open and closed configurations.
  • the clasps 206 can be opened by moving the actuator member 590 proximally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546 . This increases tension of the clasp control members 524 and causes the clasp 206 to move from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
  • the clasps 206 can be closed by moving the actuator member 590 distally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546 . This decreases tension on the clasp control members 524 and allows the clasp 206 to move from the open configuration to the closed configuration.
  • the clasps 206 can be individually actuated by removing the connecting pin 598 and moving the first or second side portions 594 , 596 relative to each other, the knob 526 , and the housing 546 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally from the knob 526 , through the actuation tube 568 , through the actuation lumens 562 , 580 of the housing 546 , through the actuation shaft lumen 538 of the outer shaft 520 , and through the coupler 514 .
  • FIGS. 20-27 show the delivery assembly 500 being used, for example, to implant the prosthetic spacer device 200 in native mitral valve 600 of a heart 602 using a transseptal delivery approach.
  • a guide wire can be inserted into the patient's vasculature (e.g., a femoral vein) through an introducer sheath.
  • the guide wire can be advanced through the femoral vein, through the inferior vena cava, into the right atrium, through the interatrial septum 604 (e.g., via the fossa ovalis), and into the left atrium 606 .
  • the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 can be advanced over the guide wire such that a distal end portion of the first sheath 516 is disposed in the left atrium 606 , as best shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 coupled to the third catheter 508 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 12 ) and configured in a radially compressed, delivery configuration
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be loaded into the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 , which retains the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the delivery configuration.
  • the distal end portion of the second sheath 518 serves as a delivery capsule for the prosthetic implant 200 .
  • the radially compressed, delivery configuration can be an axially elongate configuration (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 20 ).
  • the radially compressed, delivery configuration can be an axially foreshorten configuration (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the second catheter 506 along with the prosthetic spacer device 200 and the third catheter 508 can then be advanced together through the first catheter 504 until a distal end portion of the second sheath 518 extends outwardly from the distal end portion of the first sheath 516 and is disposed in the left atrium 606 , as shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be advanced from the second sheath 518 by distally advancing the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 relative to the second sheath 518 and/or retracting the second sheath 518 relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512 , thus forcing the anchors 204 out of the second sheath 518 .
  • the anchors 204 can be folded by retracting the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 relative to the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 and/or by advancing the outer shaft 520 relative to the actuation shaft 512 , causing the anchors 204 to bend from the configuration shown in FIG. 20 , to the partially folded configuration shown in FIG. 21 , and then to the fully folded configuration shown in FIG. 22 .
  • This can be accomplished, for example, by placing the actuation lock mechanism 548 in the release configuration (e.g., by rotating the knob 588 counterclockwise relative to the handle 522 ) and then moving the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546 .
  • the physician can lock the relative position of the actuation shaft 512 and the outer shaft 520 , and thus the position of the anchors 204 , by actuating the actuation lock mechanism 548 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be positioned coaxial relative to the native mitral valve 600 by manipulating (e.g., steering and/or bending) the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 , as shown in FIG. 22 .
  • the curvature of the second sheath 518 can be adjusted (e.g., with the steering mechanism) so that a distal steerable section 518 a extends at about a 90-degree angle relative to a section 518 b that extends proximally from the steerable section 518 a .
  • this positions the steerable distal section 518 a and the prosthetic spacer device 200 along an axis that is substantially perpendicular to a plane defined by the native mitral valve.
  • the axis extending through the steerable distal section 518 a and the prosthetic spacer device 200 is coaxial or substantially parallel to the flow path of the native mitral valve.
  • Retracting or advancing the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 and the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 (e.g., in the directions shown by the arrow 521 ) relative to the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 and the left atrium 606 moves the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 and the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the medial and lateral directions (e.g., in the directions shown by arrow 523 in FIG. 28 ) relative to the native leaflets 608 .
  • the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the native mitral valve in the superior/inferior directions remains at least substantially constant, and/or the second sheath 518 does not “whip” due to the configuration of the steering mechanism of the second catheter 506 , which is described above.
  • Rotating which can also be referred to as “torquing” the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 (e.g., in the directions shown by the arrow 525 in FIG.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can also be rotated (e.g., by rotating the housing 546 ) relative to the native mitral valve 600 in order to align the anchors 204 with native leaflets 608 of the native mitral valve 600 .
  • the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the native mitral valve in the superior/inferior directions (e.g., up/down in the orientation shown in FIG.
  • one advantage of the disclosed delivery apparatus is that the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device can be adjusted independently in three directions (i.e., the medial/lateral, anterior/posterior, and superior/inferior directions). For example, actuating the delivery apparatus such that the prosthetic spacer device moves in the medial/lateral directions does not affect the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device in the anterior/posterior directions or the superior/inferior directions.
  • the three-way and/or independent maneuverability of the delivery apparatus 502 therefore allows the practitioner to accurately and/or precisely position the prosthetic spacer device 200 at the desired implantation location relative to the native leaflets (e.g., at the A2/P2 positions near the center of a coaptation line 612 ( FIG. 28 ) of the native leaflets) in a relatively quick and/or easy manner.
  • the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be partially opened (i.e., moved radially outwardly relative to the spacer member 202 ) to the configuration shown in FIG. 23 by moving the knob 526 distally relative to the housing 546 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be advanced through the annulus of the native mitral valve 600 and at least partially into the left ventricle 610 by advancing the handle 522 of the third catheter 508 relative to the second catheter 506 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be partially retracted such that the anchors 204 are positioned behind the ventricular portions of the native leaflets 608 (e.g., at the A2/P2 positions) and the spacer member 202 is disposed on the atrial side of the native leaflets 608 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be advanced through the native valve in the fully folded configuration (as shown in FIG. 22 ), after which the anchors 204 can be opened.
  • the native leaflets 608 can be secured relative to the anchors 204 by capturing the native leaflets with the clasps 206 .
  • the native leaflets 608 can be captured simultaneously or separately by actuating the actuator member 590 .
  • FIG. 24 shows separate leaflet capture. This can be accomplished by removing the connecting pin 598 from the actuator member 590 and moving the first or second side portions 594 , 596 relative to each other, the knob 526 , and the housing 546 . Moving the first or second side portions 594 , 596 distally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546 closes the clasps 206 on the native leaflets 608 (e.g., as shown by the left clasp 206 as illustrated in FIG. 24 ).
  • the clasps 206 initially move radially inwardly toward the spacer member 202 (e.g., as shown with the right clasp 206 in FIG. 24 ) until the clasps 206 contact the spacer member 202 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 23 ).
  • barbs 236 of the clasps 206 may retain and pull the native leaflets 608 toward the spacer member 202 as the clasps 206 are re-opened.
  • further tensioning the clasp control member 524 moves the clasps 206 slightly proximally relative to the spacer member 202 (and causes the anchors 204 to slightly unfold).
  • the proximal movement of the clasps 206 can, for example, withdraw the barbs 236 from the native leaflets 608 , which can facilitate repositioning and/or retrieval of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the physician can move the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546 . This pulls the anchors 204 and thus the native leaflets 608 radially inwardly against the spacer member 202 , as shown in FIG. 25 . The physician can then observe the positioning and/or reduction in regurgitation. If repositioning or removal is desired the physician can re-open the anchors 204 and/or the clasps 206 .
  • the physician can release the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502 .
  • the clasps 206 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by releasing the clasp control members 524 from the locking members 592 and unthreading the clasp control members 524 from the openings 234 of the clasps 206 .
  • the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by rotating the knob 526 in the second direction relative to the housing 546 such that the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the bore 226 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can then be retracted proximally through the prosthetic spacer device 200 by pulling the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546 .
  • the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by retracting the actuation shaft 512 proximally relative to the coupler 514 such that the distal end portion of the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the eyelets 534 of the coupler 514 .
  • This allows the flexible arms 528 of the coupler 514 to move radially outwardly away from the projections 230 of the proximal collar 210 .
  • the stabilizer members 530 of the coupler 514 can then be withdrawn from the guide openings 232 of the proximal collar 210 by pulling the housing 546 proximally, thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502 as shown in FIG. 26 .
  • the shafts 512 , 520 of the third catheter 508 can then be retracted proximally into the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 , and the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 can be retracted proximally into the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 .
  • the catheters 504 , 506 , 508 can then be retracted proximally and removed from the patient's vasculature.
  • the native mitral valve 600 can, in some embodiments, comprise a double orifice during ventricular diastole, as shown in FIG. 27 .
  • the native leaflets 608 can coapt together and/or against the prosthetic spacer device 200 to prevent or reduce mitral regurgitation, as shown in FIG. 28 .
  • the anchors 204 can move radially outwardly relative to the spacer member 202 to a partially open configuration during ventricular diastole such that the native mitral valve 600 has a single orifice, as shown in FIG. 29 .
  • the anchors 204 can move radially inwardly relative to the spacer member 202 to a closed configuration during ventricular systole such that the native leaflets 608 coapt together and/or against the prosthetic spacer device 200 to prevent or reduce mitral regurgitation, as shown in FIG. 28 .
  • the clasps 206 can retain the native leaflets 608 against the anchors 204 , as shown in FIGS. 28-29 .
  • Configuring the prosthetic spacer device 200 in this manner allows the native leaflets 608 to move naturally upon implantation. This can, for example, promote antegrade blood flow during ventricular diastole, while still reducing or preventing retrograde blood flow during ventricular systole. It can also reduce or prevent native tissue damage to the native leaflets. Overtime, endothelialization can form a tissue bridge between the anchors and the spacer member.
  • FIGS. 30-31 show another exemplary embodiment of a handle 700 for the delivery apparatus 502 , in particular for use with the third catheter 508 .
  • the handle 700 can comprise a housing 702 , an actuation control mechanism 704 , the clasp control mechanism 550 , and a flushing mechanism (not shown, but see, e.g., the flushing mechanism 552 in FIG. 17 ).
  • the housing 702 can include a main body 706 and the nose portion 556 .
  • the nose portion 556 of the housing 702 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 , the clasp control mechanism 550 , and a flushing mechanism 552 can be coupled to a proximal end of the main body 706 of the housing 702 .
  • the handle 700 can be configured similar to the handle 522 , except that the handle 700 is configured such that rotational movement of a first knob 718 of the actuation control mechanism 704 relative to the housing 702 causes axial movement of the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512 ; whereas, the handle 522 is configured such that axial movement of the knob 526 (e.g., pushing and pulling) relative to the housing 546 causes axial movement of the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the housing 702 can include a main body 706 and the nose portion 556 .
  • the main body 706 of the housing 702 can comprise an actuation lumen 708 , control member lumens 710 , and a flange portion 712 .
  • the flange portion 712 can extend axially from a proximal end portion of the main body 706 and annularly around the actuation lumen 708 .
  • the flange portion 712 of the main body 706 can comprise one or more circumferential grooves 714 , a bore (not shown), and a guide pin 716 .
  • the grooves 714 can be configured to interact with the actuation control mechanism 704 , as further described below.
  • the bore can extend radially inwardly from an outside diameter to an inside diameter of the flange portion 712 and can be configured to receive the guide pin 716 .
  • the guide pin 716 can be partially disposed in the bore and can extend radially inwardly from the bore such that the guide pin 716 protrudes into the actuation lumen 708 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 can comprise a first knob 718 , attachment pins 720 , a drive screw 722 , a collet 724 , and a second knob 726 .
  • the first knob 718 can have a distal end portion 728 and a proximal end portion 730 .
  • the first knob 718 can be configured such that the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728 is relatively larger than the inside diameter of the proximal end portion 730 .
  • the distal end portion 728 can comprise side openings 732 that extend radially inwardly from an outside diameter to the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728 .
  • the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728 can be configured such that the distal end portion 728 of the first knob 718 can extend over the flange portion 712 of the main body 706 .
  • the openings 732 ( FIG. 31 ) can be configured to axially align with the grooves 714 when the first knob 718 is disposed over the flange portion 712 .
  • the attachment pins 720 can be configured so as to extend through the openings 732 of the first knob 718 and into grooves 714 of the flange portion 712 . In this manner, the attachment pins 720 allow relative rotational movement and prevent relative axial movement between the first knob 718 and the flange portion 712 .
  • the inside diameter of the proximal end portion 730 of the first knob 718 can have internal threads (not shown) configured to engage corresponding external threads 734 of the drive screw 722 .
  • the drive screw 722 can have a slot 736 that extends axially across the external threads 734 .
  • the slot 736 can be configured to receive the guide pin 716 of the flange portion 712 .
  • rotating the first knob 718 in a first direction moves the drive screw distally relative to the housing 702
  • rotating the first knob 718 in a second direction moves the drive screw proximally relative to the housing 702 .
  • the drive screw 722 can also have a lumen 738 , as shown in FIG. 31 .
  • the lumen 738 can be configured such that the actuation tube 568 can extend through the drive screw 722 .
  • the lumen 738 can be configured such that a distal end portion 740 of the collet 724 can also be inserted into a proximal end portion of the lumen 738 .
  • the second knob 726 can comprise a first, distal portion 742 and a second, proximal portion 744 .
  • the distal portion 742 can include internal threads (not shown) corresponding to the external threads 734 of the drive screw 722 .
  • the proximal portion 744 can comprise a conical inside surface configured to engage a proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724 .
  • the actuation tube 568 can extend through the lumen 738 of the drive screw 722 , through the collet 724 , and through the second knob 726 .
  • the second knob 726 can be disposed over the collet 724 and the internal threads of the distal portion 742 of the second knob can threadably engage the external threads 734 of the drive screw 722 . Accordingly, rotating the second knob 726 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the drive screw 722 causes the proximal portion 744 of the second knob 726 to move toward the proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724 and thus urges the collet 724 radially inwardly against the actuation tube 568 .
  • a first direction e.g., clockwise
  • the actuation tube 568 and the drive screw 722 move axially together when the first knob 718 is rotated relative to the housing 702 .
  • Rotating the second knob 726 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the drive screw 722 causes the distal portion 742 of the second knob 726 to move away from the proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724 and thus allows the collet 724 to move radially outwardly relative to the actuation tube 568 .
  • the actuation tube 568 and the drive screw 722 can move relative to each other.
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 of the handle 700 can include a release member (e.g., a set screw or a pin).
  • the release member can extend into the housing 702 (e.g., near the proximal end of the housing 702 ) and can selectively engage (e.g., threadably) the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 .
  • the release member When the release member is engaged with the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by inserting the release member into the housing 702 and into contact with the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 ), the release member can, for example, prevent the actuation tube 568 from moving relative to the drive screw 722 , thus preventing the actuation shaft 512 from being completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568 , 580 (e.g., when actuating the anchors 204 ).
  • the release member When the release member is released from the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by withdrawing it from the housing 702 and/or moving it out of contact with the actuation tube 546 ), the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 can move relative to the drive screw 722 and can therefore be completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568 , 580 (e.g., when releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus).
  • the physician can use the actuation control mechanism 704 of the handle 700 to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the spacer member 202 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 can be activated by rotating the second knob 726 in the first direction relative to the drive screw 722 to secure the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 to the drive screw 722 .
  • the physician can then rotate the first knob 718 relative to the housing 702 , which causes the drive screw 722 and thus the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512 to move axially relative to the relative to the housing 702 and thus the outer shaft 520 .
  • This causes the anchors 204 (which are coupled to the actuation shaft 512 via the distal collar 208 ) to move relative to the spacer member 202 (which is coupled to the outer shaft 520 via coupler 514 and the proximal collar 210 ).
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by rotating the second knob 726 in the second direction relative to the drive screw 722 . This allows the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 to move relative to the drive screw 722 . The shafts 512 , 520 of the delivery apparatus 502 can then be removed from the respective collars 208 , 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 , as described above.
  • Configuring a delivery apparatus with the actuation control mechanism 704 can provide several advantages.
  • the rotational forces required to actuate the first knob 718 of the handle 700 can be less than the axial forces required to actuate the knob 526 of the handle 700 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 can also provide relatively more precise control of the anchors 204 because the axial movement of the actuation shaft 512 is controlled by rotation of the first knob 718 and the thread pitch of the drive screw 722 rather than be axial movement of the knob 526 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 can be configured, for example, such that one rotation of the first knob 718 moves the actuation shaft 512 a small axial distance (e.g., 1 mm); whereas, it may be relatively more difficult to axially move the knob 526 and thus the actuation shaft 512 in small increments (e.g., 1 mm).
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 can prevent or reduce inadvertent movement and release of the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the actuation control mechanism 704 requires rotational movement of the first knob 718 to move the actuation shaft 512 , it can prevent or reduce the likelihood that the actuation shaft 512 will move if the knob 526 is inadvertently contacted.
  • the physician has to rotate the second knob 726 to release the actuation tube 568 from the drive screw 722 by before the physician can rotate the knob 526 to release the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 and proximally retract the actuation shaft 512 . This two-step release process could reduce the likelihood of a physician inadvertently releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502 .
  • FIGS. 32-33 show exemplary embodiments of a coupler 800 and a proximal collar 802 .
  • the coupler 800 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520 ( FIG. 16 ) in a manner similar to the coupler 514 .
  • the proximal collar 802 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the spacer member 202 in a manner similar to the proximal collar 210 ( FIG. 13 ).
  • the coupler 800 and the proximal collar 802 can be used, for example, in lieu of the coupler 514 and the proximal collar 210 of the delivery assembly 500 , respectively, to releasably couple the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the outer shaft 520 ( FIG. 16 ).
  • the coupler 800 can comprise an axially-extending lumen 804 and a plurality of radially-extending openings 806 .
  • the lumen 804 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512 ( FIG. 32 ).
  • the openings 806 can be configured to receive the proximal collar 802 , as further described below.
  • the proximal collar 802 can comprise a plurality of proximally-extending tabs or fingers 808 .
  • Free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 can have radially-extending projections 812 formed thereon.
  • the fingers 808 can be configured to pivot between a first or resting state ( FIG. 33 ) and a second or deflected state ( FIG. 32 ). In the first state, the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 press radially inwardly against each other. In the second state, the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 are radially spaced from each other.
  • the coupler 800 and the proximal collar 802 be releasably coupled together by positioning the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 within the coupler 800 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can then be advanced through the lumen 804 of the coupler 800 and through the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 , thus causing the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 to pivot radially-outwardly from the first state to the second state.
  • the projections 812 of the fingers 808 and the openings 806 of the coupler 800 can be rotationally aligned such that the projections 812 extend into the openings 806 , thereby releasably coupling the coupler 800 to the proximal collar 802 .
  • the coupler 800 can be released from the proximal collar 802 by retracting the actuation shaft 512 from the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 . This allows the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 to pivot from the second state back to the first state and causes the projections 812 of the fingers 808 to withdraw from the openings 806 of the coupler 800 , thus releasing the coupler 800 from the proximal collar 802 .
  • the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 can be configured to create a hemostatic seal when the fingers 808 are in the first state. This can, for example, prevent or reduce blood from flowing through the proximal collar 802 when the prosthetic spacer device 200 is implanted in a patient.
  • FIGS. 34-35 show exemplary embodiments of a distal collar 900 , an actuation shaft 902 , and a release member (e.g., a wire) 904 , which can be used, for example, with the delivery assembly 500 .
  • the distal collar 900 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • a proximal end portion (not shown) of the actuation shaft 902 can be coupled to the actuation tube 568 and the knob 526 . From the proximal end portion, the actuation shaft 902 can extend distally through the handle 522 ( FIG. 17 ), through the outer shaft 520 ( FIG. 17 ), and into the prosthetic spacer device 200 ( FIG. 12 ).
  • a distal end portion of the actuation shaft 902 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 900 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 can be used, for example, in lieu of the distal collar 208 and the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery assembly 500 , respectively.
  • the distal collar 900 can comprise a central bore 906 and a tab or tongue 908 formed (e.g., laser cut) in a side surface 910 of the distal collar 900 .
  • the tongue 908 can have an opening 912 formed (e.g., laser cut) therein.
  • the central bore 906 can be configured to receive a distal end portion of the actuation shaft 902 .
  • the tongue 908 can be pivotable relative to the side surface 910 of the distal collar 900 from a first or resting configuration ( FIG. 35 ) to a second or deflected configuration ( FIG. 34 ). In the first configuration, the tongue 908 can be flush with the side surface 910 . In the second configuration, the tongue 908 can extend radially inwardly relative to the side surface 910 so as to protrude into the central bore 906 .
  • the tongue 908 can be biased (e.g., shaped set) toward the first configuration.
  • the tongue 908 can be used, for example, to releasably couple the distal collar 900 to the actuation shaft 902 , as shown in FIG. 34 .
  • the actuation shaft 902 can be inserted into the central bore 906 of the distal collar 900 .
  • the tongue 908 can then be pushed radially inwardly from the first configuration to the second configuration such that the tongue 908 presses against the actuation shaft 902 and frictionally retains the actuation shaft 902 relative to the collar 900 .
  • the release member 904 can then be advanced distally such that a distal end portion 914 of the release member 904 extends through the opening 912 of the tongue 908 .
  • the release member 904 retains the tongue 908 in the second configuration against the actuation shaft 902 , thereby releasably coupling the distal collar 900 to the actuation shaft 902 .
  • the distal collar 900 can be released from the actuation shaft 902 by retracting the release member 904 proximally such that the distal end portion 914 of the release member 904 withdraws from the opening 912 of the tongue 908 . This allows the tongue to move radially outwardly from the second state back to the first state, thereby releasing the distal collar 900 from the actuation shaft 902 .
  • the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 can be formed without threads. Removing the threads can make manufacturing the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 easier and/or less expensive. Removing the threads from the actuation shaft 902 can also reduce the likelihood the actuation shaft 902 could catch or snag on another component of the delivery assembly 500 .
  • FIGS. 36-37 show exemplary embodiments of a coupler 1000 , a proximal collar 1002 , a distal collar 1004 , and an actuation shaft 1006 , which can be used, for example, with the delivery assembly 500 .
  • the coupler 1000 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520 .
  • the proximal collar 1002 can be coupled to the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200 (shown schematically in partial cross-section), and the distal collar 1004 can be coupled to the to the distal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • a proximal end portion (not shown) of the actuation shaft 1006 can be coupled to the actuation tube 568 and the knob 526 . From the proximal end portion, the actuation shaft 1006 can extend distally through the handle 522 ( FIG. 17 ), through the outer shaft 520 ( FIG. 17 ), and into the prosthetic spacer device 200 ( FIG. 12 ). A distal end portion of the actuation shaft 1006 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 1004 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the coupler 1000 , the proximal collar 1002 , the distal collar 1004 , and the actuation shaft 1006 can be used, for example, in lieu of the coupler 514 , the proximal collar 210 , the distal collar 208 , and the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery assembly 500 , respectively.
  • the coupler 1000 can comprise a connection portion 1008 , a plurality of pins 1010 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment), and one or more securing members 1012 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment).
  • the pins 1010 and the securing members can be coupled to and extend distally from the connection portion 1008 .
  • connection portion 1008 can have an axially-extending lumen 1014 configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 1006 .
  • connection portion 1008 can also have a recessed outwardly facing surface 1015 ( FIG. 37 ) configured to be inserted into the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520 , as shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the pins 1010 can be spaced circumferentially relative to each other and relative to the securing members 1012 .
  • the securing members 1012 can be spaced circumferentially relative to each other.
  • the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 can be arranged in an alternating type pattern (e.g., pin-securing member-pin and so on) on the connection portion 1008 .
  • the pins 1010 can be configured to extend into openings 1016 of the proximal collar 1002 .
  • the securing members 1012 can be suture loops.
  • the securing members 1012 can be configured to extend through the openings 1016 of the proximal collar 1002 and around the actuation shaft 1006 . For clarity, only one securing member 1012 is shown extending around the actuation shaft 1006 in FIG. 36 .
  • the proximal collar 1002 can comprise a central lumen 1018 disposed radially inward from the openings 1016 .
  • the central lumen 1018 can extend axially and can be configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 1006 , as shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the distal collar 1004 can be configured in a sleeve-like manner such that the actuation shaft 1006 can slidably extend through the distal collar 1004 , as shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the actuation shaft 1006 can comprise a radially-expandable portion 1020 disposed at or near the distal end portion 1022 of the actuation shaft 1006 .
  • the radially-expandable portion 1020 can be configured to be selectively expandable from a compressed configuration to an expanded configuration.
  • the radially-expandable portion 1020 can be an inflatable balloon or an expandable mesh (e.g., braided) basket.
  • the radially-expandable portion 1020 can be configured such that an outside diameter of the radially-expandable portion 1020 is less than the inside diameter of the distal collar 1004 , the central lumen 1018 of the proximal collar 1002 , and the lumen 1014 of the coupler 1000 when the radially-expandable portion 1020 is in the compressed configuration.
  • the outside diameter of the radially-expandable portion 1020 is greater than the inside diameter of the distal collar 1004 .
  • the radially-expandable portion 1020 can prevent the distal end portion 1022 from moving proximally relative to the distal collar 1004 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 by inserting the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 through respective openings 1016 in the proximal collar 1002 .
  • the actuation shaft 1006 can be advanced distally through the lumen 1014 of the coupler 1000 , through the central lumen 1018 and the securing members 1012 of the proximal collar 1002 , and through the distal collar 1004 such that the radially-expandable portion 1020 is disposed distal relative to the distal collar 1004 .
  • the radially-expandable portion 1020 of the actuation shaft 1006 can then be expanded from the compressed configuration to the expanded configuration, thus releasably coupling the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 by compressing the radially-expandable portion 1020 of the actuation shaft 1006 and proximally retracting the actuation shaft 1006 through the distal collar 1004 , through the securing members 1012 and the central lumen 1018 of the proximal collar 1002 .
  • the outer shaft 520 can then be retracted proximally relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 such that the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 withdraw from the openings 1016 in the proximal collar 1002 , thus releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 .
  • FIGS. 38-39 show an exemplary embodiment of clasp control members 1100 , which can be used, for example, in lieu of the clasp control members 524 of the delivery assembly 500 .
  • the clasp control members 1100 can comprise sleeves 1102 , connecting members 1104 , and release members 1106 .
  • the connecting members 1104 and the release members 1106 can extend axially through and can be movable relative to the sleeves 1102 .
  • Proximal end portions (not shown) of the sleeves 1102 can be coupled to the control member tubes 570 , and distal end portions of the sleeves 1108 can be releasably coupled to the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by the connecting members 1104 and the release members 1106 , as further described below.
  • the connecting members 1104 can, for example, be suture loops that extend distally from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the delivery apparatus 502 , through the control member tubes 570 , through the sleeves 1102 , and through the openings 234 of the clasps 206 .
  • the connecting members 1104 can be releasably coupled to the clasps 206 the prosthetic spacer device 200 by the release members 1106 .
  • the release members 1106 can, for example, be wires that extend distally from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the delivery apparatus 502 , through the control member tubes 570 , through the sleeves 1102 , and through the loops of the connecting members 1104 . In this manner, the release members 1106 releasably couple the connecting members 1104 and thus the sleeves 1102 to the clasps 206 by preventing the connecting members 1104 from withdrawing through the openings 234 of the clasps 206 .
  • the connecting members 1104 can be released from the clasps 206 by withdrawing the release members 1106 from the loops of the connecting members 1104 and withdrawing the connecting members 1104 from the openings 234 of the clasps 206 .
  • the clasps 206 can be actuated (either together or separately) by moving the sleeves 1102 axially relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512 . This can be accomplished, for example, by moving the actuator member 590 , which are coupled to the sleeves 1102 via the control member tubes 570 , relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568 .
  • Moving the actuator member 590 proximally relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568 can open the clasps 206
  • moving the actuator member 590 distally relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568 can close the clasps 206 .
  • the sleeves 1102 are relatively rigid (e.g., compared to the clasp control members 524 ), the sleeves 1102 can be used to push the clasps 206 closed (either in lieu of or in addition to the bias of the clasps 206 to the closed position). This pushability can help to ensure the native leaflets are captured within the clasps 206 and thus secured to the anchors 204 .
  • FIG. 40 shows an exemplary embodiment of a guide rail 1200 .
  • the guide rail 1200 can, for example, be coupled to a respective clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the clasp control member 1100 can be releasably coupled to the guide rail 1200 in a snare-like manner similar to that described above with respect to FIG. 39 .
  • Coupling the clasp control member 1100 to the guide rail 1200 rather than directly to the clasps 206 allows the clasp control member 1100 to slide longitudinally along the guide rail 1200 as the clasp 206 moves between the open and the closed configurations. This can, for example, allow the clasp control member 1100 to maintain a relatively constant angle relative to the anchors 204 as the clasps 206 are actuated.
  • the clasp control member 1100 can slide outwardly toward a first side portion 1202 of the guide rail 1200 when the clasp 206 is pulled open, and the clasp control member 1100 can slide inwardly toward a second side portion 1204 of the guide rail 1200 when the clasp 206 is pushed closed. This can therefore reduce the force required to actuate the clasp control member 1100 .
  • FIG. 41 shows an exemplary embodiment of a shaft 1300 .
  • the shaft 1300 can be used, for example, with the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 .
  • the shaft 1300 can comprise a plurality of axially extending lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1302 and a plurality of control member lumens 1304 (e.g., four in the illustrated embodiment 1304 a , 1304 b , 1304 c , 1304 d —collectively referred to as “the control member lumens 1304 ”) disposed radially outwardly from the actuation shaft lumen 1302 .
  • the control member lumens 1304 can be spaced relative to each other and can be evenly distributed circumferentially around the actuation shaft lumen 1302 .
  • each of the control member lumens 1304 can be located approximately 90 degrees from an adjacent control member lumen 1304 .
  • the actuation shaft lumen 1302 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512
  • the control member lumens 1304 can be configured to receive the clasp control members 524
  • the lumens 1302 , 1304 can also be configured such that the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524 can be movable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the lumens 1302 , 1304 , respectively.
  • the lumens 1302 , 1304 can comprise a liner or coating (e.g., PTFE) configured to reduce friction between the lumens 1302 , 1304 and the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524 , respectively.
  • a liner or coating e.g., PTFE
  • Each of the clasp control members 524 can extend through one or more of the control member lumens 1304 and extend around a clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • each clasp control member 524 can extend through a pair of control member lumens 1304 that are circumferentially offset by 90 degrees.
  • a first clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumens 1304 a , 1304 b and around a first clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200
  • a second clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumens 1304 c , 1304 d and around a second clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the lumens 1304 a , 1304 b both foreshorten because they are on the inner diameter of the curve, and the lumens 1304 c , 1304 d both elongate because they are on the outer diameter of the curve.
  • the tension of the first clasp control member 524 (which is disposed on the inner diameter of the curve) is reduced and thus the first clasp 206 can move slightly toward the closed configuration due to the bias of the claps; whereas, the tension of the second clasp control member 524 (which is disposed on the outer diameter of the curve) is increased and thus the second clasp 206 can move slightly toward the open configuration.
  • the lumens 1304 a , 1304 b and the first clasp control member 524 move from the inner diameter of the curve to the outer diameter of the curve, thus increasing tension and slightly opening the first clasp 206
  • the lumens 1304 c , 1304 d and the second clasp control member 524 move from the outer diameter of the bend to the inner diameter of the bend, thus reducing tension and slightly closing the clasp 206 .
  • first clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumen 1304 a , extend around the first clasp 206 , and extend through the lumen 1304 c .
  • the second clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumen 1304 b , extend around the second clasp 206 , and extend through the lumen 1304 d . Threading each clasp control member 524 through a pair of control member lumens 1304 that are circumferentially offset by 180 degrees can provide several advantages. For example, this configuration allows the clasp control members 524 to maintain uniform tension on the clasps 206 as the shaft 1300 is deflected and/or rotated (e.g., during positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ).
  • each lumen 1304 foreshortens/elongates when the shaft 1300 is deflected and/or rotated is offset by an equal and opposite length in which a respective, diametrically-opposite lumen 1304 elongates/foreshortens and because the clasp control members 524 can move relative to the lumens 1304 and the clasps 206 as the lumens 1304 foreshorten/elongate.
  • the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 therefore maintain their open and/or closed configuration regardless of the deflection and/or rotation of the shaft 1300 .
  • the shaft 1300 can be formed from various materials, including metals and polymers.
  • the shaft 1300 can comprise a first portion or layer 1306 , a second portion or layer 1308 , and a third portion or layer 1310 .
  • the first portion 1306 be the radially outermost portion
  • the third portion 1310 can be the radially innermost portion
  • the second portion 1308 can be disposed radially between the first and third portions 1306 , 1310 .
  • the first and third portions 1306 , 1310 can be formed from polymeric material (e.g., PEBA having a Type D Shore durometer value of 55D)
  • the second portion 1308 can be formed from a metallic material (e.g., braided stainless steel).
  • Configuring the shaft 1300 in this manner can, for example, further improve control of the distal end portion of the shaft 1300 .
  • this configuration can prevent or reduce “whipping” (e.g., sudden or abrupt movement) at the distal end portion of the shaft 1300 when the shaft 1300 is rotated at the proximal end portion (e.g., by rotating the housing 546 of the handle 522 ).
  • a physician can more precisely control of the distal end portion of the shaft 1300 and thus of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200 ) during the implantation procedure such as when the physician rotates the prosthetic spacer device to align the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device with the native leaflets.
  • the housing 546 of the handle 522 can comprise four control member lumens 564 , 582 (i.e., four of each) that are coupled to the control member lumens 1304 .
  • each longitudinally-extending section of each clasp control member 524 can extend distally in a separate lumen from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the handle 522 to the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • FIGS. 42-45 show an exemplary delivery assembly 1400 comprising a prosthetic spacer device 1402 and a delivery apparatus 1404 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be configured to reduce or prevent regurgitation through a native heart valve (e.g., a native mitral valve).
  • a native heart valve e.g., a native mitral valve
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be releasably coupled to the delivery apparatus 1404 , which can be used to implant the prosthetic spacer device.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can comprise a spacer member 1406 , a plurality of anchors 1408 , and a plurality of clasps 1410 .
  • the spacer member 1406 , the anchors 1408 , and the clasps 1410 can be configured in a manner similar to the spacer member 202 , the anchors 204 , and the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 , respectively.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1400 can also comprise a proximal collar 1412 , a sleeve or cylinder 1414 , and a piston 1416 .
  • the proximal collar 1412 and the cylinder 1414 can be coupled to the spacer member 1406
  • the piston 1416 can be coupled to the anchors 1408 .
  • the proximal collar 1412 can be coupled to and extend annularly around the proximal end portion (i.e., the upper end portion as illustrated) of the spacer member 1406 .
  • the proximal collar 1412 can be used, for example, for coupling the prosthetic spacer device 1400 to the delivery apparatus 1404 , as further described below.
  • the proximal collar 1412 can have connector members for receiving tethers 1432 of the delivery apparatus 1404 .
  • the connector members can, for example, include openings, eyelets, and/or other suitable means for connecting the tethers to the proximal collar 1412 .
  • the cylinder 1414 can be coupled to and extend coaxially through at least a portion of the spacer member 1406 .
  • the cylinder 1414 can be coupled to the spacer member 1406 in various ways such as with fasteners, sutures, adhesive, welding, and/or other means for coupling.
  • the cylinder 1414 can be sized and configured such the piston 1416 can move axially through the cylinder 1414 .
  • the cylinder 1414 can be used, for example, as a guide for the piston 1416 as the prosthetic spacer device 1400 is moved between various configurations such as a foreshortened/functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42 ) and an elongate/delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43 ).
  • the distal end portion 1418 of the piston 1416 can be coupled to distal end portions 1420 of the anchors 1408 . This can be accomplished in various ways such as with fasteners, sutures, adhesive, welding, and/or other coupling means.
  • the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 can be coupled to the delivery apparatus 1404 .
  • the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 can comprise a bore or opening 1424 having internal threads configured to receive corresponding external threads of an actuation shaft 1428 of the delivery apparatus 1404 .
  • the piston 1416 (in combination with the delivery apparatus) can be used, for example, to move the anchors 1408 between various configurations such as a folded/functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42 ) and a straight/delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43 ).
  • the delivery apparatus 1400 can comprise an implant catheter (e.g., similar to the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 ) having an outer shaft 1426 , an actuation shaft 1428 , a plurality of clasp control members 1430 , and a plurality of tethers 1432 .
  • the outer shaft 1426 can be used, for example, to position the prosthetic spacer device 1402 during the implantation procedure of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 .
  • the actuation shaft 1428 can be used, for example, to move the prosthetic spacer device 1402 between the functional configuration ( FIG. 42 ) and the delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43 ).
  • the clasp control members 1430 can be used, for example, to move the clasps 1410 between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • the tethers 1432 can be used, for example, to couple the prosthetic spacer device 1402 to the outer shaft 1426 .
  • the outer shaft 1426 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1434 , a plurality of control member lumens 1436 , and a plurality of tether lumens 1438 .
  • the outer shaft 1426 can otherwise be configured similar to the outer shaft 520 and/or the shaft 1300 .
  • the actuation shaft 1428 can be configured similar to the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the distal end portion of the actuation shaft 1428 can comprise external threads 1440 configured to threadably mate with the internal threads of the opening 1424 in the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 .
  • the actuation shaft 1428 can be coupled to the anchors 1408 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in various other ways.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can, for example, include a distal collar that is configured similar to the distal collars 108 , 208 , 900 , and/or 1004 in lieu of or in addition to the piston 1416 , and the actuation shaft 1428 can be configured similar to the actuation shafts 512 , 902 , and/or 1006 .
  • the clasp control members 1430 can be configured similar to the clasp control members 524 of the delivery apparatus 502 .
  • the clasp control members 1430 can extend through the control member lumens 1436 of the outer shaft 1426 and around the clasps 1410 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 . Tensioning the clasp control members 1430 can move the clasps 1410 to the open configuration. Slackening the clasp control members 1430 can allow the clasps 1410 to move to the closed configuration (due to bias of the clasp 1410 toward the closed configuration).
  • each of the clasp control members 1430 can extend through two of the control member lumens 1436 of the outer shaft 1426 . In certain embodiments, each clasp control member 1430 can extend through two control member lumens 1436 that are circumferentially offset from each other by 180 degrees similar to the manner described above with respect to the shaft 1300 .
  • the tethers 1432 can extend through the tether lumens 1438 of the outer shaft 1426 and around the proximal end (e.g., through the proximal collar 1412 ) of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 . Tensioning the tethers 1432 can draw the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 toward the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 (e.g., FIGS. 42-43 . Slackening the tethers 1432 can allow the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 to separate from the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 (e.g., FIG. 45 ).
  • each of the tethers 1432 can extend through two of the tether lumens 1438 of the outer shaft 1426 . In certain embodiments, each tether 1432 can extend through two tether lumens 1438 that are circumferentially offset from each other by 180 degrees.
  • the delivery assembly 1400 can be used, for example, to implant the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in a native heart valve of a patient's heart. This can be accomplished, for example, by advancing the prosthetic spacer device 1402 through the first and second catheters 504 , 506 of the delivery apparatus 502 into the patient's heart with the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in the delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43 ). The prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be advanced out of the distal ends of the first and second catheters 504 , 506 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can then be moved from the delivery configuration to the functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42 ) by moving the actuation shaft 1428 proximally relative to the outer shaft 1426 such that the piston 1416 moves through the cylinder 1414 and the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 is disposed adjacent the proximal collar 1412 .
  • the actuation shaft 1428 and/or the clasp control members 1430 of the delivery apparatus 1404 can be actuated to capture the native heart valve leaflets with the clasps 1410 , and the native leaflets can be secured against the spacer member 1406 . This can be performed in a manner similar to that described above with respect the delivery assembly 500 and shown in FIGS. 22-25 .
  • the functionality and/or positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be evaluated.
  • the physician can, for example, release the actuation shaft 1428 from the piston 1416 and move the actuation shaft proximally such that the distal end portion of the actuation shaft is disposed within the central lumen 1434 of the outer shaft 1426 .
  • the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 can be slackened such that the outer shaft 1426 can be retracted away from the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 so that the distal end of the shaft 1426 is spaced from the prosthetic spacer device 1402 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 is partially released from the delivery apparatus 1400 , but the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 remain coupled to the prosthetic spacer device 1402 . Due to the flexibility and slack of the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 , the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can move and/or function as if it were fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404 . As a result, the partially released configuration can, for example, allow the physician to better evaluate the functionality and/or positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 prior to fully releasing the prosthetic spacer device 1402 than when evaluating the prosthetic spacer device 1402 while it is connected to the outer shaft 1426 and/or the actuation shaft 1428 .
  • outer shaft 1426 and/or the actuation shaft 1428 are relatively more rigid than the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 , and can thus alter the position and/or hemodynamics of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 compared to when the prosthetic spacer device 1402 is partially or fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404 .
  • the tethers 1432 can be tightened and the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 can be advanced distally over the tethers 1432 such that it abuts the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 .
  • the actuation shaft 1428 can be advanced distally through the central lumen 1434 of the outer shaft 1426 and reconnected to the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can then be moved/repositioned relative to the native leaflets by actuating the actuation shaft 1428 and/or the clasps control members 1430 to manipulate the anchors 1408 and/or the clasps 1410 , respectively.
  • the physician can then re-evaluate the positioning and/or functionality of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 and, if desired, make additional adjustments.
  • the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404 by withdrawing the clasp control members 1430 from the clasps 1410 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 and by withdrawing the tethers 1432 from proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 .
  • the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 can then be retracted proximally into the lumens 1436 , 1438 of the outer shaft 1426 , and the outer shaft together with the actuation shaft 1428 can be retracted proximally through the first and second catheters 504 , 506 and removed from the patient's body.
  • the tethers 1432 can be incorporated into any of the embodiments disclosed herein to allow a prosthetic implant to be implanted while still tethered to the delivery apparatus to evaluate the operation of the implant, and then fully release the implant from the delivery apparatus once the operation of the implant is confirmed by the practitioner.
  • FIGS. 46-54 show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1500 and it components.
  • the handle 1500 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522 .
  • the handle 1500 has five main components: a connection member 1502 , a flushing mechanism 1504 , a housing 1506 , an anchor actuation mechanism 1508 , and a clasp actuation mechanism 1510 .
  • the configuration of the handle 1500 is generally similar to the configuration of the handles 522 , 700 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204 ) by axially moving (e.g., pushing/pulling) an actuation knob 1512 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 (e.g., similar to the actuation of the knob 526 described above) or by rotating the actuation knob 1512 (e.g., similar to actuation of the knob 718 described above), as further described below.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 provides both axial and rotational actuation of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 , which is also referred to herein as “hybrid actuation.”
  • connection member 1502 can be coupled the distal end portion of the housing 1506 and to the proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520 (not shown).
  • the connection member 1502 can be configured to a provide strain relief to the outer shaft 520 . Reducing the strain on the outer shaft can, for example, reduce kinking of the outer shaft 520 near the housing 1506 .
  • connection member 1502 can, for example, have a generally conical shape that tapers radially outwardly from a distal end portion 1514 to a proximal end portion 1516 .
  • the connection member 1502 can also have one or more slits or grooves 1518 , which can facilitate flexing.
  • the slits 1518 can extend circumferentially around the connection member 1502 .
  • the flushing mechanism 1504 of the handle 1500 can be coupled to and in fluidic communication with the housing 1506 and the outer shaft (not shown). In this manner, the flushing mechanism 1504 can be used to flush the outer shaft (e.g., with a saline solution) prior to inserting the third catheter 508 into a patient's body.
  • the flushing mechanism 1504 can be used to flush the outer shaft (e.g., with a saline solution) prior to inserting the third catheter 508 into a patient's body.
  • the housing 1506 of the handle 1500 can include a nose portion 1520 and a main body 1522 .
  • the nose portion 1520 and the main body 1522 can, for example, be coupled together with a fastener (e.g., a bolt) 1524 .
  • the nose portion 1520 and the main body 1522 can include a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1526 and control member lumens 1528 .
  • Actuation tube 1530 can be disposed in and axially movable relative to the actuation shaft lumen 1526 .
  • Clasp control tubes 1532 can be disposed in an axially movable relative to the control member lumens 1528 .
  • the main body 1522 of the housing 1506 can also include a slot 1534 and a bore 1536 that are configured for receiving one or more components of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 , as further described below.
  • the slot 1534 can extend radially into and axially along the actuation shaft lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 .
  • the bore 1536 can be disposed proximal to the slot 1534 and can extend radially into the actuation shaft lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 .
  • the housing 1506 can have a generally triangular cross-sectional shape taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the actuation lumen 1526 .
  • the housing can be a variety of other shapes such as rectangular, circular, etc.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can be used to move the actuation shaft 512 axially relative to the housing 1506 (and thus the outer shaft 520 ), and thus the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 (which can be coupled to the actuation shaft 512 ).
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can also be used to release the actuation shaft from the prosthetic spacer device.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can include the actuation tube 1530 , a drive screw 1538 , the actuation knob 1512 , a release knob 1540 , a release pin 1542 , a bushing 1544 , a mode selector button 1546 , and a biasing element (e.g., a spring) 1548 .
  • the actuation tube 1530 can have a flange 1550 disposed at the distal end portion of the actuation tube and a lumen 1552 extending from the distal end portion to a proximal end portion of the actuation tube.
  • the flange 1550 can be used, for example, to couple the actuation tube 1530 to the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544 .
  • the lumen 1552 can, for example, receive an actuation shaft (e.g., the actuation shaft 512 ).
  • the flange 1550 can have one or more recessed portions or “flats” 1554 (e.g., two on diametrically opposite sides of the flange 1550 ).
  • the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 can be inserted into a first opening 1556 ( FIG. 49 ) of the bushing 1544
  • the release pin 1542 can be inserted into a second opening 1558 ( FIG. 49 ) of the bushing 1544 to couple actuation tube 1530 and the bushing 1544 together, as shown in FIG. 51 .
  • the release pin 1542 can have one or more tabs 1560 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) that are spaced apart by a groove 1562 .
  • the tabs 1560 and groove 1562 of the release pin 1542 and/or the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 can be sized and configured such that tabs 1560 of the release pin 1542 extend alongside and engage the flats 1554 of the actuation tube 1530 .
  • the release pin 1542 restricts relative movement (e.g., rotational and axial) between the actuation tube 1530 and the bushing 1544 .
  • the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544 can have locking elements 1564 , 1566 , respectively.
  • the locking elements 1564 , 1566 can, for example, help retain the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544 in the engaged configuration.
  • the locking elements 1566 can be slots formed on an inner surface of the bushing 1544 and the locking elements 1564 can be tabs or protrusions formed on the release pin 1542 and sized to be received within corresponding slots 1566 .
  • the tabs 1564 can be formed on the bushing and the slots 1566 can be formed on the release pin. The tabs 1564 , when received in the slots 1566 , prevent inadvertent movement of the release pin relative to the bushing, yet allow the release pin to be manually removed from the bushing when so desired by the user.
  • the drive screw 1538 can comprise a lumen 1568 , a distal portion 1570 , and a proximal portion 1572 .
  • the lumen 1568 can extend from the distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 to the proximal portion 1572 of the drive screw 1538 .
  • the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and/or the actuation tube 1530 can be sized and configured such that the actuation tube 1530 can extend through the lumen 1568 and such that the actuation tube 1530 can move rotationally and axially relative to the drive screw 1538 .
  • the distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 can comprise threads (e.g., external treads) that are configured to engage corresponding threads (e.g., internal threads) of the mode selector button 1546 , as further described below.
  • threads e.g., external treads
  • corresponding threads e.g., internal threads
  • the proximal portion 1572 of the drive screw 1538 can be fixedly coupled to the actuation knob 1512 .
  • movement (e.g., rotational and axial) of the actuation knob 1512 can result in corresponding movement of the drive screw 1538 .
  • the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw with a fastener (e.g., a set screw), adhesive, and/or other means for fastening.
  • the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw 1538 by integrally forming the actuation knob 1512 and the drive screw 1538 as a single, unitary component.
  • the release knob 1540 can be fixedly coupled to a proximal end portion of the actuation tube 1530 . As such, movement (e.g., rotational and/or axial) of the release knob 1540 can result in corresponding movement of the actuation tube 1530 .
  • the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw 1538 with a fastener (e.g., a set screw), adhesive, and/or other means for fastening.
  • the mode selector button 1546 can have an opening 1574 .
  • the opening 1574 can be elliptical and configured to receive the drive screw 1538 .
  • the annular surface defining the opening 1574 can have a first portion 1576 (i.e., the upper portion in the depicted orientation) and a second portion 1578 (i.e., the lower portion in the depicted orientation).
  • the first portion 1576 can be generally smooth.
  • the second portion 1578 can have threads (e.g., internal threads) configured to engage corresponding threads of the distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 , as shown in FIG. 53A .
  • the opening 1574 of the button 1546 can be sized and configured such that when the first portion 1576 of the button 1546 contacts the drive screw 1538 , the threads of the second portion 1578 of the button 1546 disengage the threads of the drive screw 1538 , as shown in FIG. 53B .
  • This configuration allows relative movement (e.g., axial) between the button 1546 and the drive screw 1538 , as further described below.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500 can be assembled by inserting the bushing 1544 into the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 such that ears 1580 ( FIG. 49 ) of the bushing 1544 extend out of the slot 1534 of the housing 1506 .
  • the slot 1534 of the housing 1506 can act as a track or guide for the bushing 1544 that allows relative axial movement of the bushing 1544 within the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 and restricts relative rotational movement between the bushing 1544 and the housing 1506 .
  • the bushing 1544 can have additional mating features (e.g., a slot 1582 and/or tabs 1584 ( FIG.
  • the biasing member 1548 can be positioned within the bore 1536 of the housing 1506 , and the mode selector button 1546 can be disposed on the biasing member 1548 and within the bore 1536 .
  • the button 1546 can then be pressed inwardly relative to the bore 1536 of the housing 1506 (to overcome the outward force of the biasing member 1548 on the button 1546 ) such that the opening 1574 of the button 1546 radially aligns with the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 .
  • the drive screw 1538 can be inserted into the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing and through the opening 1574 of the button 1546 such that the distal end portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 abuts the bushing 1544 .
  • the actuation tube 1530 can be inserted through the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 such that the release knob 1540 abuts the actuation knob 1512 and such that the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 extends distally from the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and into the first opening 1556 of the bushing 1544 .
  • the release pin 1542 can be inserted into the second opening 1558 of the bushing 1544 and such that the tabs 1560 of the release pin 1560 engage the flats 1554 of the flange 1550 , as shown in FIG. 51 . Accordingly, with the release pin 1542 engaged, the actuation tube 1530 cannot rotate relative to bushing 1544 or the housing 1506 .
  • the actuation shaft 1530 and the drive screw 1538 move together axially. This is because the actuation shaft cannot move proximally relative to the drive shaft 1538 due to the bushing 1544 (which cannot extend into the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and because the actuation shaft cannot move distally relative to the drive shaft 1538 due to the release knob 1540 (which cannot extend past the actuation knob 1512 ).
  • the drive screw 1538 can, however, rotate relative to the actuation shaft 1530 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can be operated in rotational mode and sliding mode. Due to the biasing member 1548 urging the threaded second portion 1578 of the mode selector button 1546 against the threads of the drive screw 1538 (see e.g., FIG. 53A ), the default mode of operation is the rotational mode.
  • the mode selector button 1546 can be configured such that the default mode of operation is the sliding mode. This can be accomplished, for example, by switching the placement of the threaded portion 1578 and the smooth portion 1576 of the button 1546 .
  • anchors of a prosthetic spacer device can be actuated by rotating the actuation knob 1512 relative to the housing 1506 .
  • This moves the drive screw 1538 axially relative to the button 1546 .
  • the drive screw 1538 carries the actuation tube 1530 (and the actuation shaft 512 which can be coupled to the actuation tube 1530 ) axially along with it.
  • the release pin 1542 moves axially relative to the slot 1532
  • the bushing 1544 moves axially relative to the actuation lumen 1526 .
  • Rotating the actuation knob 1512 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1506 can result in the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device opening or unfolding away from the spacer body.
  • Rotating the actuation knob 1512 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1506 can result in the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device closing or folding toward the spacer body.
  • the user can press the mode selector button 1546 inwardly relative to the housing 1506 .
  • This movement disengages the threads of the button 1546 from the threads of the drive screw 1538 , thereby allowing the user to open the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by pushing the actuation knob 1512 distally relative to the housing 1506 or to close the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by pulling the actuation knob 1512 proximally relative to the housing 1506 .
  • the handle 1500 provides several significant advantages. For example, the handle 1500 allows a user to have both the quick and/or course adjustment of push/pull actuation and the precise and/or fine adjustment of rotational actuation.
  • the handle 1500 also provides a locking mechanism in either mode of operation because the actuation shaft 512 cannot be moved relative to the housing 1506 without the user rotating the actuation knob 1512 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1546 and moving the actuation knob 1512 axially.
  • the user can withdraw the release pin 1542 from the actuation tube 1530 , the bushing 1544 , and the slot 1534 .
  • This allows the user to rotate the release knob 1540 (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1506 , which in turn, results in the actuation tube 1530 and the actuation shaft rotating relative to the housing 1506 and the prosthetic spacer device.
  • This can retract the actuation shaft from the distal collar of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • the release knob 1540 can then be moved proximally relative to the housing 1506 to withdraw the actuation shaft from the prosthetic spacer device and the coupler 514 of the outer shaft 520 , thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device from the delivery apparatus.
  • the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 can be a first color (e.g., blue), the actuation knob 1512 can be a second color (e.g., black), and the mode selector button 1546 can be a third color (e.g., gray).
  • This can, for example, provide the user with visual indicators that the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 are related (i.e., because they are the same color) and that the actuation knob 1512 , release knob 1540 , and mode selector button 1546 preform separate functions (i.e., because they are different colors).
  • the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 can have other indicators or features such as lettering (e.g., “Release”), symbols (e.g., an unlocked lock), and/or texturing (e.g., ribs) to make the components easier and/or more intuitive to use.
  • the mode selector button 1546 and/or the actuation knob 1512 can have one or more such indicators or features.
  • the clasp control mechanism 1510 of the handle 1500 can be configured similar to the clasp control mechanism 550 described above.
  • FIGS. 55-61D show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1600 and it components.
  • the handle 1600 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522 .
  • the handle 1600 has five main components: a connection member 1602 , a flushing mechanism (not shown), a housing 1604 , an anchor actuation mechanism 1606 , and a clasp actuation mechanism 1608 .
  • the handle 1600 is configured similar to the handle 1500 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1606 of the handle 1600 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204 ) by axial (i.e., distal/proximal) movement of an actuation knob 1610 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1606 and by rotational movement (i.e., clockwise/counterclockwise) of the actuation knob 1610 , as further described below.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 provides hybrid anchor actuation (e.g., similar to the handle 1500 ).
  • the housing 1604 of the handle 1600 can include a nose portion 1612 , a main body 1614 , and a support portion 1616 .
  • the distal end of the nose portion 1612 can be coupled to the connection member 1602 and/or the outer shaft 520 , and the proximal end of the nose portion 1612 can be coupled to the distal end of the main body 1614 .
  • the support portion 1616 can be coupled to the proximal end of the main body 1614 .
  • the nose portion 1612 , the main body 1614 , and the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can include an actuation lumen (not shown).
  • the nose portion 1612 and the main body 1614 can also include a plurality (e.g., two) of clasp control lumens (not shown).
  • the main body 1614 of the housing 1604 can have a generally cylindrical or rounded shape.
  • the cylindrical shape can, for example, allow the handle 1600 to be placed or secured to an object (e.g., a table) in any rotational orientation (e.g., when rotating the outer shaft 520 ).
  • the cylindrical shape can also help the handle 1600 maintain its rotational orientation relative to the object because the handle 1600 does not have flat sides for the handle to pivot or flop toward.
  • the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can have a generally rectangular shape. In some embodiments, the edges of the support portion 1616 can be rounded and have radii similar to the radius of the main body 1614 .
  • the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can include a slot 1618 extending from the actuation lumen.
  • the slot 1618 can be configured to receive a release pin 1622 and/or bushing 1624 of the actuation mechanism 1606 (e.g., similar to the slot 1534 of the handle 1500 ).
  • the support portion 1616 can also include a bore 1620 .
  • the bore 1620 can be configured to receive a mode selector button 1626 and a biasing member (e.g., a spring) 1628 of the actuation mechanism 1606 .
  • the actuation mechanism 1606 of the handle 1600 can include an actuation tube 1630 , a drive screw 1632 , the actuation knob 1610 , a release knob 1634 , a release pin 1622 , a bushing 1624 , a mode selector button 1626 , and a biasing member 1628 .
  • the actuation mechanism 1606 can be configured, assembled, and operated in a manner similar to the actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500 .
  • FIGS. 57-59 respectively show detailed views of a distal portion 1636 of the actuation tube 1630 , the bushing 1624 , and the release pin 1622 .
  • FIG. 60 shows the distal portion 1636 of the actuation tube 1630 coupled to the bushing 1624 by the release pin 1622 .
  • FIG. 55 shows the entire actuation mechanism 1606 assembled and coupled to the housing 1604 .
  • the clasp control mechanism 1608 of the handle 1600 can include clasp tubes 1638 , actuators 1640 , and locking members 1642 .
  • the clasp control mechanism 1608 can have more (e.g., three) or less (e.g., one) than two of the tubes, actuators, and locking members.
  • each of the clasp tubes 1638 can be disposed in and axially moveable relative to a respective control lumen of the main body 1614 .
  • a proximal end portion of each of the clasp tubes 1638 can be coupled to a respective actuator 1640 .
  • Each of the locking members 1642 e.g., stop cocks
  • the clasp control members 524 can extend through the clasp tubes 1638 and can be releasably secured to actuators by the locking members 1642 .
  • the actuators 1640 can be selectively coupled together, for example, by a removable pin 1644 . As such, the actuators 1640 can be moved together to actuate the clasp control members 524 (and thus the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device) simultaneously when the pin 1644 is inserted into the actuators 1640 . When the pin 1644 is removed, the actuators 1640 (the clasps 206 ) can be moved individually.
  • each of the actuators 1640 can have a retention member (e.g., a pin) 1646 disposed on and/or extending from a surface of the actuator 1640 that faces the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 .
  • the retention member 1646 can be configured to engage the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 to retain the relative position of the actuators 1640 and the housing 1604 , which in turn retains the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • the retention members 1646 can be sized and/or configured so as to position the clasp tubes 1638 slightly off-axis relative to the control lumens of the housing 1604 .
  • the clasp tubes 1638 act as biasing members that force the retention members 1646 against the support portion 1616 .
  • This force results in a frictional engagement between the clasp tubes 1638 and the support portion 1616 , thus reducing the likelihood that the actuators 1640 will be inadvertently moved relative to the support portion 1616 .
  • the frictional engagement can also help to retain the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic device in the open position by overcoming the tensile force on the clasp control members and the actuators that is caused by the bias of the clasps toward the closed position.
  • the retention members 1646 can be sized and/or configured so as to position the clasp tubes 1638 coaxial to the control lumens of the housing 1604 , and the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can have one or more holding elements (see holding elements 1648 a , 1648 b , 1648 c , and 1648 d shown in FIGS. 61A-61D , respectively, and which are also be referred to generically and/or collectively as “the holding elements 1648 ”), that are disposed on and/or extend from a surface of the support portion 1616 that faces the actuators 1640 .
  • the holding elements 1648 can be configured to engage the actuators 1640 and/or the retention members 1646 to retain the relative position of the actuators 1640 and the housing 1604 , which in turn retains the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 61A shows an exemplary holding element 1648 a .
  • the holding element 1648 a comprises a projection or ridge that extends toward and/or or engages the retention members 1646 of the actuators 1640 .
  • the retention members 1646 have to be moved over the holding element 1648 a .
  • the clasp tubes 1648 are pushed slightly off-axis relative to the control lumens of the housing, thus increasing the frictional engagement between the control lumens and the clasp tubes 1638 . This in turn makes it relatively more difficult to move the actuators 1640 relative to the housing 1604 .
  • the actuators 1640 are moved to a proximal-most position (as shown in FIG. 61A ).
  • the engagement of the retention members 1646 with the holding element 1648 a resists movement of the actuators 1640 under the tensile force of the clasps, thereby retaining the clasps in their open position.
  • the user can push the actuators 1640 distally (to the left in FIG. 61A ) with sufficient force to push the retention members 1646 over the holding element 1648 a .
  • the user can slightly lift the actuators away from the support portion 1616 while pushing them distally to allow the retention members 1646 to clear the holding element 1648 a.
  • FIG. 61B shows another exemplary holding element 1648 b , which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding element 1648 a .
  • the holding element 1648 b has a relatively gradual-sloped distal portion and a relatively steep-sloped proximal portion.
  • the steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b can act as a lock to selectively hold the retention members 1646 (and thus the actuators 1640 ) in the proximal-most position.
  • the actuators 1640 can be moved from the proximal-most position by applying sufficient distal force (and/or vertical force) on actuators 1640 so that the retention members 1646 “climb” the steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b and move onto the gradual-sloped distal portion of the holding element 1648 b . Once the retention members 1648 pass the apex of the holding element 1648 b , the actuators tend to move relatively easily in the distal direction due to the gradual-sloped distal portion (and the tension on the clasp control members 524 ).
  • the actuators 1640 can be moved to the proximal-most position by moving the actuators 1640 proximally with sufficient force for the retention members 1646 to “climb” the gradual-sloped distal portion of the holding element 1648 b and move onto the steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b . Since the gradual-sloped portion is less abrupt than the steep-sloped portion, the force needed to move the actuators 1640 proximally over the distal portion of the holding element 1648 b is relatively less noticeable (i.e., seems easier) to a user than the force needed to move the actuators 1640 distally of the proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b . This is in contrast to the holding element 1648 a shown in FIG. 61A , which has similar slopes on the proximal and distal sides of the holding element 1648 a.
  • FIG. 61C shows another exemplary holding element 1648 c , which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding elements 1648 a , 1648 b .
  • the holding element 1648 c has a relatively gradual-sloped distal portion and a relatively steep-sloped proximal portion.
  • the proximal portion of the holding element 1648 c has a slope that is substantially similar to the slope of the proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b ( FIG. 61B ).
  • the distal portion of the holding element 1648 c has a slope that is even more gradual than the slope of the distal portion of the holding element 1648 b shown in FIG. 61B .
  • FIG. 61D shows yet another exemplary holding element 1648 d , which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding elements 1648 a , 1648 b , 1648 c .
  • the holding element 1648 d has a vertically extending wall or lip on the proximal side and a relatively steep-sloped portion on the distal side.
  • a user can lift and move the actuators 1640 distally over the holding element 1648 d to allow the clasps to move from their open configuration toward the closed configuration.
  • the vertical lip of the holding element 1648 d can reduce the likelihood that the actuators are inadvertently moved distally compared to the holding elements 1684 a , 1684 b , and/or 1684 c.
  • the holding elements 1648 can be configured and/or positioned to retain the actuators 1640 near the proximal end of the support portion 1616 . This can, for example, help to retain the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device in the open configuration.
  • the support portion 1616 can have a plurality of holding elements 1648 at various locations along the length of the support portion.
  • a first holding element can be positioned near the proximal end of the support portion (e.g., to hold the actuators 1640 in a proximal-most position to hold the clasps in their open configuration)
  • a second holding element can be positioned near the distal end of the support portion (e.g., to hold the actuators in a distal-most position to the hold the claps in their closed configuration).
  • FIGS. 62-75 show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1700 and it components.
  • the handle 1700 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522 to position, secure, and/or deploy a prosthetic spacer device.
  • the handle 1700 has five main components: a connection member (which can also be referred to as a strain relief) 1702 , a housing 1704 , an anchor actuation mechanism 1706 , a clasp actuation mechanism 1708 , and a flushing mechanism 1710 (which is partially shown in FIG. 63 ).
  • the handle 1700 is configured and functions in a manner that is generally similar to the handles 1500 , 1600 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ) by either pushing/pulling an actuation knob 1712 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 while pressing a mode selector button 1714 or by rotating the actuation knob 1712 without pressing the mode selector button 1714 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 provides hybrid anchor actuation (e.g., similar to the handle 1600 ).
  • the housing 1704 of the handle 1700 can include a main body portion 1716 and a support portion 1718 .
  • the distal end of the main body 1716 can be coupled to the connection member 1702 and/or the outer shaft 520 .
  • the main body 1716 can have a first portion 1716 a (i.e., the upper portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62 ) and a second portion 1716 b (i.e., the lower portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62 ).
  • the support portion 1718 can extend from the proximal end of the main body 1716 (e.g., from the second portion 1716 b of the main body 1716 ).
  • the support portion 1718 can have a first portion 1718 a (i.e., the upper portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62 ) and a second portion 1718 b (i.e., the lower portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62 ).
  • one or more portions of the main body 1716 and/or one or more portions of the support portion 1720 can be integrally formed (e.g., molded) as a single unitary component or formed as separate components that are coupled together (e.g., with fasteners, frictional engagement (e.g., tabs), adhesive, welding, and/or other means for fastening).
  • fasteners e.g., molded
  • frictional engagement e.g., tabs
  • adhesive e.g., welding, and/or other means for fastening
  • the second portions 1716 b , 1718 b of the main body 1716 and the support portion 1718 can be integrally formed, the first and second portions 1716 a , 1716 b of the main body 1716 can be coupled together with fasteners (e.g., screws 1720 ), and the first and second portions 1718 a , 1718 b of the support portion 1718 can be coupled together with fasteners (e.g., screws 1720 ).
  • the first and second portions 1716 a , 1716 b of the main body 1716 can be integrally formed.
  • the handle 1700 can further comprise various components that are disposed within and/or coupled to the housing 1704 .
  • the handle 1700 can optionally include a coupling member 1722 , a stabilizer member 1724 , and/or a shaft guide member 1726 .
  • the coupling member 1722 can have a shaft portion 1728 , a flange portion 1730 extending radially outwardly from the shaft portion 1728 , and a lumen 1732 extending axially through the shaft portion 1728 from distal end to a proximal end of the coupling member 1722 .
  • the shaft portion 1728 can have projection or ridge 1734 that extends radially outwardly.
  • connection member 1702 can extend partially over the shaft portion 1728 of the coupling member 1722 and the ridge 1734 can help prevent relative movement therebetween.
  • the flange portion 1730 can be configured for connecting the coupling member 1722 to the housing 1704 (e.g., with a fastener 1736 ).
  • the outer shaft 520 can extend into the distal end portion of the lumen 1732 , and the actuation shaft 512 and the clasp control members 524 can extend from the proximal end of the outer shaft 520 and lumen 1730 .
  • the coupling member 1722 can have a divider 1738 that divides the lumen 1732 into a plurality of segments.
  • the divider 1738 can be disposed in a proximal end portion of the lumen 1732 .
  • the divider 1738 is generally “Y”-shaped and thus divides the lumen 1732 into three segments 1732 a , 1732 b , 1732 c .
  • the segment 1732 a can be configured for receiving one of the clasp control members 524
  • the segment 1732 b can be configured for receiving another of the clasp control members 524
  • the segment 1732 c can be configured for receiving the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the divider 1738 can be configured to orient the outer shaft 520 (and thus the prosthetic spacer device which is coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520 ) relative to the coupling member 1722 (and thus the handle 1700 ) at a pre-determined rotational orientation. This can be accomplished by positioning an axis 1733 of the divider 1738 at an angle ⁇ relative to an axis 1735 of the coupling member 1722 .
  • the angle ⁇ between the axes 1733 , 1735 can in the range of 0-360 degrees. In certain embodiments, the angle ⁇ between the axes 1733 , 1735 can in the range of 15-90 degrees.
  • the angle ⁇ between the axes 1733 , 1735 can about 45 degrees.
  • the coupling member 1722 can be coupled to the outer shaft of the third catheter by aligning pairs of the clasp control lumens of the outer shaft (see e.g., the lumens 1304 a - 1304 d of the outer shaft 1300 shown in FIG. 41 ) with respective segments 1732 a , 1732 b of the coupling member 1722 .
  • the coupling member 1722 together with the outer shaft can be coupled to the shaft guide member 1726 and the housing 1704 .
  • the rotational orientation of the coupling member 1722 thus determines the rotational orientation of the outer shaft relative to the handle 1700 .
  • the pre-determined orientation between the outer shaft and the handle 1700 can, for example, be selected (e.g., via the angle ⁇ ) to rotationally align the prosthetic spacer device relative to the native anatomy when the prosthetic spacer device is coupled to the outer shaft 520 and advanced through a patient's vasculature to an implantation location.
  • the divider 1738 can be oriented with an angle ⁇ that is about 45 degrees as shown in FIG. 67 .
  • the prosthetic spacer device When oriented in this manner, the prosthetic spacer device will be oriented relative to the native anatomy such that the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device are at least substantially rotationally aligned with the native leaflets of the mitral valve when the prosthetic spacer device is deployed from the sheath 518 and positioned coaxially to the mitral valve (see, e.g., FIGS. 20-23 ) and the handle 1700 is rotationally oriented such that the clasp actuation mechanism is facing upwardly (e.g., in the orientation shown in FIG. 62 ).
  • the divider 1738 can also improve hemostatic sealing between the outer shaft 520 and the handle 1700 , for example, by reducing leakage at the joints of sleeves 1740 ( FIG. 65 ) (through which the clasp control members 524 extend) and the outer shaft 520 .
  • the stabilizer member 1724 can be coupled to a distal end portion of the shaft guide member 1726 , such as by fasteners, adhesive, and/or other coupling means (e.g., tabs 1739 ).
  • the stabilizer member 1724 can include a support portion 1741 that is spaced between the proximal end of the outer shaft 520 ( FIG. 64 ) and a port 1743 in the distal end portion of the shaft guide member 1726 .
  • the stabilizer member 1724 can also include an opening 1742 through which the actuation shaft 512 and its sleeve 1744 can extend.
  • the stabilizer member 1724 can, for example, support the portions of the actuation shaft 512 and the sleeve 1744 that are disposed between the outer shaft 520 and the shaft guide member 1726 .
  • the stabilizer member 1724 can, for example, reduce buckling or kinking of the actuation shaft 512 when actuating the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 . This in turn improves the functionality and/or reliability of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 and thus anchor actuation of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • stabilizer member 1724 and the divider 1738 are not shown in FIG. 64 in order to better illustrate other components of the handle 1700 .
  • the shaft guide member 1726 can include clasp control lumens 1746 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), an actuation shaft lumen 1748 , and a flushing lumen 1750 .
  • the clasp control members 524 can extend through the clasp control lumens 1746 and can be coupled to the clasp control mechanism 1708 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can extend through the actuation shaft lumen 1748 and can be coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 .
  • the flushing lumen 1750 can be coupled to a first portion 1752 of a flushing tube ( FIG. 64 ) and a second portion 1754 of the flushing tube ( FIG. 63 ) of the flushing mechanism 1710 ( FIG. 63 ).
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can be coupled to the actuation shaft 512 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 is configured to allow a user to actuate the actuation shaft 512 and thus the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by either pushing/pulling the actuation knob 1712 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 while pressing the mode selector button 1714 or by rotating the actuation knob 1712 without pressing the mode selector button 1714 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can include a release knob 1756 , the actuation knob 1712 , a drive shaft 1758 , the mode selector button 1714 , and a release pin 1760 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 ( FIG. 62 ) can also include distal and proximal actuation sleeves 1762 , 1764 , respectively, and a ferrule 1766 coupled to and extending between the sleeves 1762 , 1764 . As shown in FIG.
  • the actuation shaft 512 can extend though and be fixedly coupled to the sleeves 1762 , 1764 and the ferrule 1766 . In this manner, the actuation shaft 512 , the sleeves 1762 , 1764 , and the ferrule 1766 move together both axially and rotationally.
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can also include a bushing 1768 . The components and operation of the actuation mechanism are further described below.
  • a proximal end portion 1758 a of the drive shaft 1758 can be disposed outside of the housing 1704 , and the actuation knob 1712 can be fixedly coupled thereto.
  • the drive shaft 1758 can extend through a proximal opening 1770 of the housing 1704 .
  • the drive shaft 1758 can extend through an opening of the mode selector button 1714 (not shown, but see, e.g., the opening 1574 of the mode selector button 1546 shown in FIG. 52 ) and through an opening 1772 of the bushing 1768 .
  • the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 can be coupled to the bushing 1768 such that the drive shaft 1758 can rotate relative to the bushing 1768 but cannot move axially relative to the bushing 1768 .
  • This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 to the bushing 1768 with fasteners (e.g., C-clips 1774 ) on the distal and proximal sides of the bushing 1768 .
  • the drive shaft 1758 can comprise a threaded portion 1776 .
  • the mode selector button 1714 (which is movably coupled to the housing 1704 ) can comprise a threaded portion configured to threadably engage the threaded portion 1776 of the drive shaft 1758 when the mode selector button 1714 is in a first mode of operation.
  • the drive shaft 1758 can be moved axially relative to the mode selector button 1714 by rotating the actuation knob 1712 relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the threaded portions of the drive shaft 1758 and the mode selector button 1714 are “left-hand” threads.
  • rotating the drive shaft 1758 clockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704
  • rotating the drive shaft 1758 counterclockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704
  • the threaded portions of the drive shaft 1758 and the mode selector button 1714 can be “right-hand” threads.
  • rotating the drive shaft 1758 counterclockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704
  • rotating the drive shaft 1758 clockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the mode selector button 1714 can also comprise a non-threaded portion configured to engage the drive shaft 1758 when the mode selector button 1714 is in a second mode of operation. In the second mode of operation, the drive shaft 1758 can be moved axially relative to the mode selector button 1714 by pushing or pulling the actuation knob 1712 relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the mode selector button 1714 can be biased (e.g., with a biasing member such as a spring) to either the first mode of operation or the second mode of operation as the default mode of operation and can be moved from the default mode of operation to the other mode of operation by pressing the mode selector button 1714 .
  • the bushing 1768 and the housing 1704 can comprise respective mating features.
  • the bushing 1768 comprises tabs or projections 1778 that can be disposed in respective slots of the housing 1704 , as shown in FIG. 75 .
  • the tabs 1778 of the bushing 1768 and the slots of the housing 1704 allow the bushing 1768 and thus the drive shaft 1758 to move axially relative to the housing 1704 and the mode selector button 1714 and prevent lateral (e.g., left/right in the orientation shown in FIG.
  • the bushing 1768 helps to keep the drive shaft 1758 and the opening of the mode selector button 1714 coaxial. Maintaining coaxiality can, for example, reduce or prevent the drive shaft 1758 from binding relative to the mode selector button 1714 and/or promote smooth and controllable movement between the components.
  • the proximal end portion 512 a ( FIG. 15 ) of the actuation shaft 512 and/or the proximal sleeve 1764 ( FIG. 69 ) can be fixedly secured (e.g., with a fastener, adhesive, etc.) to the release knob 1756 .
  • the drive shaft 1758 can have an axially extending lumen 1780 through which the actuation shaft 512 , the sleeves 1762 , 1764 , and the ferrule 1766 can extend.
  • the lumen of the drive shaft 1758 can be sized and/or configured such that the actuation shaft 512 , the sleeves 1762 , 1764 , and the ferrule 1766 are movable (e.g., rotationally and axially) relative to the drive shaft 1758 . This can be accomplished by forming the lumen 1780 of the drive shaft 1758 with an at least slightly larger diameter than the diameter of the actuation shaft 512 , the sleeves 1762 , 1764 , and the ferrule 1766 .
  • the proximal sleeve 1764 and the drive shaft 1758 can be sized such that when the distal end portion of the release knob 1756 is disposed adjacent or contacting the proximal end portion of the actuation knob 1712 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 62 ), the ferrule 1766 (which is coupled to the distal end portion of the proximal sleeve 1764 ) is disposed adjacent the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 .
  • the distal sleeve 1762 and the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally through the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally through the actuation shaft lumen 1748 of the shaft guide member 1726 and into the sleeve 1744 .
  • the sleeve 1744 and the actuation shaft 512 can exit the port 1743 of the shaft guide member 1726 , extend through the opening 1742 of the stabilizer member 1724 , and through the actuation shaft lumen 538 ( FIG. 16 ) of the outer shaft 520 .
  • FIG. 16 the actuation shaft lumen 538
  • the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally beyond the sleeve 1744 and the distal end portion 520 b of the outer shaft 520 and can be threadably coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200
  • the actuation shaft 512 can be releasably coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 via the release pin 1760 . This can be accomplished by inserting the release pin 1760 through a window 1782 of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 such that the release pin 1760 engages the ferrule 1766 , as shown in FIG. 62 .
  • the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 can be configured so as to prevent relative movement (e.g., rotational and/or axial movement) therebetween when the release pin 1760 engages the ferrule 1766 .
  • the ferrule 1766 can comprise a first recessed portion 1784 having a non-circular (e.g., rectangular, hexagonal, etc.) cross-sectional profile taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the ferrule.
  • the first recessed portion 1784 can, in some instances, be referred to as “a flat.”
  • the release pin 1760 can have a first pair of jaws 1786 defining a non-circular first notch and configured for engaging a first recessed portion 1784 of the ferrule 1766 . Engagement between the non-circular surfaces of the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 can prevent relative rotational movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 . Engagement between the first pair of j aws 1786 and shoulders 1788 of ferrule 1766 can prevent relative axial movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 .
  • the ferrule 1766 can optionally include a second recessed portion 1790 having a circular cross-sectional profile taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the ferrule.
  • the release pin 1760 can optionally have a second pair of jaws 1792 defining a circular second notch and configured for engaging the second recessed portion 1790 of the ferrule 1766 . Therefore, engagement between the second pair of jaws 1792 and shoulders 1794 of ferrule 1766 can prevent relative axial movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 .
  • the circular configuration of the second recessed portion 1790 and the second pair of jaws 1792 can, for example, improve the ability of the release pin 1760 and/or the ferrule 1766 to bear an axial load because the surface area on which the second pair of jaws 1792 contacts the shoulders 1794 of the ferrule 1766 is relatively larger than the surface area on which first pair of jaws 1786 contacts the shoulders 1788 of the ferrule 1766 .
  • the release pin 1760 can also prevent relative rotational movement between the actuation shaft 512 and the housing 1704 when the release pin is coupled to the ferrule 1766 . This is because the release pin 1760 is disposed in a slot 1796 of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 that is defined by surfaces 1798 . If a user tries to rotate the actuation shaft 512 via the release knob 1756 , the release pin 1760 contacts the surfaces 1798 of the housing 1704 , which prevent the release pin 1760 rotating relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the release pin 1760 when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766 , the release pin 1760 prevents the release knob 1756 from being rotated relative to the housing 1704 , which in turn prevents the actuation shaft 512 from being released from the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the release pin 1760 and the release knob 1756 prevent relative axial movement between the actuation shaft 512 and the drive shaft 1758 when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 moves axially with the drive shaft 1758 when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766 .
  • Moving the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704 urges the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 against the release pin 1760 and thus moves the actuation shaft 512 distally (e.g., to open the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ).
  • Moving the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704 urges the proximal end portion 1758 a of the drive shaft 1758 against the release knob 1756 and thus moves the actuation shaft 512 proximally (e.g., to close the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ).
  • the release pin 1760 slides axially within the slot 1796 .
  • the release pin 1760 can be accessible to the user regardless of the axial position of the release pin 1760 relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the user can remove the release pin 1760 from the ferrule 1766 at any time, which allows the actuation shaft 512 to move independently of the drive shaft 1758 . This can be accomplished, for example, by dimensioning the window 1782 in the axial direction so that the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user regardless of the axial position of the drive shaft 1758 .
  • the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can be configured such that the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user at one or more predetermined locations relative to the housing 1704 and/or concealed from the user at one or more other locations.
  • the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user (via the window 1782 of the housing 1704 ) and therefore removable only when the actuation shaft 512 (via the drive shaft 1758 ) are in one predetermined location relative to the housing 1704 , as shown in FIG. 62 . This is because the window 1782 is only slightly larger than the release pin 1760 .
  • the release pin 1760 is not aligned with the window 1782 and thus concealed from the user by the housing 1704 , as shown in FIGS. 70-71 .
  • the predetermined location in which the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user can correspond to the proximal-most position of the drive shaft 1758 .
  • This position of the drive shaft corresponds to the position of the actuation shaft 512 that places the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the fully closed configuration (e.g., FIG. 25 ).
  • the housing 1704 therefore acts as an additional safeguard to reduce the likelihood that the user will release the actuation shaft 512 from the prosthetic spacer device 200 (by pulling the release pin 1760 and rotating the release knob 1756 ) before the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 are secured to the native leaflets of the patient's heart.
  • the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 can include one or more clasp actuators 1701 , one or more clasp tubes 1703 , and one or more locking members 1705 (e.g., stopcocks).
  • the clasp actuators 1701 there are two of each of the clasp actuators 1701 , the clasp tubes 1703 , and the locking members 1705 .
  • These respective components are individually referred to as “17XXa” or “17XXb” (e.g., a first clasp actuator 1701 a and a second clasp actuator 1701 b ) and collectively as “17XX” (e.g., the clasp actuators 1701 ).
  • 17XXa or “17XXb”
  • 17XXX e.g., a first clasp actuator 1701 a and a second clasp actuator 1701 b
  • distal end portions of the clasp tubes 1703 can be movably coupled to the shaft guide member 1726 ( FIG. 64 ) and extend proximally from the main body 1716 of the housing 1704 generally parallel to the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 .
  • the clasp actuators 1701 can be fixedly coupled to proximal end portions of the clasp tubes 1703 .
  • the locking members 1705 can be fixedly coupled to the clasp actuators 1701 .
  • each of the clasp control members 524 (only one shown in FIG. 72 in order to show other features of the clasp actuators 1701 ) can form a loop that extends through from a respective clasp actuator 1701 , through a respective locking member 1705 , through a lumen (not shown) of the clasp actuator 1701 , through a respective clasp tube 1703 , through a respective clasp control lumen 1746 of the shaft guide member 1726 , through a respective sleeve 1740 , through a respective lumen 540 ( FIG. 16 ) of the outer shaft 520 , through an opening 238 ( FIG.
  • each clasp control member 524 passes through a different lumen 540 of the outer shaft 520 , as further described above).
  • the locking members 1705 can be used to secure the clasp control members 524 and their tension relative to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 . As such, moving the clasp actuators distally decreases tension on the clasp control members 524 (which closes the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ), and moving the clasp actuators proximally increases tension on the clasp control members 524 (which opens the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ).
  • the clasp actuators 1701 can also include retention members 1709 that are configured to engage holding elements 1711 disposed on the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 .
  • the retention members 1709 and the holding elements 1711 can be configured to selectively retain the clasp actuators 1701 in the proximal position, which corresponds to the open position of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • These features can help prevent the clasps 206 from inadvertently closing, for example, due to the tension on the clasp control members 524 caused by the bias of the clasps 206 toward closed position which may cause the clasp actuators 1701 to move distally or due to a user accidentally pushing the clasp actuators 1701 distally.
  • the first and second clasp actuators 1701 a , 1701 b can be selectively coupled together (e.g., with the pin 1713 ) such that the clasp actuators can be moved together (e.g., when the pin 1709 is inserted through the clasp actuators) or individually (e.g., when the pin 1709 is removed from the clasp actuators).
  • the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can also have a stopper 1715 disposed at the proximal end of the support portion 1718 , as shown in FIG. 70 .
  • the stopper 1715 can, for example, limit movement of the clasp actuators 1701 in the proximal direction.
  • the stopper 1715 can have an opening 1717 formed therein. The opening 1717 can be configured for receiving and storing the pin 1713 when the pin 1713 is removed from the clasp actuators 1701 (e.g., for individual clasp actuation).
  • the clasp actuators 1701 can also include one or more optional features configured for securing the ends of the clasp control members 524 to the clasp actuators 1701 and/or for releasing the ends of the clasp control members 524 from the clasp actuators 1701 .
  • each clasp actuator 1701 can have one or more ridges 1719 with notches 1721 formed therein and/or one or more bosses 1731 with channels extending therethrough.
  • One end of the clasp control members 524 can extend from a respective locking member 1705 , through a channel of the boss 1731 , and through the notches 1721 .
  • the channel and the notches 1721 can act as guides for the clasp control members 524 . This can, for example, reduce the likelihood that the clasp control members 524 will become entangled with another component of the handle 1700 (e.g., the locking members 1705 ).
  • Each clasp actuator 1701 can also have a plurality of spaced-apart openings 1723 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) with a post 1707 therebetween. In this manner, one end of each of the clasp control members 524 can be wrapped around and secured (e.g., tied) to the post 1707 of a respective clasp actuators 1701 .
  • each of the clasp control members 524 can extend from a respective locking member 1705 and can be coupled (e.g., tied) to the pin 1713 .
  • Each of the clasp actuators 1701 can have an access point (e.g., a slot 1725 ) for accessing a respective clasp control member 524 in order to release it from the clasp actuator 1701 .
  • the access point can be disposed between the coupling location (e.g., the openings 1723 ) and the locking member 1705 .
  • the slot 1725 can, for example, provide a location in which the user can access and cut the clasp control member 524 with a cutting tool such as a scalpel.
  • the clasp control members 524 can be secured to the clasp actuators 1701 and/or the pin 1713 in various other ways, such as with adhesive, clips, knots, and/or other securing means.
  • clasp control member 524 (which is coupled to the clasp actuator 1701 a ) is shown in FIG. 72 . This is to better illustrate the ridges 1719 , notches 1721 , openings 1723 , and slots 1725 of the clasp actuator 1701 b , which can also have another clasp control member 524 coupled to and extending therethrough.
  • FIGS. 73-75 show an exemplary embodiment of a clasp positioning tool 1800 being used, optionally, with the handle 1700 .
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be used, for example, to position a clasp actuation mechanism of a handle at a predetermined position relative to an anchor actuation mechanism of the handle while a user removes slack and sets the tension in clasp control members.
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can help to ensure consistent and precise tension in the clasp control members.
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 described herein as being used with the handle 1700
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be used and/or adapted for use with various other handles (including the handles 522 , 700 , 1500 , and/or 1600 ) and/or the handles can be adapted for use with the clasp positioning tool 1800 .
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can include a main body 1802 and one or more projections 1804 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) extending from the main body 1802 .
  • the main body 1802 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the housing 1704 and for positioning the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 relative to the housing 1704
  • the projections 1804 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 and for positioning the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the main body 1802 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 can comprise a first opening 1806 formed in a side portion and a second opening 1808 formed in a proximal end portion.
  • the first opening 1806 can be configured to provide access to the mode selector button 1714 of the handle 1700 , as shown in FIG. 74 .
  • the second opening 1808 can be configured such that the drive shaft 1758 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can extend therethrough and such that the actuation knob 1712 cannot extend therethrough, as also shown in FIG. 74 .
  • the main body 1802 can limit movement of the actuation shaft 1758 in the distal direction when the actuation knob 1712 abuts the proximal end of the main body 1802 adjacent the second opening 1808 .
  • the main body 1802 can include a lip or shoulder 1810 that is spaced from the proximal end of the main body 1802 .
  • the lip or shoulder 1810 can be configured to engage the proximal end of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 . Accordingly, the lip 1810 can limit movement of the clasp positioning tool 1800 relative to the housing 1704 in the distal direction.
  • the main body 1802 can also have one or more flange portions 1812 that extend radially inwardly.
  • the flange portions 1812 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the handle 1700 , as further described below.
  • the projections 1804 can extend outwardly (e.g., vertically in the orientation shown in FIG. 75 ) from the flange portions 1812 of the main body 1802 .
  • the projections 1804 can be configured to extend into openings 1727 of the locking members 1705 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 . In this manner, the projections 1804 can limit movement of the clasp actuators 1701 relative to the housing 1704 in distal direction.
  • the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can have recesses 1729 formed therein, as best shown in FIG. 63 .
  • the recesses 1729 can be axially aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 .
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be coupled to the handle 1700 by axially aligning the openings 1727 ( FIG. 63 ) of the locking members 1705 with the recesses 1729 of the housing 1704 and by moving the actuation mechanism 1706 distally such that the release pin 1760 is not aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 , as shown in FIG. 73 .
  • the projections 1804 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 can then be inserted into the openings 1727 , as shown in FIG. 74 .
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be secured or locked to the handle 1700 (e.g., for shipping) by moving the actuation mechanism 1706 proximally such that the release pin 1760 is aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 and thus with the flanges 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 , as shown in FIG. 73 .
  • the release pin 1760 prevents the clasp positioning tool 1800 from being removed from the openings 1727 of the locking members 1705 because the release pin 1760 obstructs one of the recesses 1729 of the housing 1704 and contacts one of the flanges 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 .
  • the actuation knob 1712 is aligned with the window 1782 , the actuation knob 1712 is spaced from the proximal end of the clasp positioning tool 1800 .
  • the handle 1700 can be a part of a delivery apparatus (e.g., the delivery apparatus 502 , 1404 ), which, together with a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200 , 1402 ), can form at least part of a delivery assembly.
  • a delivery apparatus e.g., the delivery apparatus 502 , 1404
  • a prosthetic spacer device e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200 , 1402
  • An exemplary method of assembling the delivery assembly and using the handle 1700 and the clasp positioning tool 1800 are described below.
  • the clasp control members 524 of the delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by looping the clasp control members 524 through the openings 234 of the clasps 206 (see FIG. 15 ).
  • the clasp control members 524 can be secured to the handle 1700 via the locking member 1705 and the clasp actuators 1701 (see FIG. 72 ).
  • the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be opened and closed by moving the clasp actuators 1701 proximally and distally, respectively.
  • the outer shaft 520 of delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 via the coupler 514 and actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus (see FIGS. 12-14 ).
  • the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by inserting the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 into the bore 226 of the distal collar 208 and rotating the release knob 1756 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 (see FIGS. 14 and 62 ).
  • the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be opened and closed by moving the release knob 1756 distally and proximally, respectively.
  • the actuation shaft 512 can be releasably coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 .
  • the actuation knob 1712 can be positioned such that the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 is disposed proximal relative to the window 1782 of the housing 1704 (see FIG. 62 ). This can be achieved by rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or by pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704 .
  • the ferrule 1766 (which is coupled to the actuation shaft 512 and the release knob 1756 ) can be exposed from the lumen 1780 of the drive shaft 1758 and axially aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 by positioning the distal end of the release knob 1756 adjacent the proximal end of the actuation knob 1712 .
  • the release pin 1760 can be coupled to the ferrule 1766 by inserting the release pin 1760 through the window 1782 of the housing 1704 (see FIG. 62 ) and urging the jaws 1786 , 1792 of the release pin 1760 over the respective recessed portions 1784 , 1790 of the ferrule 1766 (see FIG. 68 ).
  • the release pin 1760 coupled to the ferrule 1766 , the actuation shaft 512 (and thus the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 ) moves axially with the drive shaft 1758 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 .
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be coupled and secured to the handle 1700 as described above (see FIGS. 73-75 ).
  • An assembly comprising the delivery apparatus, the prosthetic spacer device, and the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be packaged and/or delivered to a user in this configuration.
  • the user can remove slack and/or adjust the tension of the clasp control members 524 with the clasp positioning tool 1800 .
  • This can be accomplished by moving the drive shaft 1758 of the handle 1700 distally from proximal-most position (which is used to secure the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the handle 1700 due to the release pin 1760 axially aligning with the flange 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 until the distal end of the actuation knob 1712 contacts the proximal end of the clasp positioning tool 1800 .
  • the anchors 204 With the anchors 204 in this position, the user can open the locking members 1705 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 and remove slack and/or otherwise adjust the tension of the clasp control members 524 .
  • the users can then retain the desired tension on the clasp control members 524 by closing the locking members 1705 , which prevents the clasp control members 524 from moving relative to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 of the handle 1700 .
  • Both of the first end portions of the clasp control members 524 can then be coupled (e.g., tied) to the pin 1713 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 (see FIG. 72 ).
  • Each of the second end portions of the clasp control members 524 can be coupled to a respective clasp actuator 1701 by positioning the clasp control member 524 in the notches 1721 , looping the clasp control member 524 through openings 1723 , and tying the clasp control member 524 to itself.
  • Securing the end portions of the clasp control members 524 can, for example, reduce the risk that the clasp control members 524 will be released from the clasps 206 even if the locking members 1705 are opened. Separating the ends of each clasp control member 524 from each other (i.e., by tying one end to the clasp actuators 1701 and the other end to the pin 1713 ), can make it easier to cut the clasp control members 524 (e.g., during the release procedure).
  • the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be removed from the handle 1700 by withdrawing the projections 1804 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 from the openings 1727 of the handle 1700 and by removing the main body 1802 from the housing 1704 of the handle 1700 .
  • the flushing mechanism 1710 can be used to flush the delivery assembly (e.g., with a saline solution).
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be positioned in the delivery configuration by moving the actuation knob 1712 and the clasp actuators 1701 to the distal-most position. This elongates the anchors 204 and closes the clasps 206 (see FIG. 20 ).
  • the prosthetic spacer device 200 which is coupled to the third catheter 508 ( FIG. 11 ), can be inserted through the first and second catheters 504 , 506 (see FIG. 11 ) and positioned adjacent an implantation location (see FIG. 20 ).
  • the catheters 504 , 506 , 508 (including the handle 1700 ) can be used to position the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to native heart valve leaflets (see FIGS. 20-22 ).
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 between the elongate, delivery configuration (e.g. FIG. 20 ), a positioning configuration (e.g., FIG. 22 ), and a leaflet-capture configuration (e.g., FIG. 23 ).
  • first direction e.g., clockwise
  • the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704 closes the anchors 204
  • rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 distally relative to the housing 1704 opens the anchors 204 .
  • the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 between the closed configuration (e.g., FIGS. 20-22 shows the clasps 206 in the closed configuration) and the open configuration (e.g., FIG. 23 shows the clasps 206 in the open configuration) to capture the native leaflets within a respective clasp 206 .
  • Moving the clasp actuators 1701 proximally relative to the housing 1704 opens the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • Moving the clasp actuators 1701 distally relative to the housing 1704 closes the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • Lifting the clasp actuators 1701 over the holding elements 1711 of the housing 1704 and moving the clasp actuators 1701 from the proximal-most position allows the clasp actuators 1701 to move freely relative to the housing, which allows opening and closing of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • Both clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can manipulated simultaneously when the clasp actuators 1701 are coupled together by the pin 1713 ( FIG. 72 ).
  • Each clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be manipulated independently when the pin 1713 is removed from the clasp actuators 1701 .
  • the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the leaflet-capture configuration (e.g., FIGS. 23-24 ) to a closed configuration (e.g., FIG. 25 ). This can be accomplished by rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704 . This in turn draws the native leaflets inwardly toward the spacer member 202 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 , as shown in FIG. 25 .
  • the user can re-open the anchors 204 and/or the clasps 206 to reposition and/or retrieve the prosthetic spacer device 200 by manipulating the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 and/or the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 .
  • the user can release the delivery apparatus from the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • One aspect of the release procedure is releasing the clasp control members 524 from the clasps 206 . This can be accomplished by opening the locking members 1705 of the handle 1700 .
  • the user can cut the second end portions of the clasp control members 524 free from their respective clasp actuator 1701 by inserting a scalpel into the slots 1725 ( FIG. 62 ) of the clasp actuators 1701 and into contact with the clasp control members 524 .
  • the user can then pull on the first end portions of the clasp control members 524 at least until the second end portions withdraw from the openings 234 of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • a second aspect of the release procedure is releasing the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • This can be accomplished by moving the actuation knob 1712 to the proximal-most position relative to the housing 1704 .
  • This axially aligns the release pin 1760 with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 , which ensures that the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 are in the fully closed configuration.
  • the user can grasp the release pin 1760 and separate it from the ferrule 1766 by withdrawing it through the window 1782 of the housing 1704 .
  • the actuation shaft 512 and thus the release knob 1756 can rotate relative to the housing and can move proximally relative to the housing 1704 , the drive shaft 1758 , and the actuation knob 1712 .
  • the user can therefore remove the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by rotating the release knob 1756 of the handle 1700 in the second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704 .
  • a third aspect of the release procedure is releasing the outer shaft 520 from the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 . This can be accomplished by moving the release knob 1756 of the handle 1700 proximally until the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 is disposed proximal to the coupler 514 of the delivery apparatus and then moving the housing 1704 of the handle 1700 (and thus the outer shaft 520 ) proximally relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 .
  • the catheters 504 , 506 , 508 of the delivery apparatus 504 can be removed from the patient.
  • any one or more of the features of a handle of a delivery apparatus can be combined with any one or more of the features of another handle.

Abstract

A delivery system includes an elongate shaft, a handle, a first clasp control member, a second clasp control member, and an actuator. The handle is connected to a proximal portion of the elongate shaft. The first and second clasp control members each extend into a distal portion of the elongate shaft, through at least a portion of the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle. The actuator is coupled to the handle and has a first side portion connected to the first clasp control and a second side portion connected to the second clasp control. The first side portion and the second side portion are releasably couplable such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are coupled, proximal movement of the actuator proximally pulls both the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member, and such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are uncoupled, individual proximal movements of the first side portion and the second side portion independently pull the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member, respectively.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/973,892, filed on May 8, 2018, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Nos. 62/659,253, filed Apr. 18, 2018, 62/571,552, filed Oct. 12, 2017, and 62/504,389, filed May 10, 2017, which applications are incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIELD
  • This disclosure generally relates to prosthetic devices and related methods for helping to seal native heart valves to prevent or reduce regurgitation therethrough, as well as devices and related methods for implanting such prosthetic devices.
  • BACKGROUND
  • The native heart valves (i.e., the aortic, pulmonary, tricuspid and mitral valves) serve critical functions in assuring the forward flow of an adequate supply of blood through the cardiovascular system. These heart valves can be damaged, and thus rendered less effective, by congenital malformations, inflammatory processes, infectious conditions, or disease. Such damage to the valves can result in serious cardiovascular compromise or death. For many years, the definitive treatment for such damaged valves was surgical repair or replacement of the valve during open heart surgery. However, open heart surgeries are highly invasive and are prone to many complications. Therefore, elderly and frail patients with defective heart valves often went untreated. More recently, transvascular techniques have been developed for introducing and implanting prosthetic devices in a manner that is much less invasive than open heart surgery. One particular transvascular technique that is used for accessing the native mitral and aortic valves is the transseptal technique. The transseptal technique comprises inserting a catheter into the right femoral vein, up the inferior vena cava and into the right atrium. The septum is then punctured and the catheter passed into the left atrium. Such transvascular techniques have increased in popularity due to their high success rates.
  • A healthy heart has a generally conical shape that tapers to a lower apex. The heart is four-chambered and comprises the left atrium, right atrium, left ventricle, and right ventricle. The left and right sides of the heart are separated by a wall generally referred to as the septum. The native mitral valve of the human heart connects the left atrium to the left ventricle. The mitral valve has a very different anatomy than other native heart valves. The mitral valve includes an annulus portion, which is an annular portion of the native valve tissue surrounding the mitral valve orifice, and a pair of cusps, or leaflets, extending downward from the annulus into the left ventricle. The mitral valve annulus can form a “D”-shaped, oval, or otherwise out-of-round cross-sectional shape having major and minor axes. The anterior leaflet can be larger than the posterior leaflet, forming a generally “C”-shaped boundary between the abutting free edges of the leaflets when they are closed together.
  • When operating properly, the anterior leaflet and the posterior leaflet function together as a one-way valve to allow blood to flow only from the left atrium to the left ventricle. The left atrium receives oxygenated blood from the pulmonary veins. When the muscles of the left atrium contract and the left ventricle dilates (also referred to as “ventricular diastole” or “diastole”), the oxygenated blood that is collected in the left atrium flows into the left ventricle. When the muscles of the left atrium relax and the muscles of the left ventricle contract (also referred to as “ventricular systole” or “systole”), the increased blood pressure in the left ventricle urges the two leaflets together, thereby closing the one-way mitral valve so that blood cannot flow back to the left atrium and is instead expelled out of the left ventricle through the aortic valve. To prevent the two leaflets from prolapsing under pressure and folding back through the mitral annulus toward the left atrium, a plurality of fibrous cords called chordae tendineae tether the leaflets to papillary muscles in the left ventricle.
  • Mitral regurgitation occurs when the native mitral valve fails to close properly and blood flows into the left atrium from the left ventricle during the systolic phase of heart contraction. Mitral regurgitation is the most common form of valvular heart disease. Mitral regurgitation has different causes, such as leaflet prolapse, dysfunctional papillary muscles and/or stretching of the mitral valve annulus resulting from dilation of the left ventricle. Mitral regurgitation at a central portion of the leaflets can be referred to as central jet mitral regurgitation and mitral regurgitation nearer to one commissure (i.e., location where the leaflets meet) of the leaflets can be referred to as eccentric jet mitral regurgitation.
  • Some prior techniques for treating mitral regurgitation include stitching portions of the native mitral valve leaflets directly to one another (known as an “Alfieri” stitch). Other prior techniques include the use of a leaflet clip, such as the MitraClip®, that is clipped onto the coaptation edges of the native mitral valve leaflets and hold them together to mimic an Alfieri stitch. Unfortunately, the MitraClip® device suffers from a number of drawbacks. For example, securing the leaflets directly to each other can place undue stress on the leaflets, which can cause tearing and single leaflet detachment. Also, the MitraClip® device has a relatively narrow profile and can only capture a very small area of the leaflets, which can create areas of the stress on the leaflets and possible trauma to the leaflets. Fastening the leaflets directly to each other also prevents the captured portions of the coaptation edges from separating during ventricular diastole, which can inhibit antegrade blood flow through the mitral valve.
  • Moreover, the procedure for implanting the MitraClip® device is relatively difficult and time consuming for a number of reasons. For example, it is difficult to properly position the device so that the clipping members are behind the native leaflets, which are moving during the cardiac cycle. Further, when positioning or retrieving the MitraClip® device the clipping members can become entangled or catch onto adjacent tissue, such as the chordae tendineae. Removing the device from the entangled tissue can be difficult and can cause trauma to the tissue. Another drawback is that a single MitraClip® device typically will not adequately reduce mitral regurgitation because only a very small area of the leaflets are held together. As such, multiple devices, such as two to four devices, typically are required to adequately address the regurgitation, which further adds to the complexity and time of the procedure.
  • Furthermore, it is difficult to manipulate the distal end portion of the MitraClip® delivery system within the small confines of the left atrium. For example, the MitraClip® delivery system does not permit independent positioning of the implant in the anterior-posterior directions, superior-inferior directions, and the medial-lateral directions. Due to limitations of the MitraClip® delivery system, adjustment of the delivery system in the medial-lateral direction, for example, will change the superior-inferior positioning of the implant. Thus, positioning the implant at the desired location along the coaptation edge using the MitraClip® delivery system is difficult and/or time consuming.
  • Accordingly, there is a continuing need for improved devices and methods for treating mitral valve regurgitation.
  • SUMMARY
  • Described herein are embodiments of prosthetic devices that are primarily intended to be implanted at one of the mitral, aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart, as well as apparatuses and methods for implanting the same. The prosthetic devices can be used to help restore and/or replace the functionality of a defective native valve.
  • An implantable prosthetic device can include a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps. The spacer member can be configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart. The anchors can be coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member. The clasps can be coupled to a respective anchor and configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps can be independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In one representative embodiment, an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps. The spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart. The anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member. The clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps are independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the prosthetic device is movable between a compressed configuration, in which the spacer member is radially compressed and is axially spaced relative to at least a portion of the anchors, and an expanded configuration, in which the spacer member expands radially outwardly relative to the compressed configuration and overlaps the at least a portion of the anchors.
  • In some embodiments, the anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer member between a first configuration and a second configuration. An angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is greater than approximately 120 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the anchors have first portions, second portions, and joint portions disposed between the first portions and the second portions. The first portions are coupled to the spacer member.
  • In some embodiments, the at least a portion of the anchors is the second portions of the anchors.
  • In some embodiments, the first portions are spaced relative to the second portions in the compressed configuration and overlap with the second portions in the expanded configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer member between a first configuration and a second configuration. An angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 180 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration, and the angle between the first portions of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 0 degrees when the anchors are in the second configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps comprise attachment portions and arm portions, the attachment portions are coupled to the anchors, and the arm portions are pivotable relative to the attachment portions between the open configuration and the closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps are configured to capture the native leaflets between the attachment portions and the arm portions.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps are configured to be biased to the closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps are configured to have a preload when the clasps are in the closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps comprise barbs configured to engage tissue of the native leaflets.
  • In some embodiments, the spacer member and the anchors are formed from a single, unitary piece of material.
  • In some embodiments, the spacer member and the anchors includes braided or woven material comprising nitinol.
  • In some embodiments, the prosthetic device is configured for implantation in a native mitral valve and to reduce mitral regurgitation.
  • In another representative embodiment, an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps. The spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart. The anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member. The anchors are pivotable relative to the spacer body between a first configuration and a second configuration. An angle between at least a portion of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 180 degrees when the anchors are in the first configuration, and the angle between the at least a portion of the anchors and the spacer member is approximately 0 degrees when the anchors are in the second configuration. The clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the anchors have first portions, second portions, and joint portions disposed between the first portions and the second portions. The first portions are coupled to the spacer member. The at least a portion of the anchors is the first portions of the anchors.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps are separately movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In another representative embodiment, an assembly comprises an implantable prosthetic device and a delivery apparatus. The implantable prosthetic device has a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, a plurality of clasps, a first collar, and a second collar. The first end portions of the anchors are coupled to a first end portion of the spacer member, and second end portions of the anchors are coupled to the first collar. The second collar is coupled to a second end portion of the spacer member, and the clasps are coupled to the anchors. The delivery apparatus has a first shaft, a second shaft, and a plurality of clasp control members. The first shaft is releasably coupled to the first collar of the prosthetic device, the second shaft is releasably coupled to the second collar of the prosthetic device, and the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Actuating the clasp control members moves the clasps between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the delivery apparatus is configured such that moving the first shaft and the second shaft relative to each other moves the prosthetic device between a first configuration, in which anchors are in a radially compressed, axially elongate configuration, and a second configuration, in which the anchors are in a radially expanded, axially compressed configuration and at least partially overlap the spacer member to capture native leaflets between the anchors and the spacer member.
  • In some embodiments, the delivery apparatus further comprises a clasp control mechanism, and the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasp control mechanism. The clasp control mechanism is configured such that the clasp control members can be actuated either simultaneously or separately.
  • In some embodiments, the clasp control members comprise a first clasp control member and a second clasp control member. The clasp control mechanism comprises a first side portion, a second side portion, and a removable pin selectively coupling the first and second side portions. The first clasp control member is releasably coupled to first side portion of the clasp control mechanism, and the second clasp control member is releasably coupled to the second side portion of the clasp control mechanism.
  • In some embodiments, the delivery apparatus further comprises a locking mechanism coupled to the first shaft and the second shaft and configured to selectively prevent relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft.
  • In some embodiments, the locking mechanism comprises a rotatable knob.
  • In some embodiments, the locking mechanism is configured to be selectively movable from a lock configuration to a release configuration. The locking mechanism prevents relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft in the lock configuration, and the locking mechanism allows relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft in the release configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the locking mechanism comprises a knob, a drive screw, and a guide pin. The knob is rotatably coupled to the second shaft and the drive screw, the drive screw is coupled to the first shaft, and the guide pin is coupled to the second shaft and configured to prevent relative rotational movement between the knob and the drive screw. Rotating the knob relative to the second shaft and the drive screw results in relative axial movement between the first shaft and the second shaft.
  • In some embodiments, the first shaft and the first collar are threadably coupled.
  • In some embodiments, the first collar comprises a lumen. The first shaft comprises a radially expandable member dispose at the distal end portion of the first shaft. The expandable member is configured such that the expandable member can be inserted through the lumen of the first collar when the expandable member is a compressed state and such that the expandable member cannot be withdrawn through the lumen of the first collar when the expandable member is inserted through the lumen of the first collar and the expandable member is an expanded state.
  • In another representative embodiment, an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps. The spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart. The anchors are coupled to the spacer member and configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member. The clasps are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors and have fixed end portions and free end portions. The fixed end portions are coupled to the anchors. The free end portions have barbs. The free end portions are pivotable relative to the fixed end portions between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The free end portions are axially movable in the open configuration from a first position in which the barbs engage tissue of the native leaflets to a second position in which the barbs disengage the tissue of the native leaflets.
  • In another representative embodiment, an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, and a plurality of clasps. The spacer member is configured to be disposed between native mitral valve leaflets of a heart. The anchors are coupled to the spacer member. The anchors are configured to secure the native mitral valve leaflets against the spacer member during ventricular systole and to allow the native mitral valve leaflet to move away from the spacer member during ventricular diastole. The clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration.
  • In yet another representative embodiment, an implantable prosthetic device comprises a spacer member, a sleeve, a plurality of anchors, and a piston. The spacer member is configured to be disposed between native leaflets of a heart. The sleeve is coupled to and disposed radially within the spacer member. The anchors are configured to secure the native leaflets against the spacer member and having first end portions and second end portions. The first end portions are coupled to the spacer member. The anchors are movable between an elongate configuration and a foreshortened configuration. The piston is coupled to the second end portions of the anchors. The piston is axially movable relative to the cylinder between a first configuration and a second configuration. The anchors are in the elongate configuration when the piston is in the first configuration. The anchors are in the foreshortened configuration when the piston is in the second configuration.
  • In another representative embodiment, an assembly comprises the prosthetic device of the previous paragraph and a delivery apparatus. The delivery apparatus comprises an outer shaft, an actuation shaft, and a plurality of tethers. The outer shaft has a first lumen and a plurality of second lumens disposed radially outwardly from the first lumen. The actuation shaft extends through the first lumen. The actuation shaft is axially movable relative the outer shaft and releasably coupled to the piston of the prosthetic device. The tethers extend through the second lumens and are releasably coupled to the prosthetic device. Tensioning the tethers moves the implantable prosthetic device and the outer shaft toward each other. Slackening the tethers allows the implantable prosthetic device and the outer shaft to be space from each other.
  • In some embodiments, each of the tethers is disposed in two of the second lumens that are circumferentially offset by approximately 180 degrees.
  • In some embodiments, the prosthetic device further comprises a plurality of clasps. The clasps are coupled to a respective anchor and are configured to secure the native leaflets to the anchors. The clasps are movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The outer shaft of the delivery apparatus further comprises a plurality of third lumens disposed radially outwardly from the first lumen. The delivery apparatus further comprises a plurality of control members extending through the third lumens and releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Tensioning the control members move the clasps to the open configuration. Slackening the control members allows the clasps to move to the closed configuration.
  • In some embodiments, each of the control members is disposed in two of the third lumens that are circumferentially offset by approximately 180 degrees.
  • In some embodiments, each of the second lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent second lumen by approximately 90 degrees. Each of the third lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent third lumen by approximately 90 degrees. Each of the second lumens is circumferentially offset relative to an adjacent third lumen by approximately 45 degrees.
  • In another representative embodiment, an assembly comprises an implantable prosthetic device and a delivery apparatus. The implantable prosthetic device has a spacer member, a plurality of anchors, a plurality of clasps, a first collar, and a second collar. The first end portions of the anchors are coupled to a first end portion of the spacer member, and second end portions of the anchors are coupled to the first collar. The second collar is coupled to a second end portion of the spacer member, and the clasps are coupled to the anchors and are independently movable between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The delivery apparatus has a first shaft, a second shaft, a plurality of tethers, and a plurality of clasp control members. The first shaft is releasably coupled to the first collar of the prosthetic device by the tethers, the second shaft is releasably coupled to the second collar of the prosthetic device, and the clasp control members are releasably coupled to the clasps of the prosthetic device. Actuating the clasp control members moves the clasps between an open configuration and a closed configuration. Tensioning the tethers moves the prosthetic device and the first shaft toward each other, and slackening the tethers allows the prosthetic device and the first shaft to be spaced from each other.
  • In another representative embodiment, a handle for a delivery apparatus comprises a main body and an anchor actuation mechanism coupled to the main body. The anchor actuation mechanism is configured to be coupled to anchors of a prosthetic spacer device and to move the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between a closed configuration and an open configuration. The anchor actuation mechanism includes a knob and a mode selector button configured to move the anchors actuation mechanism between a first mode of operation and a second mode of operation. When the anchor actuation mechanism is in the first mode of operation, the knob is rotatable relative to the main body, and rotation of the knob moves the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between the closed configuration and the open configuration. When the anchor actuation mechanism is in the second mode of operation, the knob is axially slidable relative to the main body, and axially sliding the knob moves the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device between the closed configuration and the open configuration.
  • In some embodiments, the handle further comprises a clasp actuation mechanism coupled to the main body. The clasp actuation mechanism is configured to be coupled to claps of the prosthetic spacer device and configured to move the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device between a closed configuration and an open configuration.
  • In one representative embodiment, a positioning tool for a delivery apparatus comprises a main body and one or more projections. The main body is configured to be releasably coupled to a first portion of a handle of the delivery apparatus. The projections extend from the main body and are configured to releasably engage a second portion of the handle of the delivery apparatus. The positioning tool prevents relative movement between the first and second portions of the handle of the delivery apparatus when the positioning tool is coupled thereto.
  • The various innovations of this disclosure can be used in combination or separately. This summary is provided to introduce a selection of concepts in a simplified form that are further described below in the detailed description. This summary is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the claimed subject matter, nor is it intended to be used to limit the scope of the claimed subject matter. The foregoing and other objects, features, and advantages of the disclosure will become more apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying figures.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device, showing a first configuration.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1, showing a second configuration.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1, showing a third configuration.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view of a clasp of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1, showing a first configuration.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the clasp of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 1, showing a second configuration.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 7 is a side elevation view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 8 is a side elevation view of the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 7, showing a cover thereon.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a delivery assembly comprising the prosthetic spacer device of FIG. 6 (shown in partial cross-section) and a delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a distal end portion of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11, showing the prosthetic spacer device releasably coupled to the delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the distal end portion of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11, showing the prosthetic spacer device released from the delivery apparatus.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of a coupler of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11, with the prosthetic spacer device shown in partial cross-section and some components of the delivery apparatus shown schematically.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view of a shaft of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 17 is a side elevation view of a proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11, taken along the line 18-18 shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 19 is an exploded view of the proximal end portion of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIGS. 20-29 illustrate an exemplary procedure of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11 being used to repair a native mitral valve of a heart, which is partially shown.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a handle for the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded view of the handle of FIG. 30.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a coupler and a proximal collar for the delivery assembly of FIG. 11, showing the coupler releasably coupled to the proximal collar.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view of the coupler and proximal collar of FIG. 32, showing the coupler released from the proximal collar.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a distal collar, actuation shaft, and release wire for the delivery assembly of FIG. 11, showing the distal collar releasably coupled to the actuation shaft by the release wire.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the distal collar, actuation shaft, and the release wire of FIG. 32, showing the distal collar released from the actuation shaft and the release wire.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates other exemplary embodiments of a coupler, a proximal collar, a distal collar, and an actuation shaft of the delivery assembly of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view of the coupler and proximal collar of FIG. 36.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a clasp control member of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 39 is a detail view of the clasp control member of FIG. 38, taken from the perspective 39 shown in FIG. 38.
  • FIG. 40 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a guide rail for the clasp control member of FIG. 38.
  • FIG. 41 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a shaft of the delivery apparatus of FIG. 11.
  • FIGS. 42-45 illustrate another exemplary delivery assembly and its components.
  • FIGS. 46-54 illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components.
  • FIGS. 55-61D illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components.
  • FIGS. 62-75 illustrate another exemplary handle for a delivery apparatus and its components. FIGS. 73-75 also illustrate an exemplary embodiment of a clasp positioning tool.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION General Considerations
  • For purposes of this description, certain aspects, advantages, and novel features of the embodiments of this disclosure are described herein. The disclosed methods, apparatus, and systems should not be construed as being limiting in any way. Instead, the present disclosure is directed toward all novel and nonobvious features and aspects of the various disclosed embodiments, alone and in various combinations and sub-combinations with one another. The methods, apparatus, and systems are not limited to any specific aspect or feature or combination thereof, nor do the disclosed embodiments require that any one or more specific advantages be present or problems be solved.
  • Although the operations of some of the disclosed embodiments are described in a particular, sequential order for convenient presentation, it should be understood that this manner of description encompasses rearrangement, unless a particular ordering is required by specific language set forth below. For example, operations described sequentially may in some cases be rearranged or performed concurrently. Moreover, for the sake of simplicity, the attached figures may not show the various ways in which the disclosed methods can be used in conjunction with other methods. Additionally, the description sometimes uses terms like “provide” or “achieve” to describe the disclosed methods. These terms are high-level abstractions of the actual operations that are performed. The actual operations that correspond to these terms may vary depending on the particular implementation and are readily discernible by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • As used in this application and in the claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include the plural forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Additionally, the term “includes” means “comprises.” Further, the term “coupled” generally means physically, mechanically, chemically, magnetically, and/or electrically coupled or linked and does not exclude the presence of intermediate elements between the coupled or associated items absent specific contrary language.
  • As used herein, the term “proximal” refers to a position, direction, or portion of a device that is closer to the user and further away from the implantation site. As used herein, the term “distal” refers to a position, direction, or portion of a device that is further away from the user and closer to the implantation site. Thus, for example, proximal motion of a device is motion of the device away from the implantation site and toward the user (e.g., out of the patient's body), while distal motion of the device is motion of the device away from the user and toward the implantation site (e.g., into the patient's body). The terms “longitudinal” and “axial” refer to an axis extending in the proximal and distal directions, unless otherwise expressly defined.
  • As used herein, the term “approximately” means the listed value and any value that is within 10% of the listed value. For example, “approximately 100 degrees” means any value between 90-110 degrees, inclusive.
  • Exemplary Embodiments
  • Described herein are embodiments of prosthetic spacer devices that are primarily intended to be implanted at one of the mitral, aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart, as well as apparatuses and methods for implanting the same. The prosthetic spacer devices can be used to help restore and/or replace the functionality of a defective native valve.
  • A prosthetic spacer device comprises a spacer member and at least one anchor. In certain embodiments, the prosthetic spacer device further comprises at least one clasp and at least one collar.
  • The spacer member can be configured to be positioned within the native valve orifice to fill a space between improperly functioning native leaflets that do not naturally coapt completely. As such, the spacer member helps create a more effective seal between the native leaflets and prevents or minimizes regurgitation (e.g., mitral regurgitation). The spacer member can comprise a structure that is impervious to blood and that allows the native leaflets to close around the sides of the spacer member to block retrograde blood flow (e.g., blood flowing from the left ventricle back into the left atrium during ventricular systole).
  • The spacer member can have various shapes. In some embodiments, the spacer member can have an elongated cylindrical shape having a round cross-sectional shape. In other embodiments, the spacer member can have an ovular cross-sectional shape, a crescent cross-sectional shape, or various other non-cylindrical shapes.
  • Configuring a prosthetic spacer device with a spacer member can, for example, reduce the need to implant multiple prosthetic spacers devices in a patient to reduce regurgitation compared to devices that clip the native leaflets directly to each other.
  • In certain embodiments configured for implantation in a native mitral valve, the spacer member can have an atrial or upper end positioned in or adjacent to the left atrium of the heart, a ventricular or lower end positioned in or adjacent to the left ventricle of the heart, and an annular side surface that extends between the native mitral leaflets.
  • The anchor can be configured to secure the prosthetic spacer device to one or more of the native leaflets such that the spacer member is positioned between the native leaflets. The anchor can be configured to be positioned behind a native leaflet when implanted such that the native leaflet is captured between the anchor and the spacer member.
  • In some embodiments, a first end portion of the anchor can be attached to a lower end portion of the spacer member, and a second end portion of the anchor can be attached to a first collar disposed below the lower end portion of the spacer member. In some embodiments, the prosthetic spacer device can comprise a second collar attach to an upper end portion of the spacer member.
  • The first and/or second collars can be configured to releasably connect the prosthetic spacer device to a delivery apparatus. In some embodiments, the first and second collars can be independently movable relative to each other.
  • In certain embodiments, a clasp is attached to the anchor. The clasp can be configured to capture and secure a native leaflet to the anchor. In some embodiments, the prosthetic spacer device comprises more than one clasp. In certain embodiments, the clasps are independently or separately actuatable relative to each other and/or the anchors.
  • FIGS. 1-5 show an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 100 and its components. Referring to FIG. 1, the prosthetic spacer device 100 can comprise a spacer member 102, a plurality of paddles or anchors 104 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), a plurality of clasps 106 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), a first collar 108, and a second collar 110. As best shown in FIG. 3, first end portions 112 of the anchors 104 can be coupled to and extend from a first end portion 114 of the spacer member 102, and second end portions 116 of the anchors 104 can be coupled to the first collar 108. The second collar 110 can be coupled to a second end portion 118 of the spacer member 102.
  • The spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together in various ways. For example, as shown in the illustrated embodiment, the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together by integrally forming the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 as a single, unitary component. This can be accomplished, for example, by forming the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 from a braided or woven material, such as braided or woven nitinol wire. In other embodiments, the spacer member 102 and the anchors 104 can be coupled together by welding, fasteners, adhesive, and/or other means for coupling.
  • Referring to FIG. 2, the anchors 104 can comprise first portions 120 and second portions 122 separated by joint portions 124. In this manner, the anchors 104 are configured similar to legs in that the first portions 120 are like upper portions of the legs, the second portions 122 are like lower portions of the legs, and the joint portions 124 are like knee portions of the legs.
  • In some embodiments, the first and second portions 120, 122 can be separate components that are coupled together by the joint portions 124. For example, in one particular embodiment, the first and second portions 120, 122 can be plates or shafts that are coupled together by a cloth covering which acts, among other things, as the joint portions 124.
  • The anchors 104 can be configured to move between various configurations by axially moving the first collar 108 and thus the anchors 104 relative to the spacer member 102 along a longitudinal axis extending between the first and second end portions 114, 118 of the spacer member 102. For example, the anchors 104 can be positioned in a straight or substantially straight or unfolded configuration by moving the first collar 108 away from the spacer member 102 such that the anchors 104 are taut. In the straight configuration, the joint portions 124 of the anchors 104 are adjacent the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 20).
  • From the straight configuration, the anchors 104 can be moved to a fully folded configuration (e.g., FIG. 1) by moving the first collar 108 toward the spacer member 102. Initially as the first collar 108 moves toward the spacer member 102, the anchors 104 bend at the joint portions 124, and the joint portions 124 move radially outwardly relative to the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 and axially toward the first end portion 114 of the spacer member 102, as shown in FIGS. 2-3. As the first collar 108 continues to move toward the spacer member 102, the joint portions 124 move radially inwardly relative to the longitudinal axis of the spacer member 102 and axially toward the second end portion 118 of the spacer member 102, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • In some embodiments, an angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 180 degrees when the anchors 104 are in the straight configuration (see, e.g., FIG. 20), and the angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 0 degrees when the anchors 104 are in the fully folded configuration. The anchors 104 can be positioned in various partially folded configurations such that the angle between the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 and the spacer member 102 can be approximately 10-170 degrees or approximately 45-135 degrees.
  • Configuring the prosthetic spacer device 100 such that the anchors 104 can extend to a straight or approximately straight configuration (e.g. approximately 120-180 degrees relative to the spacer member 102) can provide several advantages. For example, this can reduce the radial crimp profile of the prosthetic spacer device 100. It can also make it easier to capture the native leaflets by providing a larger opening in which to capture the native leaflets. Additionally, the relatively narrow, straight configuration can prevent or reduce the likelihood that the prosthetic spacer device 100 will become entangled in native anatomy (e.g., chordae tendineae) when positioning and/or retrieving the prosthetic spacer device 100 into the delivery apparatus.
  • Referring again to FIG. 2, the clasps 106 can comprise attachment portions 126 and arm portions 128. The attachment portions 126 can be coupled to the first portions 120 of the anchors 104 in various ways such as with sutures, adhesive, fasteners (e.g., plates 129), welding and/or means for coupling.
  • The arm portions 128 can pivot relative to the attachment portions 126 between an open configuration (e.g., FIG. 2) and a closed configuration (FIGS. 1 and 3). In some embodiments, the clasps 106 can be biased to the closed configuration. In the open configuration, the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 are pivoted away from each other such that native leaflets can be positioned between the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128. In the closed configuration, the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128 are pivoted toward each other, thereby clamping the native leaflets between the attachment portions 126 and the arm portions 128.
  • Referring to FIGS. 4-5, each attachment portion 126 (only one shown in FIGS. 4-5) can comprise one or more openings 130 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment). At least some of the openings 130 can be used to couple the attachment portions 126 to the anchors 104. For example, sutures and/or fasteners can extend through the openings 130 of the clasps 106 and through the anchors 104 to secure the attachment portions 126 to the anchors 104.
  • Each of the arm portions 128 can comprise two side beams 132 that are spaced apart from each other to form a slot 134. The slot 134 can be configured to receive the attachment portion 126. The arm portion 128 can also include a fixed end portion 136 that is coupled to the attachment portion 126 and a free end portion 138 disposed opposite the fixed end portion 136.
  • The free end portion 138 of each arm portion 128 can comprise gripper elements such as barbs 140 and/or other means for frictionally engaging native leaflet tissue. The gripper elements can be configured to engage and/or penetrate the native leaflet tissue to help retain the native leaflets between the attachment portions 126 and arm portions 128 of the clasps 106.
  • The free end portion 138 can also comprise an eyelet or opening 142, which can be used to couple the free end portion 138 to an actuation mechanism configured to pivot the arm portions 128 relative to the attachment portions 126. Additional details regarding coupling the clasps 106 to the actuation mechanism are provided below.
  • In some embodiments, the clasps 106 can be formed from a shape memory material such as nitinol, stainless steel, and/or shape memory polymers. In certain embodiments, the clasps 106 can be formed by laser-cutting a piece of flat sheet of material (e.g., nitinol) in the configuration shown in FIG. 4 and then shape-setting the clasp 106 in the configuration shown in FIG. 5.
  • Shape-setting the clasps 106 in this manner can provide several advantages. For example, the clasps 106 can be compressed from the shape-set configuration (e.g., FIG. 5) to the flat configuration (e.g., FIG. 4), which reduces the radial crimp profile of the clasps 106. Also, this also improves trackability and retrievability of the prosthetic spacer device 100 relative to a catheter shaft of a delivery apparatus because barbs 140 are pointing radially inwardly toward the anchors 104 when the prosthetic spacer device 100 is advanced through or retrieved into the catheter shaft (see, e.g., FIG. 20). This thus prevents or reduces the likelihood that the clasps 106 may snag or skive the catheter shaft.
  • In addition, shape-setting the clasps 106 in the configuration shown in FIG. 5 can increase the clamping force of the clasps 106 when the clasps 106 are in the closed configuration. This is because the arm portions 128 are shape-set relative to the attachment portions 126 to a first position (e.g., FIG. 5) which is beyond the position the arm portions 128 can achieve when the clasps 106 are attached to the anchors 104 (e.g., FIG. 3) because the anchors 104 prevent the arm portions 128 from further movement toward the shape-set configuration. This results in arm portions 128 having a preload (i.e., the clamping force is greater than zero) when the clasps 106 are attached to the anchors 104 and in the closed configuration. Thus, shape-setting the clasps 106 in the FIG. 5 configuration can increase the clamping force of the clasps 106 compared to clasps that are shape-set in the closed configuration. In this manner, the connection between the arm portion 128 and the attachment portion 126 functions as a spring hinge to bias the arm portion 128 to the closed configuration.
  • The magnitude of the preload of the clasps 106 can be altered by adjusting the angle in which the arm portions 128 are shape-set relative to the attachment portions 126. For example, increasing the relative angle between the arm portions 128 and the attachment portions 126 increases the preload, and decreasing the relative angle between the arm portions 128 and the attachment portions 126 decreases the preload. Other techniques and mechanisms can be used to bias the clasps 106 to the closed position, such as by coupling a spring (e.g., a torsion spring) or another type of biasing element between the arm portion 128 and the attachment portion 126. Still alternatively, the clasps 106 can be connected to corresponding anchors 104 without attachment portions 126 and biasing elements can be used to bias the clasps 106 to the closed configuration against the anchors.
  • In some embodiments, the second collar 110 and/or the spacer member 102 can comprise a hemostatic sealing member 144 configured to reduce or prevent blood from flowing through the second collar 110 and/or the spacer member 102. For example, in some embodiments, the sealing member 144 can comprise a plurality of flexible flaps 146, as shown in FIG. 1. The flaps 146 can be configured to pivot from a sealed configuration to an open configuration to allow a delivery apparatus to extend through the second collar 110. When the delivery apparatus is removed, the flaps 146 can be configured to return to the sealed configuration from the open configuration.
  • FIGS. 6-8 show an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 200. The prosthetic spacer device 200 can comprise a spacer member 202, a plurality of anchors 204, a plurality of clasps 206, a first or distal collar 208, and a second or proximal collar 210. These components of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be configured substantially similar to the corresponding components of the prosthetic spacer device 100.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can also include a plurality of anchor extension members 212. Each of the anchor extension members 212 can be configured as a loop shaped structure having a first or fixed end portion 214 coupled to and extending from the distal collar 208 and second or free end portion 216 disposed opposite the fixed end portion 214. The anchor extension members 212 can be configured to extend circumferentially farther around the spacer member 202 than the anchors 204. For example, in some embodiments, each of the anchor extension members 212 can extend around approximately half the circumference of the spacer member 202 (as best shown in FIG. 7), and the anchors 204 can extend around less than half of circumference of the spacer member 202 (as best shown in FIG. 6). The anchor extension members 212 can also be configured to extend laterally (i.e., perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the spacer member 202) beyond an outer diameter of the spacer member 202.
  • The anchor extension members 212 can further be configured such that free end portions 216 of the anchor extension members 212 are disposed axially adjacent a joint portion 218 of the anchors 204 and radially between first and second portions 220, 222 of the anchors 204 when the prosthetic spacer device 200 is in a folded configuration (e.g., FIGS. 6-8).
  • Configuring the anchor extension members 212 in this manner provides increased surface area compared to the anchors 204 alone. This can, for example, make it easier to capture and secure the native leaflets. The increased surface area can also distribute the clamping force of the anchors 204 and anchor extension members 212 against the native leaflets over a relatively larger surface of the native leaflets in order to further protect the native leaflet tissue.
  • The increased surface area of the anchor extension members 212 can also allow the native leaflets be to clamped to the prosthetic spacer device 200 such that the unclamped portions of the native leaflets coapt together at a location adjacent the prosthetic spacer device 200, as opposed to against the spacer member 202. This can, for example, improve sealing of the native leaflet and thus prevent or further reduce mitral regurgitation.
  • Referring to FIG. 8, the prosthetic spacer device 200 can also include a cover 224. In some embodiments, the cover 224 can be disposed on the spacer member 202, the anchors 204, and/or the anchor extension members 212. The cover 224 can be configured to prevent or reduce blood-flow through the prosthetic spacer device 200 and/or to promote native tissue ingrowth. In some embodiments, the cover 224 can be a cloth or fabric such PET, velour, or other suitable fabric. In other embodiments, in lieu of or in addition to a fabric, the cover 224 can include a coating (e.g., polymeric) that is applied to the prosthetic spacer device 200. It should be noted that the prosthetic spacer device 200 is shown without the cover 224 in FIGS. 6-7 and 12-13 and with the cover 224 in FIGS. 8, 11, and 20-27. In some embodiments, the cover 224 can have a porosity selected to allow blood to flow through the spacer member 202 for a predetermined length of time (e.g., one or more days, weeks, or months). Endothelialization of the spacer device over time can slowly and gradually reduce the amount of regurgitant blood flow through the spacer member, which can reduce the amount of stress on the left ventricle following implantation. Further details of a cover that permits regurgitant blood flow through the spacer member for a predetermined period of time are disclosed in U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/555,240, filed Sep. 7, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIG. 9 shows an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 300 comprising an annular spacer member 302, a fabric cover (not shown) covering the outer surface of the spacer member 302, and anchors 304 extending from the spacer member 302. The cover or additional covers may also extend over the anchors 304. The ends of each anchor 304 can be coupled to respective struts of the spacer member 302 by respective sleeves 306 that can be crimped around the end portions of the anchors 304 and the struts of the spacer member 302. Mounted on the frame of the spacer member 302 can be one or more barbs or projections 308. The free ends of the projections 308 can comprise various shapes including rounded, pointed, barbed, etc. The projections 308 can exert a retaining force against native leaflets by virtue of the anchors 304, which are shaped to force the native leaflets inwardly into the spacer member 302 in the area below the free ends of the anchors 304.
  • FIG. 10 shows an exemplary embodiment of a prosthetic spacer device 400. The prosthetic spacer device 400 can comprise an annular spacer member 402, a fabric cover (not shown) covering the spacer member, and anchors 404 extending from the spacer member 402 and can be configured similar to the prosthetic spacer device 300. The cover may also cover the outer surfaces of the anchors.
  • The anchors 404 of the prosthetic spacer device 400 can be configured similar to the anchors 304 of the prosthetic spacer device 300 except that the curve at the free end of each anchor 404 is wider and has a larger radius than the anchors 304. As such, the anchors 404 cover a relatively larger portion of the spacer member 402 than the anchors 304. This can, for example, distribute the clamping force of the anchors 404 against the native leaflets over a relatively larger surface of the native leaflets in order to further protect the native leaflet tissue. It can also improve sealing because the native leaflets are clamped against the prosthetic spacer device 400 such that the native leaflets coapt together at a location adjacent the prosthetic spacer device 400, as opposed to against the spacer member 402.
  • Also, mounted on the frame of the spacer member 402 can be one or more barbs or projections 406. The free ends of the projections 406 can comprise stoppers 408 configured to limit the extent of the projections 406 that can engage and/or penetrate the native leaflets.
  • Additional details regarding the prosthetic spacer devices can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0331523 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/161,688, which applications are incorporated by reference herein.
  • A prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the devices 100, 200, 300, 400) can be coupled to a delivery apparatus to form a delivery assembly. The delivery apparatus can be used to percutaneously deliver, position, and/or secure the prosthetic spacer device within a patient's native heart valve region.
  • FIG. 11-27 shows an exemplary delivery assembly 500 and its components. Referring to FIG. 11, the delivery assembly 500 can comprise the prosthetic spacer device 200 and a delivery apparatus 502. The delivery apparatus 502 can comprise a plurality of catheters and one or more catheter stabilizers. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the delivery apparatus 502 includes a first catheter 504, a second catheter 506, a third catheter 508, and catheter stabilizers 510. The second catheter 506 extends coaxially through the first catheter 504, and the third catheter 508 extends coaxially through the first and second catheters 504, 506. The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to a distal end portion of the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502, as further described below.
  • Each of the catheter stabilizers 510 can be used to hold a corresponding catheter stationary relative to the patient and other components of the delivery apparatus during a procedure. The stabilizers 510 can be positioned on a common table or support platform, which in turn can be placed on the operating table. For example, after manually inserting a catheter into the vasculature of a patient and positioning the distal end of the catheter at a desired location within the patient's body, the medical practitioner can then place the catheter in a corresponding stabilizer 510, freeing the practitioner's hands for manipulating another catheter during the procedure. Further details regarding the catheter stabilizers and a support platform for supporting the stabilizers are disclosed in U.S. Application No. 62/491,392, filed Apr. 28, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In the illustrated embodiment, the delivery assembly 500 is configured, for example, for implanting the prosthetic spacer device 200 in a native mitral valve via a transseptal delivery approach. In other embodiments, the delivery assembly 500 can be configured for implanting the prosthetic spacer device 200 in aortic, tricuspid, or pulmonary valve regions of a human heart. Also, the delivery assembly 500 can be configured for various delivery methods, including transseptal, transaortic, transventricular, etc.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, the first or distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can include a bore 226. In some embodiments, the bore 226 can comprise internal threads configured to releasably engage corresponding external threads of an actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502, as best shown in FIG. 12.
  • Referring again to FIG. 13, the second or proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can include a central opening 228 that is axially aligned with the bore 226 of the distal collar 208. The central opening 228 of the proximal collar 210 can be configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502, as best shown in FIG. 12. In some embodiments, the proximal collar 210 and/or the spacer member 202 can have a sealing member (not shown, but see, e.g., the sealing member 144 shown in FIG. 1) configured to seal the central opening 228 when the actuation shaft 512 is withdrawn from the central opening 228.
  • As best shown in FIG. 13, the proximal collar 210 can also include a plurality of bosses or projections 230 and a plurality of guide openings 232 formed in the projections 230. The projections 230 can extending radially outwardly and can be circumferentially offset (e.g., by 90 degrees) relative to the guide openings 232. The guide openings 232 can be disposed radially outwardly from the central opening 228. The projections 230 and the guide openings 232 of the proximal collar 210 can be configured to releasably engage a coupler 514 of the delivery apparatus 502, as shown in FIG. 12.
  • Referring again to FIG. 11 and as mentioned above, the delivery apparatus 502 can include the first and second catheters 504, 506. The first and second catheters 504, 506 can be used, for example, to access an implantation location (e.g., a native mitral valve region of a heart) and/or to position the third catheter 508 at the implantation location.
  • The first and second catheters 504, 506 can comprise first and second sheaths or shafts 516, 518 extending from handles 517, 519, respectively. The first and second catheters 504, 506 can be configured such that the sheaths 516, 518 are steerable. For example, although not shown, the second catheter 506 can comprise one or more pull wires, and one or more flexible, axially non-compressible pull wire sleeves (e.g., helical coils). The pull wires and the sleeves can extend through a portion of the shaft 518, and the sleeves can move freely relative to the shaft 518), as further described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. U.S. 2016/0158497, which application is incorporated by reference herein. This can, for example, allow a steerable distal end portion 518 a of the shaft 518 to be deflected, moved, and/or rotated in one or more directions (e.g., in the medial/lateral and/or anterior/posterior directions to track the “C”-shape of the coaptation line between the native mitral valve leaflets between the posteromedial commissure and the anterolateral commissure), while also keeping a distal end portion of the implant catheter (e.g., the third catheter 508) and the thus the prosthetic spacer device coaxial relative to the mitral valve in one or more other directions (e.g., the inferior/superior directions).
  • Additional details regarding the first catheter 504 can be found, for example, in U.S. patent application No. U.S. Ser. No. 15/796,436, filed Oct. 27, 2017, which application is incorporated by reference herein. Additional details regarding the second catheter 506 can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. U.S. 2016/0158497.
  • Referring still to FIG. 11, delivery apparatus 502 can also include the third catheter 508, as mentioned above. The third catheter 508 can be used, for example, to deliver, manipulate, position, and/or deploy the prosthetic spacer device 200 at the implantation location, as further described below.
  • Referring to FIG. 15, the third catheter 508 can comprise the inner or actuation shaft 512, the coupler 514, an outer shaft 520, a handle 522 (shown schematically), and clasp control members 524. A proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to and extend distally from the handle 522, and a distal end portion 520 b of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to the coupler 514. A proximal end portion 512 a of the actuation shaft 512 can coupled to an actuation knob 526. The actuation shaft 512 can extend distally from the knob 526 (shown schematically), through the handle 522, through the outer shaft 520, and through the coupler 514. The actuation shaft 512 can be moveable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the outer shaft 520 and the handle 522. The clasp control members 524 can extend through and be axially movable relative to the handle 522 and the outer shaft 520. The clasp control members 524 can also be axially movable relative to the actuation shaft 512.
  • In some embodiments, the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 can be configured to be steerable. For example, although not shown, the third catheter 508 can comprise a pull wire, and a flexible, axially non-compressible pull wire sleeve (e.g., a helical coil).
  • As best shown in FIGS. 12-13, the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. For example, in some embodiments, the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 can comprise external thread configured to releasably engage the interior threads of the bore 226 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. As such, rotating the actuation shaft 512 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 releasably secures the actuation shaft 512 to the distal collar 208. Rotating the actuation shaft 512 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 releases the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208.
  • Referring now to FIG. 12-14, the coupler 514 of the third catheter 508 can be releasably coupled to the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. For example, in some embodiments, the coupler 514 can comprise a plurality of flexible arms 528 and a plurality of stabilizer members 530. The flexible arms 528 can comprise apertures 532, ports 533 (FIG. 13), and eyelets 534 (FIG. 14).
  • The flexible arms 528 can be configured to pivot between a first or release configuration (FIG. 13) and a second or coupled configuration (FIGS. 12 and 14). In the first configuration, the flexible arms 528 extend radially outwardly relative to the stabilizer members 530. In the second configuration, the flexible arms 528 extend axially parallel to the stabilizer members 530 and the eyelets 534 radially overlap, as best shown in FIG. 14. The flexible arms 528 can be configured (e.g., shape-set) so as to be biased to the first configuration.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to the coupler 514 by inserting the stabilizer members 530 of the coupler 514 into the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. The flexible arms 528 of the coupler 514 can then be pivoted radially inwardly from the first configuration to the second configuration such that the projections 230 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 extend radially into the apertures 532 of the flexible arms 528. The flexible arms 528 can be retained in the second configuration by inserting the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 through openings 536 of the eyelets 534, which prevents the flexible arms 528 from pivoting radially outwardly from the second configuration to the first configuration, thereby releasably coupling the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the coupler 514.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the coupler 514 by proximally retracting the actuation shaft 512 relative to the coupler 514 such that the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the openings 536 of the eyelets 534. This allows the flexible arms 528 to pivot radially outwardly from the second configuration to the first configuration, which withdraws the projections 230 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the apertures 532 of the flexible arms 528. The stabilizer members 530 can remain inserted into the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 during and after the flexible arms 528 are released. This can, for example, prevent the prosthetic spacer device 200 from moving (e.g., shifting and/or rocking) while the flexible arms 528 are released. The stabilizer members 530 can then be withdrawn from the guide openings 232 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by proximally retracting the coupler 514 relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200, thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the coupler 514.
  • Referring to FIG. 15, the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 can be an elongate shaft extending axially between the proximal end portion 520 a, which is coupled the handle 522, and the distal end portion 520 b, which is coupled to the coupler 514. The outer shaft 520 can also include an intermediate portion 520 c disposed between the proximal and distal end portions 520 a, 520 b.
  • Referring to FIG. 16, the outer shaft 520 can comprise a plurality of axially extending lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 538 and a plurality of control member lumens 540 (e.g., four in the illustrated embodiment). In some embodiments, the outer shaft 520 can comprise more (e.g., six) or less (e.g., two) than four control member lumens 540.
  • The actuation shaft lumen 538 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512, and the control member lumens 540 can be configured to receive one or more clasp control members 524. The lumens 538, 540 can also be configured such that the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524 can be movable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the respective lumens 538, 540. In particular embodiments, the lumens 538, 540 can comprise a liner or coating configured to reduce friction within the lumens 538, 540. For example, the lumens 538, 540 can comprise a liner comprising PTFE.
  • Referring still to FIGS. 15-16, the outer shaft 520 can be formed from various materials, including metals and polymers. For example, in one particular embodiment, the proximal end portion 520 a can comprise stainless steel and the distal and intermediate portions 520 b, 520 c can comprise PEBA (e.g., PEBAX®). The outer shaft 520 can also comprise an outer covering or coating, such as a polymer that is reflowed over the portions 520 a, 520 b, and 520 c.
  • The outer shaft 520 can include one or more coil portions 542 disposed radially outwardly from the lumens 538, 540. For example, in one particular embodiment, the outer shaft 520 can comprise a first coil 542 a, a second coil 542 b, and a third coil 542 c. The first coil 542 a can be the radially outermost coil, the third coil 542 c can be the radially innermost coil, and the second coil 542 b can be radially disposed between the first coil 542 a and the third coil 542 c.
  • The coil portions 542 can comprise various materials and/or configurations. For example, the coil portions 542 can be formed from stainless steel. In one particular embodiment, the first and third coils 542 a, 542 c comprise stainless steel coils wound in a left hand configuration, and the second coil 542 b comprises a stainless steel coil wound in a right hand configuration.
  • The coil portions 542 can also comprise various pitches. The pitch of one or more of the coil portions 542 can be the same or different than the pitch of one or more other coil portions 542. In one particular embodiment, the first and second coils 542 a, 542 b can have a first pitch (e.g., 0.74 in.), and the third coil can comprise a second pitch (e.g., 0.14 in.).
  • The outer shaft 520 can also comprise a tie layer 544 disposed radially inwardly from the third coil 542 c. The tie layer 544 can be formed of various materials including polymers, such as PEBA (e.g., PEBAX®).
  • As shown in FIGS. 17-19, the handle 522 of the third catheter 508 can include a housing 546, an actuation lock mechanism 548, a clasp control mechanism 550, and a flushing mechanism 552. Referring to FIG. 17, a distal end portion of the housing 546 can be coupled to the proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520. The actuation lock mechanism 548, the clasp control mechanism 550, and a flushing mechanism 552 can be coupled to a proximal end of the housing 546. The actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to selectively lock the position of the actuation shaft 512 relative to the housing 546 and the outer shaft 520. The clasp control mechanism 550 can also be coupled to proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 and can be configured to secure the clasp control members 524 relative to the handle 522 and to move the clasp control members 524 relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512. The flushing mechanism 552 can be configured for flushing (e.g., with a saline solution) the outer shaft 520 prior to inserting the outer shaft 520 into a patient's vasculature.
  • As best shown in FIGS. 18-19, the housing 546 of the handle 522 can comprise a main body 554 and a nose portion 556 coupled to a distal end portion of the main body 554. The main body 554 and the nose portion 556 can be coupled together in various manners, including fasteners 558 and/or pins 560 (e.g., as shown in the illustrated embodiment), adhesive, and/or other coupling means. The housing 546 can be formed from various materials, including polymers (e.g., polycarbonate).
  • The main body 554 of the housing 546 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 562, control member lumens 564 (FIG. 19), and a flushing lumen 566 that is fluidly connected to the actuation shaft lumen 562 (FIG. 18). As best shown in FIG. 19, the main body 554 can also include a plurality of tubes (e.g., hypotubes), including an actuation tube 568 and control member tubes 570 that are disposed at least partially in the actuation shaft lumen 562 and the control member lumens 564, respectively. The tubes 568, 570 can be axially movable (e.g., slidable) relative the lumens 562, 564, respectively.
  • The proximal end of the actuation tube 568 can extend proximally from the main body 554 and can be coupled to the knob 526 and to the proximal end portion 512 a of the actuation shaft 512. The proximal ends of the control member tubes 570 can extend proximally from the main body 554 and can be coupled to the clasp control mechanism 550 and the clasp control members 524.
  • The distal ends of the tubes 568, 570 can comprise flanges 572, 574 configured to engage a stopper to limit the axial movement of the tubes 568, 570 relative to the housing 546. For example, the flanges 572, 574 can be configured to contact respective surfaces of the main body 554 (e.g., a lip) to prevent to tubes 568, 570 from withdrawing completely from the proximal ends of the lumens 562, 564, respectively.
  • The actuation tube 568 can be configured to receive and be coupled to the proximal end portion of the actuation shaft 512. The control member tubes 570 can be configured to receive portions of the clasp control mechanism 550, as further described below. The tubes 568, 570 can be formed from various materials, including polymers and metals (e.g., stainless steel).
  • In some embodiments, the main body 554 can include a plurality of seal members 576 (e.g., O-rings) configured to prevent or reduce blood leakage through the lumens and around the shafts and/or tubes. The seal members can be secured relative to the main body 554, for example, by fasteners 578 (e.g., hollow-lock or socket-jam set screws).
  • As best shown in FIG. 19, the nose portion 556 of the housing 546 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 580 and control member lumens 582. The actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 can be extend coaxially with the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554. Proximal ends of the control member lumens 582 of the nose portion 556 can be aligned with the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554 at the proximal end of the nose portion 556 (i.e., the lumens 582, 564 are in the same plane). The control member lumens 582 can extend towards each other from their proximal ends at an angle (i.e., relative to the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554), and distal ends of the control member lumens 582 can intersect the actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 at a location near the distal end of the nose portion 556. In other words, the proximal ends of the lumens 582 are in a first plane that is parallel to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (i.e., the plane of the control member lumens 564 of the main body 554), and the distal ends of the lumens 582 are in a second plane that is parallel to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (i.e., the plane of the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554).
  • As best shown in FIG. 18, the actuation shaft lumen 580 of the nose portion 556 can be configured to receive the proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520. The proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520 can be coupled to the nose portion 556 in various ways such as with adhesive, fasteners, frictional fit, and/or other coupling means.
  • Referring still to FIG. 18, the actuation lock mechanism 548 of the handle 522 can be coupled to the proximal end portion of the main body 554 of the housing 546 and to the actuation tube 568. The actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to selectively control relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546. This, in turn, selectively controls relative movement between the actuation shaft 512 (which is coupled to the actuation tube 568) and the outer shaft 520 (which is coupled to the nose portion 556 of the housing 546).
  • In some embodiments, the actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise a lock configuration, which prevents relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546, and a release configuration, which allows relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546. In some embodiments, the actuation lock mechanism 548 can be configured to include one or more intermediate configurations (i.e., in addition to the lock and release configuration) which allow relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546, but the force required to cause the relative movement is greater than when the actuation lock mechanism is in the release configuration.
  • As shown in FIG. 18 of the illustrated embodiment, the actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise a lock (e.g., a Tuohy-Borst adapter) 584 and a coupler (e.g., a female luer coupler) 586. The coupler 586 can be attached to the distal end of the lock 584 and coupled to the proximal end of the main body 554 of the housing 546. The actuation tube 568 can extend coaxially through the lock 584 and the coupler 586. As such, rotating a knob 588 of the lock 584 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) can increase the frictional engagement of the lock 584 on the actuation tube 568, thus making relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 more difficult or preventing it altogether. Rotating a knob 588 of the lock 584 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) can decrease the frictional engagement of the lock 584 on the actuation tube 568, thus making relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546 easier.
  • In other embodiments, actuation lock mechanism 548 can comprise other configurations configured for preventing relative movement between the actuation tube 568 and the housing 546. For example, the actuation lock mechanism 548 can include a lock configured similar to a stopcock valve in which a plunger portion of valve selectively engages the actuation tube 568.
  • In some embodiments, the actuation lock mechanism 548 can include a release member (e.g., a set screw or a pin). The release member can extend into the housing 546 and can selectively engage the actuation tube 568. When the release member is engaged with the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by inserting the release member into the housing 546 and into contact with the actuation tube 568), the release member can, for example, prevent the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 from being completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568, 580 (e.g., when actuating the anchors 204). When the release member is released from the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by withdrawing it from the housing 546 and/or moving it out of contact with the actuation tube 546), the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 can be completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568, 580 (e.g., when releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502).
  • The clasp control mechanism 550 can comprise an actuator member 590 and one or more locking members 592 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment). A distal end portion of the actuator member 590 can be coupled to the control member tubes 570, which extend from the proximal end of the main body 554 of the housing 546, as best shown in FIG. 18. The locking members 592 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the actuator member 590.
  • As shown in the illustrated embodiment, the actuator member 590 can, optionally, comprise a first side portion 594 and a second side portion 596 selectively coupled to the first side portion 594 by a connecting pin 598. The actuator member 590 can be configured such that the first and second side portions 594, 596 move together when the connecting pin 598 is inserted through the first and second side portions 594, 596. When the connecting pin 598 is withdrawn, the first and second side portions 594, 596 can be moved relative to each other. This can allow the clasp control members 524 (which are releasably coupled to the first and second side portions 594, 596 by the locking members 592) to be individually actuated.
  • The connection between the first and second side portions 594, 596 can be configured such that the first and second side portions 594, 596 can move axially (i.e., proximally and distally) but not rotationally relative to each other when the connecting pin 598 is withdrawn. This can be accomplished, for example, by configuring the first side portion 594 with keyed slot or groove and configuring the second side portion 596 with a keyed projection or tongue that corresponds to the keyed slot or groove of the first side portion 594. This can, for example, prevent or reduce the likelihood that the clasp control members 524 from twisting relative to the outer shaft 520.
  • The first and second side portions 594, 596 can include axially extending lumens 501. Distal ends of the lumens 501 can be configured to receive the proximal end portions of the control member tubes 570. Proximal ends of the lumens 501 can be configured to receive portions of the locking members 592. As noted above, the proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 extend through respective locking members 592.
  • The locking members 592 can be configured to selectively control relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596 of the actuator member 590. The locking members 592 can comprise a lock configuration, which prevents relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596, and a release configuration, which allows relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596. In some embodiments, the locking members 592 can also comprise one or more intermediate configurations (i.e., in addition to the lock and release configuration) which allows relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596, but the force required to cause the relative movement is greater than when the locking members 592 are in the release configuration.
  • As shown in the illustrated embodiment, the locking members 592 can be configured similar to stopcock valves. Thus, rotating knobs 503 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) can increase the frictional engagement between the locking members 592 on the clasp control members 524 and make relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596 more difficult or prevent it altogether. Rotating knobs 503 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) can decrease the frictional engagement between the locking members 592 on the clasp control members 524 and make relative movement between a clasp control member 524 and the respective first or second side portion 594, 596 easier. In other embodiments, the locking members 592 can comprise other configurations configured for preventing relative movement between the locking members 592 on the clasp control members 524.
  • The flushing mechanism 552 can comprise a flushing tube 505 and a valve 507 (e.g., a stopcock valve). A distal end of the flushing tube 505 can be coupled to and in fluidic communication with the flushing lumen 566 and thus with the actuation shaft lumen 562 of the main body 554. A proximal end of the flushing tube 505 can be coupled to the valve 507. In this manner, the flushing mechanism 552 can be configured for flushing (e.g., with a saline solution) the outer shaft 520 prior to inserting the outer shaft 520 into a patient's vasculature.
  • The clasp control members 524 can be configured to manipulate the configuration of the clasps 206, as further described below. As best shown in FIG. 15, each of the clasp control members 524 can be configured as a suture (e.g., wire or thread) loop. Proximal end portions of the clasp control members 524 can extend proximally from the proximal end portion of the clasp control mechanism 550 and can be releasably coupled to the locking members 592 of the clasp control mechanism 550.
  • From the locking members 592, the clasp control members 524 can form loops extending distally through the lumens 501 of the clasp control mechanism 550, through the control member tubes 570, the control member lumens 564, 582 of the handle 522, and through the control member lumens 540 of the outer shaft 520. The clasp control members 524 can extend radially outwardly from the lumens 540, for example, through the ports 533 (FIG. 13) of the coupler 514. The clasp control members 524 can then extend through openings 234 of the clasps 206 (e.g., similar to the openings 142 of the prosthetic spacer device 100). The clasp control members 524 can then extend proximally back to the coupler 514, radially inwardly through the ports 533 of the coupler 514, and then proximally through the outer shaft 520 and the handle 522, and to the locking members 592 of the clasp control mechanism 550.
  • In FIG. 15, the clasp control members 524 are shown slacken and the clasps 206 are partially open in order to illustrate the clasp control members 524 extending through the openings 234 of the clasps 206. However, ordinarily when the clasp control members 524 are slacken, the clasps 206 would be in the closed configuration.
  • As shown in the illustrated embodiment, each of the clasp control members 524 can extend through multiple control member lumens 540 of the outer shaft 520. For example, each of the clasp control members 524 can be looped through two of the lumens 540. In other embodiments, each of the clasp control members 524 can be disposed in a single control member lumen 540. In yet other embodiments, multiple clasp control members 524 can be disposed in a single control member lumen 540.
  • With the clasp control members 524 coupled to the clasps 206, the clasp control mechanism 550 can be used to actuate the clasps 206 between open and closed configurations. The clasps 206 can be opened by moving the actuator member 590 proximally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546. This increases tension of the clasp control members 524 and causes the clasp 206 to move from the closed configuration to the open configuration. The clasps 206 can be closed by moving the actuator member 590 distally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546. This decreases tension on the clasp control members 524 and allows the clasp 206 to move from the open configuration to the closed configuration. The clasps 206 can be individually actuated by removing the connecting pin 598 and moving the first or second side portions 594, 596 relative to each other, the knob 526, and the housing 546.
  • When the handle 522 is assembled as best shown in FIG. 17-18, the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally from the knob 526, through the actuation tube 568, through the actuation lumens 562, 580 of the housing 546, through the actuation shaft lumen 538 of the outer shaft 520, and through the coupler 514.
  • FIGS. 20-27 show the delivery assembly 500 being used, for example, to implant the prosthetic spacer device 200 in native mitral valve 600 of a heart 602 using a transseptal delivery approach. Although not shown, a guide wire can be inserted into the patient's vasculature (e.g., a femoral vein) through an introducer sheath. The guide wire can be advanced through the femoral vein, through the inferior vena cava, into the right atrium, through the interatrial septum 604 (e.g., via the fossa ovalis), and into the left atrium 606. The first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 can be advanced over the guide wire such that a distal end portion of the first sheath 516 is disposed in the left atrium 606, as best shown in FIG. 20.
  • With the prosthetic spacer device 200 coupled to the third catheter 508 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 12) and configured in a radially compressed, delivery configuration, the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be loaded into the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506, which retains the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the delivery configuration. In this manner, the distal end portion of the second sheath 518 serves as a delivery capsule for the prosthetic implant 200. In some embodiments, the radially compressed, delivery configuration can be an axially elongate configuration (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 20). In other embodiments, the radially compressed, delivery configuration can be an axially foreshorten configuration (e.g., similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 22). The second catheter 506 along with the prosthetic spacer device 200 and the third catheter 508 can then be advanced together through the first catheter 504 until a distal end portion of the second sheath 518 extends outwardly from the distal end portion of the first sheath 516 and is disposed in the left atrium 606, as shown in FIG. 20.
  • As shown in FIG. 20, the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be advanced from the second sheath 518 by distally advancing the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 relative to the second sheath 518 and/or retracting the second sheath 518 relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512, thus forcing the anchors 204 out of the second sheath 518. Once exposed from the second sheath 518, the anchors 204 can be folded by retracting the actuation shaft 512 of the third catheter 508 relative to the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 and/or by advancing the outer shaft 520 relative to the actuation shaft 512, causing the anchors 204 to bend from the configuration shown in FIG. 20, to the partially folded configuration shown in FIG. 21, and then to the fully folded configuration shown in FIG. 22. This can be accomplished, for example, by placing the actuation lock mechanism 548 in the release configuration (e.g., by rotating the knob 588 counterclockwise relative to the handle 522) and then moving the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546. At any point in the procedure, the physician can lock the relative position of the actuation shaft 512 and the outer shaft 520, and thus the position of the anchors 204, by actuating the actuation lock mechanism 548.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be positioned coaxial relative to the native mitral valve 600 by manipulating (e.g., steering and/or bending) the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506, as shown in FIG. 22. The curvature of the second sheath 518 can be adjusted (e.g., with the steering mechanism) so that a distal steerable section 518 a extends at about a 90-degree angle relative to a section 518 b that extends proximally from the steerable section 518 a. Advantageously, this positions the steerable distal section 518 a and the prosthetic spacer device 200 along an axis that is substantially perpendicular to a plane defined by the native mitral valve. Stated another way, the axis extending through the steerable distal section 518 a and the prosthetic spacer device 200 is coaxial or substantially parallel to the flow path of the native mitral valve.
  • Retracting or advancing the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 and the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 (e.g., in the directions shown by the arrow 521) relative to the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 and the left atrium 606 moves the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 and the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the medial and lateral directions (e.g., in the directions shown by arrow 523 in FIG. 28) relative to the native leaflets 608. As the second sheath 518 and outer shaft 520 are advanced and/or retracted, the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the native mitral valve in the superior/inferior directions (e.g., up/down in the orientation shown in FIG. 22) remains at least substantially constant, and/or the second sheath 518 does not “whip” due to the configuration of the steering mechanism of the second catheter 506, which is described above. Rotating (which can also be referred to as “torquing”) the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 (e.g., in the directions shown by the arrow 525 in FIG. 22) relative to the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504 and the left atrium 606 pivots the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 and the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the anterior/posterior directions (e.g., in the directions shown by arrow 527 in FIG. 28). The prosthetic spacer device 200 can also be rotated (e.g., by rotating the housing 546) relative to the native mitral valve 600 in order to align the anchors 204 with native leaflets 608 of the native mitral valve 600. The positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the native mitral valve in the superior/inferior directions (e.g., up/down in the orientation shown in FIG. 22) can be adjusted by retracting/advancing the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508 relative to the second sheath of the second catheter 506. Thus, one advantage of the disclosed delivery apparatus is that the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device can be adjusted independently in three directions (i.e., the medial/lateral, anterior/posterior, and superior/inferior directions). For example, actuating the delivery apparatus such that the prosthetic spacer device moves in the medial/lateral directions does not affect the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device in the anterior/posterior directions or the superior/inferior directions. The three-way and/or independent maneuverability of the delivery apparatus 502 therefore allows the practitioner to accurately and/or precisely position the prosthetic spacer device 200 at the desired implantation location relative to the native leaflets (e.g., at the A2/P2 positions near the center of a coaptation line 612 (FIG. 28) of the native leaflets) in a relatively quick and/or easy manner.
  • The anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be partially opened (i.e., moved radially outwardly relative to the spacer member 202) to the configuration shown in FIG. 23 by moving the knob 526 distally relative to the housing 546. The prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be advanced through the annulus of the native mitral valve 600 and at least partially into the left ventricle 610 by advancing the handle 522 of the third catheter 508 relative to the second catheter 506. The prosthetic spacer device 200 can then be partially retracted such that the anchors 204 are positioned behind the ventricular portions of the native leaflets 608 (e.g., at the A2/P2 positions) and the spacer member 202 is disposed on the atrial side of the native leaflets 608. Alternatively, the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be advanced through the native valve in the fully folded configuration (as shown in FIG. 22), after which the anchors 204 can be opened.
  • In this configuration, the native leaflets 608 can be secured relative to the anchors 204 by capturing the native leaflets with the clasps 206. The native leaflets 608 can be captured simultaneously or separately by actuating the actuator member 590. For example, FIG. 24 shows separate leaflet capture. This can be accomplished by removing the connecting pin 598 from the actuator member 590 and moving the first or second side portions 594, 596 relative to each other, the knob 526, and the housing 546. Moving the first or second side portions 594, 596 distally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546 closes the clasps 206 on the native leaflets 608 (e.g., as shown by the left clasp 206 as illustrated in FIG. 24). Moving the first or second side portions 594, 596 proximally relative to the knob 526 and the housing 546 opens the clasps 206 (e.g., as shown by the right clasp 206 as illustrated in FIG. 24). Once a clasp 206 is closed, a physician can re-open the clasp 206 to adjust the positioning of the clasp 206.
  • As the clasps 206 re-open, the clasps 206 initially move radially inwardly toward the spacer member 202 (e.g., as shown with the right clasp 206 in FIG. 24) until the clasps 206 contact the spacer member 202 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 23). In some instances, barbs 236 of the clasps 206 may retain and pull the native leaflets 608 toward the spacer member 202 as the clasps 206 are re-opened. Once the clasps 206 contact the spacer member 202, further tensioning the clasp control member 524 moves the clasps 206 slightly proximally relative to the spacer member 202 (and causes the anchors 204 to slightly unfold). The proximal movement of the clasps 206 can, for example, withdraw the barbs 236 from the native leaflets 608, which can facilitate repositioning and/or retrieval of the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • With both of the native leaflets 608 secured within the clasps 206, the physician can move the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546. This pulls the anchors 204 and thus the native leaflets 608 radially inwardly against the spacer member 202, as shown in FIG. 25. The physician can then observe the positioning and/or reduction in regurgitation. If repositioning or removal is desired the physician can re-open the anchors 204 and/or the clasps 206.
  • Once the desired positioning and/or reduction in regurgitation is achieved, the physician can release the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502. The clasps 206 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by releasing the clasp control members 524 from the locking members 592 and unthreading the clasp control members 524 from the openings 234 of the clasps 206. The distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by rotating the knob 526 in the second direction relative to the housing 546 such that the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the bore 226. The actuation shaft 512 can then be retracted proximally through the prosthetic spacer device 200 by pulling the knob 526 proximally relative to the housing 546. The proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by retracting the actuation shaft 512 proximally relative to the coupler 514 such that the distal end portion of the actuation shaft 512 withdraws from the eyelets 534 of the coupler 514. This allows the flexible arms 528 of the coupler 514 to move radially outwardly away from the projections 230 of the proximal collar 210. The stabilizer members 530 of the coupler 514 can then be withdrawn from the guide openings 232 of the proximal collar 210 by pulling the housing 546 proximally, thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502 as shown in FIG. 26.
  • The shafts 512, 520 of the third catheter 508 can then be retracted proximally into the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506, and the second sheath 518 of the second catheter 506 can be retracted proximally into the first sheath 516 of the first catheter 504. The catheters 504, 506, 508 can then be retracted proximally and removed from the patient's vasculature.
  • With the prosthetic spacer device 200 implanted at the A2/P2 position, the native mitral valve 600 can, in some embodiments, comprise a double orifice during ventricular diastole, as shown in FIG. 27. During ventricular systole, the native leaflets 608 can coapt together and/or against the prosthetic spacer device 200 to prevent or reduce mitral regurgitation, as shown in FIG. 28.
  • In other embodiments, the anchors 204 can move radially outwardly relative to the spacer member 202 to a partially open configuration during ventricular diastole such that the native mitral valve 600 has a single orifice, as shown in FIG. 29. The anchors 204 can move radially inwardly relative to the spacer member 202 to a closed configuration during ventricular systole such that the native leaflets 608 coapt together and/or against the prosthetic spacer device 200 to prevent or reduce mitral regurgitation, as shown in FIG. 28. As the anchors 204 open and close during the natural cardiac cycles, the clasps 206 can retain the native leaflets 608 against the anchors 204, as shown in FIGS. 28-29.
  • Configuring the prosthetic spacer device 200 in this manner allows the native leaflets 608 to move naturally upon implantation. This can, for example, promote antegrade blood flow during ventricular diastole, while still reducing or preventing retrograde blood flow during ventricular systole. It can also reduce or prevent native tissue damage to the native leaflets. Overtime, endothelialization can form a tissue bridge between the anchors and the spacer member.
  • FIGS. 30-31 show another exemplary embodiment of a handle 700 for the delivery apparatus 502, in particular for use with the third catheter 508. Referring to FIG. 30, the handle 700 can comprise a housing 702, an actuation control mechanism 704, the clasp control mechanism 550, and a flushing mechanism (not shown, but see, e.g., the flushing mechanism 552 in FIG. 17). The housing 702 can include a main body 706 and the nose portion 556. The nose portion 556 of the housing 702 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the outer shaft 520. The actuation control mechanism 704, the clasp control mechanism 550, and a flushing mechanism 552 can be coupled to a proximal end of the main body 706 of the housing 702.
  • The handle 700 can be configured similar to the handle 522, except that the handle 700 is configured such that rotational movement of a first knob 718 of the actuation control mechanism 704 relative to the housing 702 causes axial movement of the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512; whereas, the handle 522 is configured such that axial movement of the knob 526 (e.g., pushing and pulling) relative to the housing 546 causes axial movement of the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512.
  • As mentioned above, the housing 702 can include a main body 706 and the nose portion 556. Referring to FIG. 31, the main body 706 of the housing 702 can comprise an actuation lumen 708, control member lumens 710, and a flange portion 712. The flange portion 712 can extend axially from a proximal end portion of the main body 706 and annularly around the actuation lumen 708.
  • The flange portion 712 of the main body 706 can comprise one or more circumferential grooves 714, a bore (not shown), and a guide pin 716. The grooves 714 can be configured to interact with the actuation control mechanism 704, as further described below. The bore can extend radially inwardly from an outside diameter to an inside diameter of the flange portion 712 and can be configured to receive the guide pin 716. The guide pin 716 can be partially disposed in the bore and can extend radially inwardly from the bore such that the guide pin 716 protrudes into the actuation lumen 708.
  • Referring still to FIG. 31, the actuation control mechanism 704 can comprise a first knob 718, attachment pins 720, a drive screw 722, a collet 724, and a second knob 726. The first knob 718 can have a distal end portion 728 and a proximal end portion 730. The first knob 718 can be configured such that the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728 is relatively larger than the inside diameter of the proximal end portion 730. The distal end portion 728 can comprise side openings 732 that extend radially inwardly from an outside diameter to the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728.
  • Referring again to FIG. 30, the inside diameter of the distal end portion 728 can be configured such that the distal end portion 728 of the first knob 718 can extend over the flange portion 712 of the main body 706. The openings 732 (FIG. 31) can be configured to axially align with the grooves 714 when the first knob 718 is disposed over the flange portion 712. The attachment pins 720 can be configured so as to extend through the openings 732 of the first knob 718 and into grooves 714 of the flange portion 712. In this manner, the attachment pins 720 allow relative rotational movement and prevent relative axial movement between the first knob 718 and the flange portion 712.
  • The inside diameter of the proximal end portion 730 of the first knob 718 can have internal threads (not shown) configured to engage corresponding external threads 734 of the drive screw 722. As best shown in FIG. 31, the drive screw 722 can have a slot 736 that extends axially across the external threads 734. The slot 736 can be configured to receive the guide pin 716 of the flange portion 712. As such, when the handle 700 is assembled (FIG. 30) and the first knob 718 is rotated relative to the flange portion 712, the guide pin 716 prevents the drive screw 722 from rotating together with the first knob 718 and causes the drive screw 722 to move axially relative to the first knob 718 and the flange portion 712. In this manner, rotating the first knob 718 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) moves the drive screw distally relative to the housing 702, and rotating the first knob 718 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) moves the drive screw proximally relative to the housing 702.
  • The drive screw 722 can also have a lumen 738, as shown in FIG. 31. The lumen 738 can be configured such that the actuation tube 568 can extend through the drive screw 722. The lumen 738 can be configured such that a distal end portion 740 of the collet 724 can also be inserted into a proximal end portion of the lumen 738.
  • The second knob 726 can comprise a first, distal portion 742 and a second, proximal portion 744. The distal portion 742 can include internal threads (not shown) corresponding to the external threads 734 of the drive screw 722. The proximal portion 744 can comprise a conical inside surface configured to engage a proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724.
  • When assembled (FIG. 30), the actuation tube 568 can extend through the lumen 738 of the drive screw 722, through the collet 724, and through the second knob 726. The second knob 726 can be disposed over the collet 724 and the internal threads of the distal portion 742 of the second knob can threadably engage the external threads 734 of the drive screw 722. Accordingly, rotating the second knob 726 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the drive screw 722 causes the proximal portion 744 of the second knob 726 to move toward the proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724 and thus urges the collet 724 radially inwardly against the actuation tube 568. As a result, the actuation tube 568 and the drive screw 722 move axially together when the first knob 718 is rotated relative to the housing 702. Rotating the second knob 726 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the drive screw 722 causes the distal portion 742 of the second knob 726 to move away from the proximal end portion 746 of the collet 724 and thus allows the collet 724 to move radially outwardly relative to the actuation tube 568. As a result, the actuation tube 568 and the drive screw 722 can move relative to each other.
  • In lieu of or in addition to the collet 724, the actuation control mechanism 704 of the handle 700 can include a release member (e.g., a set screw or a pin). The release member can extend into the housing 702 (e.g., near the proximal end of the housing 702) and can selectively engage (e.g., threadably) the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568. When the release member is engaged with the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by inserting the release member into the housing 702 and into contact with the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568), the release member can, for example, prevent the actuation tube 568 from moving relative to the drive screw 722, thus preventing the actuation shaft 512 from being completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568, 580 (e.g., when actuating the anchors 204). When the release member is released from the drive screw 722 and the actuation tube 568 (e.g., by withdrawing it from the housing 702 and/or moving it out of contact with the actuation tube 546), the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 can move relative to the drive screw 722 and can therefore be completely withdrawn from their respective lumens 568, 580 (e.g., when releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus).
  • With the prosthetic spacer device 200 coupled to the actuation shaft 512 and the outer shaft 520 of the delivery apparatus 502, the physician can use the actuation control mechanism 704 of the handle 700 to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to the spacer member 202 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. The actuation control mechanism 704 can be activated by rotating the second knob 726 in the first direction relative to the drive screw 722 to secure the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 to the drive screw 722. The physician can then rotate the first knob 718 relative to the housing 702, which causes the drive screw 722 and thus the actuation tube 568 and the actuation shaft 512 to move axially relative to the relative to the housing 702 and thus the outer shaft 520. This, in turn, causes the anchors 204 (which are coupled to the actuation shaft 512 via the distal collar 208) to move relative to the spacer member 202 (which is coupled to the outer shaft 520 via coupler 514 and the proximal collar 210).
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the delivery apparatus 502 by rotating the second knob 726 in the second direction relative to the drive screw 722. This allows the actuation tube 568 and thus the actuation shaft 512 to move relative to the drive screw 722. The shafts 512, 520 of the delivery apparatus 502 can then be removed from the respective collars 208, 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, as described above.
  • Configuring a delivery apparatus with the actuation control mechanism 704 can provide several advantages. For example, the rotational forces required to actuate the first knob 718 of the handle 700 can be less than the axial forces required to actuate the knob 526 of the handle 700.
  • The actuation control mechanism 704 can also provide relatively more precise control of the anchors 204 because the axial movement of the actuation shaft 512 is controlled by rotation of the first knob 718 and the thread pitch of the drive screw 722 rather than be axial movement of the knob 526. In other words, the actuation control mechanism 704 can be configured, for example, such that one rotation of the first knob 718 moves the actuation shaft 512 a small axial distance (e.g., 1 mm); whereas, it may be relatively more difficult to axially move the knob 526 and thus the actuation shaft 512 in small increments (e.g., 1 mm).
  • Additionally, the actuation control mechanism 704 can prevent or reduce inadvertent movement and release of the actuation shaft 512. For example, because the actuation control mechanism 704 requires rotational movement of the first knob 718 to move the actuation shaft 512, it can prevent or reduce the likelihood that the actuation shaft 512 will move if the knob 526 is inadvertently contacted. Also, the physician has to rotate the second knob 726 to release the actuation tube 568 from the drive screw 722 by before the physician can rotate the knob 526 to release the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 and proximally retract the actuation shaft 512. This two-step release process could reduce the likelihood of a physician inadvertently releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the delivery apparatus 502.
  • FIGS. 32-33 show exemplary embodiments of a coupler 800 and a proximal collar 802. Although not shown, the coupler 800 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520 (FIG. 16) in a manner similar to the coupler 514. As shown, the proximal collar 802 can be coupled to a proximal end portion of the spacer member 202 in a manner similar to the proximal collar 210 (FIG. 13). As such, the coupler 800 and the proximal collar 802 can be used, for example, in lieu of the coupler 514 and the proximal collar 210 of the delivery assembly 500, respectively, to releasably couple the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the outer shaft 520 (FIG. 16).
  • Referring to FIG. 33, the coupler 800 can comprise an axially-extending lumen 804 and a plurality of radially-extending openings 806. The lumen 804 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512 (FIG. 32). The openings 806 can be configured to receive the proximal collar 802, as further described below.
  • The proximal collar 802 can comprise a plurality of proximally-extending tabs or fingers 808. Free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 can have radially-extending projections 812 formed thereon. The fingers 808 can be configured to pivot between a first or resting state (FIG. 33) and a second or deflected state (FIG. 32). In the first state, the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 press radially inwardly against each other. In the second state, the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 are radially spaced from each other.
  • Referring to FIG. 32, the coupler 800 and the proximal collar 802 be releasably coupled together by positioning the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 within the coupler 800. The actuation shaft 512 can then be advanced through the lumen 804 of the coupler 800 and through the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802, thus causing the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 to pivot radially-outwardly from the first state to the second state. The projections 812 of the fingers 808 and the openings 806 of the coupler 800 can be rotationally aligned such that the projections 812 extend into the openings 806, thereby releasably coupling the coupler 800 to the proximal collar 802. The coupler 800 can be released from the proximal collar 802 by retracting the actuation shaft 512 from the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802. This allows the free end portions 810 of the fingers 808 to pivot from the second state back to the first state and causes the projections 812 of the fingers 808 to withdraw from the openings 806 of the coupler 800, thus releasing the coupler 800 from the proximal collar 802.
  • In some embodiments, the fingers 808 of the proximal collar 802 can be configured to create a hemostatic seal when the fingers 808 are in the first state. This can, for example, prevent or reduce blood from flowing through the proximal collar 802 when the prosthetic spacer device 200 is implanted in a patient.
  • FIGS. 34-35 show exemplary embodiments of a distal collar 900, an actuation shaft 902, and a release member (e.g., a wire) 904, which can be used, for example, with the delivery assembly 500. Although not shown, the distal collar 900 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200. A proximal end portion (not shown) of the actuation shaft 902 can be coupled to the actuation tube 568 and the knob 526. From the proximal end portion, the actuation shaft 902 can extend distally through the handle 522 (FIG. 17), through the outer shaft 520 (FIG. 17), and into the prosthetic spacer device 200 (FIG. 12). A distal end portion of the actuation shaft 902 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 900 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. As such, the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 can be used, for example, in lieu of the distal collar 208 and the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery assembly 500, respectively.
  • Referring to FIG. 35, the distal collar 900 can comprise a central bore 906 and a tab or tongue 908 formed (e.g., laser cut) in a side surface 910 of the distal collar 900. The tongue 908 can have an opening 912 formed (e.g., laser cut) therein.
  • The central bore 906 can be configured to receive a distal end portion of the actuation shaft 902. The tongue 908 can be pivotable relative to the side surface 910 of the distal collar 900 from a first or resting configuration (FIG. 35) to a second or deflected configuration (FIG. 34). In the first configuration, the tongue 908 can be flush with the side surface 910. In the second configuration, the tongue 908 can extend radially inwardly relative to the side surface 910 so as to protrude into the central bore 906. The tongue 908 can be biased (e.g., shaped set) toward the first configuration.
  • The tongue 908 can be used, for example, to releasably couple the distal collar 900 to the actuation shaft 902, as shown in FIG. 34. For example, the actuation shaft 902 can be inserted into the central bore 906 of the distal collar 900. The tongue 908 can then be pushed radially inwardly from the first configuration to the second configuration such that the tongue 908 presses against the actuation shaft 902 and frictionally retains the actuation shaft 902 relative to the collar 900. The release member 904 can then be advanced distally such that a distal end portion 914 of the release member 904 extends through the opening 912 of the tongue 908. Thus, the release member 904 retains the tongue 908 in the second configuration against the actuation shaft 902, thereby releasably coupling the distal collar 900 to the actuation shaft 902.
  • The distal collar 900 can be released from the actuation shaft 902 by retracting the release member 904 proximally such that the distal end portion 914 of the release member 904 withdraws from the opening 912 of the tongue 908. This allows the tongue to move radially outwardly from the second state back to the first state, thereby releasing the distal collar 900 from the actuation shaft 902.
  • This configuration can provide several advantages. For example, in some embodiments, the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 can be formed without threads. Removing the threads can make manufacturing the distal collar 900 and the actuation shaft 902 easier and/or less expensive. Removing the threads from the actuation shaft 902 can also reduce the likelihood the actuation shaft 902 could catch or snag on another component of the delivery assembly 500.
  • FIGS. 36-37 show exemplary embodiments of a coupler 1000, a proximal collar 1002, a distal collar 1004, and an actuation shaft 1006, which can be used, for example, with the delivery assembly 500. Referring to FIG. 36, the coupler 1000 can be coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520. The proximal collar 1002 can be coupled to the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200 (shown schematically in partial cross-section), and the distal collar 1004 can be coupled to the to the distal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 200. A proximal end portion (not shown) of the actuation shaft 1006 can be coupled to the actuation tube 568 and the knob 526. From the proximal end portion, the actuation shaft 1006 can extend distally through the handle 522 (FIG. 17), through the outer shaft 520 (FIG. 17), and into the prosthetic spacer device 200 (FIG. 12). A distal end portion of the actuation shaft 1006 can be releasably coupled to the distal collar 1004 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. As such, the coupler 1000, the proximal collar 1002, the distal collar 1004, and the actuation shaft 1006 can be used, for example, in lieu of the coupler 514, the proximal collar 210, the distal collar 208, and the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery assembly 500, respectively.
  • Referring to FIG. 37, the coupler 1000 can comprise a connection portion 1008, a plurality of pins 1010 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment), and one or more securing members 1012 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment). The pins 1010 and the securing members can be coupled to and extend distally from the connection portion 1008.
  • The connection portion 1008 can have an axially-extending lumen 1014 configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 1006. In some embodiments, the connection portion 1008 can also have a recessed outwardly facing surface 1015 (FIG. 37) configured to be inserted into the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520, as shown in FIG. 36.
  • As best shown in FIG. 37, the pins 1010 can be spaced circumferentially relative to each other and relative to the securing members 1012. The securing members 1012 can be spaced circumferentially relative to each other. In some embodiments, the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 can be arranged in an alternating type pattern (e.g., pin-securing member-pin and so on) on the connection portion 1008.
  • Referring to FIG. 36, the pins 1010 can be configured to extend into openings 1016 of the proximal collar 1002. In certain embodiments, the securing members 1012 can be suture loops. The securing members 1012 can be configured to extend through the openings 1016 of the proximal collar 1002 and around the actuation shaft 1006. For clarity, only one securing member 1012 is shown extending around the actuation shaft 1006 in FIG. 36.
  • Referring again to FIG. 37, in addition to the openings 1016, the proximal collar 1002 can comprise a central lumen 1018 disposed radially inward from the openings 1016. The central lumen 1018 can extend axially and can be configured to slidably receive the actuation shaft 1006, as shown in FIG. 36.
  • The distal collar 1004 can be configured in a sleeve-like manner such that the actuation shaft 1006 can slidably extend through the distal collar 1004, as shown in FIG. 36.
  • The actuation shaft 1006 can comprise a radially-expandable portion 1020 disposed at or near the distal end portion 1022 of the actuation shaft 1006. The radially-expandable portion 1020 can be configured to be selectively expandable from a compressed configuration to an expanded configuration. For example, the radially-expandable portion 1020 can be an inflatable balloon or an expandable mesh (e.g., braided) basket.
  • The radially-expandable portion 1020 can be configured such that an outside diameter of the radially-expandable portion 1020 is less than the inside diameter of the distal collar 1004, the central lumen 1018 of the proximal collar 1002, and the lumen 1014 of the coupler 1000 when the radially-expandable portion 1020 is in the compressed configuration. When the radially-expandable portion 1020 is in the expanded configuration, the outside diameter of the radially-expandable portion 1020 is greater than the inside diameter of the distal collar 1004. Thus, in the expanded configuration, the radially-expandable portion 1020 can prevent the distal end portion 1022 from moving proximally relative to the distal collar 1004.
  • As shown in FIG. 36, the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be releasably coupled to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 by inserting the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 through respective openings 1016 in the proximal collar 1002. With the radially-expandable portion 1020 in the compressed configuration, the actuation shaft 1006 can be advanced distally through the lumen 1014 of the coupler 1000, through the central lumen 1018 and the securing members 1012 of the proximal collar 1002, and through the distal collar 1004 such that the radially-expandable portion 1020 is disposed distal relative to the distal collar 1004. The radially-expandable portion 1020 of the actuation shaft 1006 can then be expanded from the compressed configuration to the expanded configuration, thus releasably coupling the prosthetic spacer device 200 to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be released from the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006 by compressing the radially-expandable portion 1020 of the actuation shaft 1006 and proximally retracting the actuation shaft 1006 through the distal collar 1004, through the securing members 1012 and the central lumen 1018 of the proximal collar 1002. The outer shaft 520 can then be retracted proximally relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 such that the pins 1010 and the securing members 1012 withdraw from the openings 1016 in the proximal collar 1002, thus releasing the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 1006.
  • FIGS. 38-39 show an exemplary embodiment of clasp control members 1100, which can be used, for example, in lieu of the clasp control members 524 of the delivery assembly 500. Referring to FIG. 39, the clasp control members 1100 can comprise sleeves 1102, connecting members 1104, and release members 1106. The connecting members 1104 and the release members 1106 can extend axially through and can be movable relative to the sleeves 1102.
  • Proximal end portions (not shown) of the sleeves 1102 can be coupled to the control member tubes 570, and distal end portions of the sleeves 1108 can be releasably coupled to the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by the connecting members 1104 and the release members 1106, as further described below.
  • The connecting members 1104 can, for example, be suture loops that extend distally from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the delivery apparatus 502, through the control member tubes 570, through the sleeves 1102, and through the openings 234 of the clasps 206. The connecting members 1104 can be releasably coupled to the clasps 206 the prosthetic spacer device 200 by the release members 1106.
  • The release members 1106 can, for example, be wires that extend distally from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the delivery apparatus 502, through the control member tubes 570, through the sleeves 1102, and through the loops of the connecting members 1104. In this manner, the release members 1106 releasably couple the connecting members 1104 and thus the sleeves 1102 to the clasps 206 by preventing the connecting members 1104 from withdrawing through the openings 234 of the clasps 206. The connecting members 1104 can be released from the clasps 206 by withdrawing the release members 1106 from the loops of the connecting members 1104 and withdrawing the connecting members 1104 from the openings 234 of the clasps 206.
  • With the sleeves 1102 releasably coupled to the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by the connecting members 1104 and the release members 1106, the clasps 206 can be actuated (either together or separately) by moving the sleeves 1102 axially relative to the outer shaft 520 and the actuation shaft 512. This can be accomplished, for example, by moving the actuator member 590, which are coupled to the sleeves 1102 via the control member tubes 570, relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568. Moving the actuator member 590 proximally relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568 can open the clasps 206, and moving the actuator member 590 distally relative to the housing 546 and actuation tube 568 can close the clasps 206.
  • Because the sleeves 1102 are relatively rigid (e.g., compared to the clasp control members 524), the sleeves 1102 can be used to push the clasps 206 closed (either in lieu of or in addition to the bias of the clasps 206 to the closed position). This pushability can help to ensure the native leaflets are captured within the clasps 206 and thus secured to the anchors 204.
  • FIG. 40 shows an exemplary embodiment of a guide rail 1200. The guide rail 1200 can, for example, be coupled to a respective clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. In some embodiments, the clasp control member 1100 can be releasably coupled to the guide rail 1200 in a snare-like manner similar to that described above with respect to FIG. 39.
  • Coupling the clasp control member 1100 to the guide rail 1200 rather than directly to the clasps 206 allows the clasp control member 1100 to slide longitudinally along the guide rail 1200 as the clasp 206 moves between the open and the closed configurations. This can, for example, allow the clasp control member 1100 to maintain a relatively constant angle relative to the anchors 204 as the clasps 206 are actuated. For example, the clasp control member 1100 can slide outwardly toward a first side portion 1202 of the guide rail 1200 when the clasp 206 is pulled open, and the clasp control member 1100 can slide inwardly toward a second side portion 1204 of the guide rail 1200 when the clasp 206 is pushed closed. This can therefore reduce the force required to actuate the clasp control member 1100.
  • FIG. 41 shows an exemplary embodiment of a shaft 1300. The shaft 1300 can be used, for example, with the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the outer shaft 520 of the third catheter 508. The shaft 1300 can comprise a plurality of axially extending lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1302 and a plurality of control member lumens 1304 (e.g., four in the illustrated embodiment 1304 a, 1304 b, 1304 c, 1304 d—collectively referred to as “the control member lumens 1304”) disposed radially outwardly from the actuation shaft lumen 1302. The control member lumens 1304 can be spaced relative to each other and can be evenly distributed circumferentially around the actuation shaft lumen 1302. For example, each of the control member lumens 1304 can be located approximately 90 degrees from an adjacent control member lumen 1304.
  • The actuation shaft lumen 1302 can be configured to receive the actuation shaft 512, and the control member lumens 1304 can be configured to receive the clasp control members 524. The lumens 1302, 1304 can also be configured such that the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524 can be movable (e.g., axially and/or rotationally) relative to the lumens 1302, 1304, respectively. In particular embodiments, the lumens 1302, 1304 can comprise a liner or coating (e.g., PTFE) configured to reduce friction between the lumens 1302, 1304 and the actuation shaft 512 and clasp control members 524, respectively.
  • Each of the clasp control members 524 can extend through one or more of the control member lumens 1304 and extend around a clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. For example, in some embodiments, each clasp control member 524 can extend through a pair of control member lumens 1304 that are circumferentially offset by 90 degrees. In one particular embodiment, a first clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumens 1304 a, 1304 b and around a first clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, and a second clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumens 1304 c, 1304 d and around a second clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • In such embodiments, when the shaft 1300 is deflected in a direction oriented between two lumens corresponding to one of clasp control members 524 (e.g., to the right as illustrated in FIG. 41), the lumens 1304 a, 1304 b both foreshorten because they are on the inner diameter of the curve, and the lumens 1304 c, 1304 d both elongate because they are on the outer diameter of the curve. Because the clasp control members 524 are free to move axially within the lumens 1304, the tension of the first clasp control member 524 (which is disposed on the inner diameter of the curve) is reduced and thus the first clasp 206 can move slightly toward the closed configuration due to the bias of the claps; whereas, the tension of the second clasp control member 524 (which is disposed on the outer diameter of the curve) is increased and thus the second clasp 206 can move slightly toward the open configuration. When the shaft 1300 is rotated 180 degrees, the lumens 1304 a, 1304 b and the first clasp control member 524 move from the inner diameter of the curve to the outer diameter of the curve, thus increasing tension and slightly opening the first clasp 206, and the lumens 1304 c, 1304 d and the second clasp control member 524 move from the outer diameter of the bend to the inner diameter of the bend, thus reducing tension and slightly closing the clasp 206.
  • In other embodiments, the first clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumen 1304 a, extend around the first clasp 206, and extend through the lumen 1304 c. The second clasp control member 524 can extend through the lumen 1304 b, extend around the second clasp 206, and extend through the lumen 1304 d. Threading each clasp control member 524 through a pair of control member lumens 1304 that are circumferentially offset by 180 degrees can provide several advantages. For example, this configuration allows the clasp control members 524 to maintain uniform tension on the clasps 206 as the shaft 1300 is deflected and/or rotated (e.g., during positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 200). This is because a length in which each lumen 1304 foreshortens/elongates when the shaft 1300 is deflected and/or rotated is offset by an equal and opposite length in which a respective, diametrically-opposite lumen 1304 elongates/foreshortens and because the clasp control members 524 can move relative to the lumens 1304 and the clasps 206 as the lumens 1304 foreshorten/elongate. The clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 therefore maintain their open and/or closed configuration regardless of the deflection and/or rotation of the shaft 1300.
  • The shaft 1300 can be formed from various materials, including metals and polymers. For example, in one particular embodiment, the shaft 1300 can comprise a first portion or layer 1306, a second portion or layer 1308, and a third portion or layer 1310. The first portion 1306 be the radially outermost portion, the third portion 1310 can be the radially innermost portion, and the second portion 1308 can be disposed radially between the first and third portions 1306, 1310. In certain embodiments, the first and third portions 1306, 1310 can be formed from polymeric material (e.g., PEBA having a Type D Shore durometer value of 55D), and the second portion 1308 can be formed from a metallic material (e.g., braided stainless steel).
  • Configuring the shaft 1300 in this manner can, for example, further improve control of the distal end portion of the shaft 1300. For example, this configuration can prevent or reduce “whipping” (e.g., sudden or abrupt movement) at the distal end portion of the shaft 1300 when the shaft 1300 is rotated at the proximal end portion (e.g., by rotating the housing 546 of the handle 522). As such, a physician can more precisely control of the distal end portion of the shaft 1300 and thus of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200) during the implantation procedure such as when the physician rotates the prosthetic spacer device to align the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device with the native leaflets.
  • It should be noted that in certain embodiments the housing 546 of the handle 522 can comprise four control member lumens 564, 582 (i.e., four of each) that are coupled to the control member lumens 1304. As such, each longitudinally-extending section of each clasp control member 524 can extend distally in a separate lumen from the clasp control mechanism 550 of the handle 522 to the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • FIGS. 42-45 show an exemplary delivery assembly 1400 comprising a prosthetic spacer device 1402 and a delivery apparatus 1404. The prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be configured to reduce or prevent regurgitation through a native heart valve (e.g., a native mitral valve). As shown in FIGS. 42-43 and 45, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be releasably coupled to the delivery apparatus 1404, which can be used to implant the prosthetic spacer device.
  • Referring to FIG. 42, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can comprise a spacer member 1406, a plurality of anchors 1408, and a plurality of clasps 1410. In some embodiments, the spacer member 1406, the anchors 1408, and the clasps 1410 can be configured in a manner similar to the spacer member 202, the anchors 204, and the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, respectively.
  • The prosthetic spacer device 1400 can also comprise a proximal collar 1412, a sleeve or cylinder 1414, and a piston 1416. The proximal collar 1412 and the cylinder 1414 can be coupled to the spacer member 1406, and the piston 1416 can be coupled to the anchors 1408.
  • The proximal collar 1412 can be coupled to and extend annularly around the proximal end portion (i.e., the upper end portion as illustrated) of the spacer member 1406. The proximal collar 1412 can be used, for example, for coupling the prosthetic spacer device 1400 to the delivery apparatus 1404, as further described below. In some embodiments, the proximal collar 1412 can have connector members for receiving tethers 1432 of the delivery apparatus 1404. The connector members can, for example, include openings, eyelets, and/or other suitable means for connecting the tethers to the proximal collar 1412.
  • The cylinder 1414 can be coupled to and extend coaxially through at least a portion of the spacer member 1406. The cylinder 1414 can be coupled to the spacer member 1406 in various ways such as with fasteners, sutures, adhesive, welding, and/or other means for coupling. The cylinder 1414 can be sized and configured such the piston 1416 can move axially through the cylinder 1414. As such, the cylinder 1414 can be used, for example, as a guide for the piston 1416 as the prosthetic spacer device 1400 is moved between various configurations such as a foreshortened/functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42) and an elongate/delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43).
  • The distal end portion 1418 of the piston 1416 can be coupled to distal end portions 1420 of the anchors 1408. This can be accomplished in various ways such as with fasteners, sutures, adhesive, welding, and/or other coupling means. The proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 can be coupled to the delivery apparatus 1404. For example, in some embodiments, the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 can comprise a bore or opening 1424 having internal threads configured to receive corresponding external threads of an actuation shaft 1428 of the delivery apparatus 1404. The piston 1416 (in combination with the delivery apparatus) can be used, for example, to move the anchors 1408 between various configurations such as a folded/functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42) and a straight/delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43).
  • The delivery apparatus 1400 can comprise an implant catheter (e.g., similar to the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502) having an outer shaft 1426, an actuation shaft 1428, a plurality of clasp control members 1430, and a plurality of tethers 1432. The outer shaft 1426 can be used, for example, to position the prosthetic spacer device 1402 during the implantation procedure of the prosthetic spacer device 1402. The actuation shaft 1428 can be used, for example, to move the prosthetic spacer device 1402 between the functional configuration (FIG. 42) and the delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43). The clasp control members 1430 can be used, for example, to move the clasps 1410 between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The tethers 1432 can be used, for example, to couple the prosthetic spacer device 1402 to the outer shaft 1426.
  • Referring to FIG. 44, the outer shaft 1426 can comprise a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1434, a plurality of control member lumens 1436, and a plurality of tether lumens 1438. The outer shaft 1426 can otherwise be configured similar to the outer shaft 520 and/or the shaft 1300.
  • Referring again to FIG. 42, the actuation shaft 1428 can be configured similar to the actuation shaft 512. In some embodiments, the distal end portion of the actuation shaft 1428 can comprise external threads 1440 configured to threadably mate with the internal threads of the opening 1424 in the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416.
  • In other embodiments, the actuation shaft 1428 can be coupled to the anchors 1408 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in various other ways. Although not shown, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can, for example, include a distal collar that is configured similar to the distal collars 108, 208, 900, and/or 1004 in lieu of or in addition to the piston 1416, and the actuation shaft 1428 can be configured similar to the actuation shafts 512, 902, and/or 1006.
  • The clasp control members 1430 can be configured similar to the clasp control members 524 of the delivery apparatus 502. The clasp control members 1430 can extend through the control member lumens 1436 of the outer shaft 1426 and around the clasps 1410 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402. Tensioning the clasp control members 1430 can move the clasps 1410 to the open configuration. Slackening the clasp control members 1430 can allow the clasps 1410 to move to the closed configuration (due to bias of the clasp 1410 toward the closed configuration).
  • In some embodiments, each of the clasp control members 1430 can extend through two of the control member lumens 1436 of the outer shaft 1426. In certain embodiments, each clasp control member 1430 can extend through two control member lumens 1436 that are circumferentially offset from each other by 180 degrees similar to the manner described above with respect to the shaft 1300.
  • The tethers 1432 can extend through the tether lumens 1438 of the outer shaft 1426 and around the proximal end (e.g., through the proximal collar 1412) of the prosthetic spacer device 1402. Tensioning the tethers 1432 can draw the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 toward the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 (e.g., FIGS. 42-43. Slackening the tethers 1432 can allow the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 to separate from the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 (e.g., FIG. 45).
  • In some embodiments, each of the tethers 1432 can extend through two of the tether lumens 1438 of the outer shaft 1426. In certain embodiments, each tether 1432 can extend through two tether lumens 1438 that are circumferentially offset from each other by 180 degrees.
  • With prosthetic spacer device 1402 coupled to the delivery apparatus 1404 by the outer shaft 1426 (via the tethers 1432), the actuation shaft 1428, and the clasp control members 1430, the delivery assembly 1400 can be used, for example, to implant the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in a native heart valve of a patient's heart. This can be accomplished, for example, by advancing the prosthetic spacer device 1402 through the first and second catheters 504, 506 of the delivery apparatus 502 into the patient's heart with the prosthetic spacer device 1402 in the delivery configuration (e.g., FIG. 43). The prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be advanced out of the distal ends of the first and second catheters 504, 506. The prosthetic spacer device 1402 can then be moved from the delivery configuration to the functional configuration (e.g., FIG. 42) by moving the actuation shaft 1428 proximally relative to the outer shaft 1426 such that the piston 1416 moves through the cylinder 1414 and the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416 is disposed adjacent the proximal collar 1412.
  • The actuation shaft 1428 and/or the clasp control members 1430 of the delivery apparatus 1404 can be actuated to capture the native heart valve leaflets with the clasps 1410, and the native leaflets can be secured against the spacer member 1406. This can be performed in a manner similar to that described above with respect the delivery assembly 500 and shown in FIGS. 22-25.
  • With the prosthetic spacer device 1402 secured to the native leaflets, the functionality and/or positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be evaluated. To evaluate, the physician can, for example, release the actuation shaft 1428 from the piston 1416 and move the actuation shaft proximally such that the distal end portion of the actuation shaft is disposed within the central lumen 1434 of the outer shaft 1426. The clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 can be slackened such that the outer shaft 1426 can be retracted away from the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 so that the distal end of the shaft 1426 is spaced from the prosthetic spacer device 1402. In this manner, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 is partially released from the delivery apparatus 1400, but the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 remain coupled to the prosthetic spacer device 1402. Due to the flexibility and slack of the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can move and/or function as if it were fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404. As a result, the partially released configuration can, for example, allow the physician to better evaluate the functionality and/or positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 prior to fully releasing the prosthetic spacer device 1402 than when evaluating the prosthetic spacer device 1402 while it is connected to the outer shaft 1426 and/or the actuation shaft 1428. This is because the outer shaft 1426 and/or the actuation shaft 1428 are relatively more rigid than the clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432, and can thus alter the position and/or hemodynamics of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 compared to when the prosthetic spacer device 1402 is partially or fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404.
  • If the physician would like to adjust the positioning of the prosthetic spacer device 1402, the tethers 1432 can be tightened and the distal end portion of the outer shaft 1426 can be advanced distally over the tethers 1432 such that it abuts the proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402. The actuation shaft 1428 can be advanced distally through the central lumen 1434 of the outer shaft 1426 and reconnected to the proximal end portion 1422 of the piston 1416. The prosthetic spacer device 1402 can then be moved/repositioned relative to the native leaflets by actuating the actuation shaft 1428 and/or the clasps control members 1430 to manipulate the anchors 1408 and/or the clasps 1410, respectively. The physician can then re-evaluate the positioning and/or functionality of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 and, if desired, make additional adjustments.
  • From the partially released configuration, the prosthetic spacer device 1402 can be fully released from the delivery apparatus 1404 by withdrawing the clasp control members 1430 from the clasps 1410 of the prosthetic spacer device 1402 and by withdrawing the tethers 1432 from proximal end portion of the prosthetic spacer device 1402. The clasp control members 1430 and the tethers 1432 can then be retracted proximally into the lumens 1436, 1438 of the outer shaft 1426, and the outer shaft together with the actuation shaft 1428 can be retracted proximally through the first and second catheters 504, 506 and removed from the patient's body.
  • The tethers 1432 can be incorporated into any of the embodiments disclosed herein to allow a prosthetic implant to be implanted while still tethered to the delivery apparatus to evaluate the operation of the implant, and then fully release the implant from the delivery apparatus once the operation of the implant is confirmed by the practitioner.
  • FIGS. 46-54 show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1500 and it components. The handle 1500 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522. Referring to FIG. 46, the handle 1500 has five main components: a connection member 1502, a flushing mechanism 1504, a housing 1506, an anchor actuation mechanism 1508, and a clasp actuation mechanism 1510.
  • The configuration of the handle 1500 is generally similar to the configuration of the handles 522, 700. The anchor actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204) by axially moving (e.g., pushing/pulling) an actuation knob 1512 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 (e.g., similar to the actuation of the knob 526 described above) or by rotating the actuation knob 1512 (e.g., similar to actuation of the knob 718 described above), as further described below. In this manner, the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 provides both axial and rotational actuation of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508, which is also referred to herein as “hybrid actuation.”
  • Referring still to FIG. 46, the connection member 1502 can be coupled the distal end portion of the housing 1506 and to the proximal end portion 520 a of the outer shaft 520 (not shown). The connection member 1502 can be configured to a provide strain relief to the outer shaft 520. Reducing the strain on the outer shaft can, for example, reduce kinking of the outer shaft 520 near the housing 1506.
  • Referring now to FIG. 47, the connection member 1502 can, for example, have a generally conical shape that tapers radially outwardly from a distal end portion 1514 to a proximal end portion 1516. The connection member 1502 can also have one or more slits or grooves 1518, which can facilitate flexing. The slits 1518 can extend circumferentially around the connection member 1502.
  • As shown in FIG. 46, the flushing mechanism 1504 of the handle 1500 can be coupled to and in fluidic communication with the housing 1506 and the outer shaft (not shown). In this manner, the flushing mechanism 1504 can be used to flush the outer shaft (e.g., with a saline solution) prior to inserting the third catheter 508 into a patient's body.
  • As shown in FIG. 47, the housing 1506 of the handle 1500 can include a nose portion 1520 and a main body 1522. The nose portion 1520 and the main body 1522 can, for example, be coupled together with a fastener (e.g., a bolt) 1524. The nose portion 1520 and the main body 1522 can include a plurality of lumens, including an actuation shaft lumen 1526 and control member lumens 1528. Actuation tube 1530 can be disposed in and axially movable relative to the actuation shaft lumen 1526. Clasp control tubes 1532 can be disposed in an axially movable relative to the control member lumens 1528.
  • The main body 1522 of the housing 1506 can also include a slot 1534 and a bore 1536 that are configured for receiving one or more components of the anchor actuation mechanism 1508, as further described below. The slot 1534 can extend radially into and axially along the actuation shaft lumen 1526 of the housing 1506. The bore 1536 can be disposed proximal to the slot 1534 and can extend radially into the actuation shaft lumen 1526 of the housing 1506.
  • In some embodiments, the housing 1506 can have a generally triangular cross-sectional shape taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the actuation lumen 1526. In other embodiments, the housing can be a variety of other shapes such as rectangular, circular, etc.
  • The anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can be used to move the actuation shaft 512 axially relative to the housing 1506 (and thus the outer shaft 520), and thus the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 (which can be coupled to the actuation shaft 512). The anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can also be used to release the actuation shaft from the prosthetic spacer device. The anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can include the actuation tube 1530, a drive screw 1538, the actuation knob 1512, a release knob 1540, a release pin 1542, a bushing 1544, a mode selector button 1546, and a biasing element (e.g., a spring) 1548.
  • Referring to FIG. 48, the actuation tube 1530 can have a flange 1550 disposed at the distal end portion of the actuation tube and a lumen 1552 extending from the distal end portion to a proximal end portion of the actuation tube. The flange 1550 can be used, for example, to couple the actuation tube 1530 to the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544. The lumen 1552 can, for example, receive an actuation shaft (e.g., the actuation shaft 512).
  • As shown in FIG. 48, the flange 1550 can have one or more recessed portions or “flats” 1554 (e.g., two on diametrically opposite sides of the flange 1550). In this manner, the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 can be inserted into a first opening 1556 (FIG. 49) of the bushing 1544, and the release pin 1542 can be inserted into a second opening 1558 (FIG. 49) of the bushing 1544 to couple actuation tube 1530 and the bushing 1544 together, as shown in FIG. 51. Referring to FIG. 50, the release pin 1542 can have one or more tabs 1560 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) that are spaced apart by a groove 1562. Referring again to FIG. 51, the tabs 1560 and groove 1562 of the release pin 1542 and/or the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 can be sized and configured such that tabs 1560 of the release pin 1542 extend alongside and engage the flats 1554 of the actuation tube 1530. In the engaged configuration (e.g., FIG. 51), the release pin 1542 restricts relative movement (e.g., rotational and axial) between the actuation tube 1530 and the bushing 1544.
  • In some embodiments, the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544 can have locking elements 1564, 1566, respectively. The locking elements 1564, 1566 can, for example, help retain the release pin 1542 and the bushing 1544 in the engaged configuration. The locking elements 1566 can be slots formed on an inner surface of the bushing 1544 and the locking elements 1564 can be tabs or protrusions formed on the release pin 1542 and sized to be received within corresponding slots 1566. Alternatively, the tabs 1564 can be formed on the bushing and the slots 1566 can be formed on the release pin. The tabs 1564, when received in the slots 1566, prevent inadvertent movement of the release pin relative to the bushing, yet allow the release pin to be manually removed from the bushing when so desired by the user.
  • Referring to FIG. 47, the drive screw 1538 can comprise a lumen 1568, a distal portion 1570, and a proximal portion 1572. The lumen 1568 can extend from the distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 to the proximal portion 1572 of the drive screw 1538.
  • The lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and/or the actuation tube 1530 can be sized and configured such that the actuation tube 1530 can extend through the lumen 1568 and such that the actuation tube 1530 can move rotationally and axially relative to the drive screw 1538.
  • The distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 can comprise threads (e.g., external treads) that are configured to engage corresponding threads (e.g., internal threads) of the mode selector button 1546, as further described below.
  • The proximal portion 1572 of the drive screw 1538 can be fixedly coupled to the actuation knob 1512. As such, movement (e.g., rotational and axial) of the actuation knob 1512 can result in corresponding movement of the drive screw 1538. In some embodiments, the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw with a fastener (e.g., a set screw), adhesive, and/or other means for fastening. In other embodiments, the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw 1538 by integrally forming the actuation knob 1512 and the drive screw 1538 as a single, unitary component.
  • The release knob 1540 can be fixedly coupled to a proximal end portion of the actuation tube 1530. As such, movement (e.g., rotational and/or axial) of the release knob 1540 can result in corresponding movement of the actuation tube 1530. In some embodiments, the actuation knob 1512 can be fixedly coupled to the drive screw 1538 with a fastener (e.g., a set screw), adhesive, and/or other means for fastening.
  • Referring to FIG. 52, the mode selector button 1546 can have an opening 1574. The opening 1574 can be elliptical and configured to receive the drive screw 1538. The annular surface defining the opening 1574 can have a first portion 1576 (i.e., the upper portion in the depicted orientation) and a second portion 1578 (i.e., the lower portion in the depicted orientation). The first portion 1576 can be generally smooth. The second portion 1578 can have threads (e.g., internal threads) configured to engage corresponding threads of the distal portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538, as shown in FIG. 53A. The opening 1574 of the button 1546 can be sized and configured such that when the first portion 1576 of the button 1546 contacts the drive screw 1538, the threads of the second portion 1578 of the button 1546 disengage the threads of the drive screw 1538, as shown in FIG. 53B. This configuration allows relative movement (e.g., axial) between the button 1546 and the drive screw 1538, as further described below.
  • Referring to FIGS. 46-47, the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500 can be assembled by inserting the bushing 1544 into the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 such that ears 1580 (FIG. 49) of the bushing 1544 extend out of the slot 1534 of the housing 1506. In this manner, the slot 1534 of the housing 1506 can act as a track or guide for the bushing 1544 that allows relative axial movement of the bushing 1544 within the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 and restricts relative rotational movement between the bushing 1544 and the housing 1506. In some embodiments, the bushing 1544 can have additional mating features (e.g., a slot 1582 and/or tabs 1584 (FIG. 49)) that can engage with corresponding mating features (e.g., rails 1586 and/or notches 1588 (FIG. 54)) of the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506 to restrict relative rotational movement between the bushing 1544 and the housing 1506.
  • The biasing member 1548 can be positioned within the bore 1536 of the housing 1506, and the mode selector button 1546 can be disposed on the biasing member 1548 and within the bore 1536. The button 1546 can then be pressed inwardly relative to the bore 1536 of the housing 1506 (to overcome the outward force of the biasing member 1548 on the button 1546) such that the opening 1574 of the button 1546 radially aligns with the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing 1506.
  • In this configuration, the drive screw 1538 can be inserted into the actuation lumen 1526 of the housing and through the opening 1574 of the button 1546 such that the distal end portion 1570 of the drive screw 1538 abuts the bushing 1544.
  • The actuation tube 1530 can be inserted through the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 such that the release knob 1540 abuts the actuation knob 1512 and such that the flange 1550 of the actuation tube 1530 extends distally from the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and into the first opening 1556 of the bushing 1544. The release pin 1542 can be inserted into the second opening 1558 of the bushing 1544 and such that the tabs 1560 of the release pin 1560 engage the flats 1554 of the flange 1550, as shown in FIG. 51. Accordingly, with the release pin 1542 engaged, the actuation tube 1530 cannot rotate relative to bushing 1544 or the housing 1506. Also, the actuation shaft 1530 and the drive screw 1538 move together axially. This is because the actuation shaft cannot move proximally relative to the drive shaft 1538 due to the bushing 1544 (which cannot extend into the lumen 1568 of the drive screw 1538 and because the actuation shaft cannot move distally relative to the drive shaft 1538 due to the release knob 1540 (which cannot extend past the actuation knob 1512). The drive screw 1538 can, however, rotate relative to the actuation shaft 1530.
  • Once assembled (e.g., FIG. 46), the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 can be operated in rotational mode and sliding mode. Due to the biasing member 1548 urging the threaded second portion 1578 of the mode selector button 1546 against the threads of the drive screw 1538 (see e.g., FIG. 53A), the default mode of operation is the rotational mode.
  • In alternative embodiments, the mode selector button 1546 can be configured such that the default mode of operation is the sliding mode. This can be accomplished, for example, by switching the placement of the threaded portion 1578 and the smooth portion 1576 of the button 1546.
  • In the rotational mode, anchors of a prosthetic spacer device can be actuated by rotating the actuation knob 1512 relative to the housing 1506. This moves the drive screw 1538 axially relative to the button 1546. As the drive screw 1538 moves axially, the drive screw 1538 carries the actuation tube 1530 (and the actuation shaft 512 which can be coupled to the actuation tube 1530) axially along with it. Also, the release pin 1542 moves axially relative to the slot 1532, and the bushing 1544 moves axially relative to the actuation lumen 1526.
  • Rotating the actuation knob 1512 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1506 can result in the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device opening or unfolding away from the spacer body. Rotating the actuation knob 1512 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1506 can result in the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device closing or folding toward the spacer body.
  • To switch from rotational mode to sliding mode, the user can press the mode selector button 1546 inwardly relative to the housing 1506. This movement disengages the threads of the button 1546 from the threads of the drive screw 1538, thereby allowing the user to open the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by pushing the actuation knob 1512 distally relative to the housing 1506 or to close the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by pulling the actuation knob 1512 proximally relative to the housing 1506.
  • Due to the dual/hybrid actuation modes, the handle 1500 provides several significant advantages. For example, the handle 1500 allows a user to have both the quick and/or course adjustment of push/pull actuation and the precise and/or fine adjustment of rotational actuation. The handle 1500 also provides a locking mechanism in either mode of operation because the actuation shaft 512 cannot be moved relative to the housing 1506 without the user rotating the actuation knob 1512 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1546 and moving the actuation knob 1512 axially.
  • To release the actuation shaft from the prosthetic spacer device, the user can withdraw the release pin 1542 from the actuation tube 1530, the bushing 1544, and the slot 1534. This allows the user to rotate the release knob 1540 (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1506, which in turn, results in the actuation tube 1530 and the actuation shaft rotating relative to the housing 1506 and the prosthetic spacer device. This can retract the actuation shaft from the distal collar of the prosthetic spacer device. The release knob 1540 can then be moved proximally relative to the housing 1506 to withdraw the actuation shaft from the prosthetic spacer device and the coupler 514 of the outer shaft 520, thereby releasing the prosthetic spacer device from the delivery apparatus.
  • In some embodiments, the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 can be a first color (e.g., blue), the actuation knob 1512 can be a second color (e.g., black), and the mode selector button 1546 can be a third color (e.g., gray). This can, for example, provide the user with visual indicators that the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 are related (i.e., because they are the same color) and that the actuation knob 1512, release knob 1540, and mode selector button 1546 preform separate functions (i.e., because they are different colors).
  • Additionally or alternatively, the release knob 1540 and the release pin 1542 can have other indicators or features such as lettering (e.g., “Release”), symbols (e.g., an unlocked lock), and/or texturing (e.g., ribs) to make the components easier and/or more intuitive to use. Similarly, the mode selector button 1546 and/or the actuation knob 1512 can have one or more such indicators or features.
  • The clasp control mechanism 1510 of the handle 1500 can be configured similar to the clasp control mechanism 550 described above.
  • FIGS. 55-61D show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1600 and it components. The handle 1600 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522. Referring to FIG. 55, the handle 1600 has five main components: a connection member 1602, a flushing mechanism (not shown), a housing 1604, an anchor actuation mechanism 1606, and a clasp actuation mechanism 1608.
  • The handle 1600 is configured similar to the handle 1500. The anchor actuation mechanism 1606 of the handle 1600 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204) by axial (i.e., distal/proximal) movement of an actuation knob 1610 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1606 and by rotational movement (i.e., clockwise/counterclockwise) of the actuation knob 1610, as further described below. In this manner, the anchor actuation mechanism 1508 provides hybrid anchor actuation (e.g., similar to the handle 1500).
  • The housing 1604 of the handle 1600 can include a nose portion 1612, a main body 1614, and a support portion 1616. The distal end of the nose portion 1612 can be coupled to the connection member 1602 and/or the outer shaft 520, and the proximal end of the nose portion 1612 can be coupled to the distal end of the main body 1614. The support portion 1616 can be coupled to the proximal end of the main body 1614.
  • The nose portion 1612, the main body 1614, and the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can include an actuation lumen (not shown). The nose portion 1612 and the main body 1614 can also include a plurality (e.g., two) of clasp control lumens (not shown).
  • The main body 1614 of the housing 1604 can have a generally cylindrical or rounded shape. The cylindrical shape can, for example, allow the handle 1600 to be placed or secured to an object (e.g., a table) in any rotational orientation (e.g., when rotating the outer shaft 520). The cylindrical shape can also help the handle 1600 maintain its rotational orientation relative to the object because the handle 1600 does not have flat sides for the handle to pivot or flop toward.
  • The support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can have a generally rectangular shape. In some embodiments, the edges of the support portion 1616 can be rounded and have radii similar to the radius of the main body 1614.
  • Referring to FIG. 56, the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can include a slot 1618 extending from the actuation lumen. The slot 1618 can be configured to receive a release pin 1622 and/or bushing 1624 of the actuation mechanism 1606 (e.g., similar to the slot 1534 of the handle 1500). The support portion 1616 can also include a bore 1620. The bore 1620 can be configured to receive a mode selector button 1626 and a biasing member (e.g., a spring) 1628 of the actuation mechanism 1606.
  • Referring to FIG. 56, the actuation mechanism 1606 of the handle 1600 can include an actuation tube 1630, a drive screw 1632, the actuation knob 1610, a release knob 1634, a release pin 1622, a bushing 1624, a mode selector button 1626, and a biasing member 1628. The actuation mechanism 1606 can be configured, assembled, and operated in a manner similar to the actuation mechanism 1508 of the handle 1500. For example, FIGS. 57-59 respectively show detailed views of a distal portion 1636 of the actuation tube 1630, the bushing 1624, and the release pin 1622. FIG. 60 shows the distal portion 1636 of the actuation tube 1630 coupled to the bushing 1624 by the release pin 1622. FIG. 55 shows the entire actuation mechanism 1606 assembled and coupled to the housing 1604.
  • Referring to FIG. 55, the clasp control mechanism 1608 of the handle 1600 can include clasp tubes 1638, actuators 1640, and locking members 1642. In the illustrated embodiment, there are two tubes clasp tubes 1632, two actuators 1640, and two locking members 1642. In other embodiments, the clasp control mechanism 1608 can have more (e.g., three) or less (e.g., one) than two of the tubes, actuators, and locking members.
  • A distal end portion of each of the clasp tubes 1638 can be disposed in and axially moveable relative to a respective control lumen of the main body 1614. A proximal end portion of each of the clasp tubes 1638 can be coupled to a respective actuator 1640. Each of the locking members 1642 (e.g., stop cocks) can be coupled to a respective actuator 1640. The clasp control members 524 (FIG. 15) can extend through the clasp tubes 1638 and can be releasably secured to actuators by the locking members 1642.
  • The actuators 1640 can be selectively coupled together, for example, by a removable pin 1644. As such, the actuators 1640 can be moved together to actuate the clasp control members 524 (and thus the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device) simultaneously when the pin 1644 is inserted into the actuators 1640. When the pin 1644 is removed, the actuators 1640 (the clasps 206) can be moved individually.
  • Referring to FIG. 61A, in some embodiments, each of the actuators 1640 can have a retention member (e.g., a pin) 1646 disposed on and/or extending from a surface of the actuator 1640 that faces the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604. The retention member 1646 can be configured to engage the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 to retain the relative position of the actuators 1640 and the housing 1604, which in turn retains the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • In some embodiments, the retention members 1646 can be sized and/or configured so as to position the clasp tubes 1638 slightly off-axis relative to the control lumens of the housing 1604. In this manner, the clasp tubes 1638 act as biasing members that force the retention members 1646 against the support portion 1616. This force results in a frictional engagement between the clasp tubes 1638 and the support portion 1616, thus reducing the likelihood that the actuators 1640 will be inadvertently moved relative to the support portion 1616. The frictional engagement can also help to retain the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic device in the open position by overcoming the tensile force on the clasp control members and the actuators that is caused by the bias of the clasps toward the closed position.
  • In other embodiments, the retention members 1646 can be sized and/or configured so as to position the clasp tubes 1638 coaxial to the control lumens of the housing 1604, and the support portion 1616 of the housing 1604 can have one or more holding elements (see holding elements 1648 a, 1648 b, 1648 c, and 1648 d shown in FIGS. 61A-61D, respectively, and which are also be referred to generically and/or collectively as “the holding elements 1648”), that are disposed on and/or extend from a surface of the support portion 1616 that faces the actuators 1640. The holding elements 1648 can be configured to engage the actuators 1640 and/or the retention members 1646 to retain the relative position of the actuators 1640 and the housing 1604, which in turn retains the positioning of the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • FIG. 61A shows an exemplary holding element 1648 a. The holding element 1648 a comprises a projection or ridge that extends toward and/or or engages the retention members 1646 of the actuators 1640. Thus, in order for the actuators 1640 to move relative to the housing 1604, the retention members 1646 have to be moved over the holding element 1648 a. As the retention members 1646 move over the holding element 1648 a, the clasp tubes 1648 are pushed slightly off-axis relative to the control lumens of the housing, thus increasing the frictional engagement between the control lumens and the clasp tubes 1638. This in turn makes it relatively more difficult to move the actuators 1640 relative to the housing 1604. To open the clasps on the prosthetic spacer device, the actuators 1640 are moved to a proximal-most position (as shown in FIG. 61A). The engagement of the retention members 1646 with the holding element 1648 a resists movement of the actuators 1640 under the tensile force of the clasps, thereby retaining the clasps in their open position. To close the clasps, the user can push the actuators 1640 distally (to the left in FIG. 61A) with sufficient force to push the retention members 1646 over the holding element 1648 a. If desired, the user can slightly lift the actuators away from the support portion 1616 while pushing them distally to allow the retention members 1646 to clear the holding element 1648 a.
  • FIG. 61B shows another exemplary holding element 1648 b, which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding element 1648 a. The holding element 1648 b has a relatively gradual-sloped distal portion and a relatively steep-sloped proximal portion. The steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b can act as a lock to selectively hold the retention members 1646 (and thus the actuators 1640) in the proximal-most position. The actuators 1640 can be moved from the proximal-most position by applying sufficient distal force (and/or vertical force) on actuators 1640 so that the retention members 1646 “climb” the steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b and move onto the gradual-sloped distal portion of the holding element 1648 b. Once the retention members 1648 pass the apex of the holding element 1648 b, the actuators tend to move relatively easily in the distal direction due to the gradual-sloped distal portion (and the tension on the clasp control members 524). The actuators 1640 can be moved to the proximal-most position by moving the actuators 1640 proximally with sufficient force for the retention members 1646 to “climb” the gradual-sloped distal portion of the holding element 1648 b and move onto the steep-sloped proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b. Since the gradual-sloped portion is less abrupt than the steep-sloped portion, the force needed to move the actuators 1640 proximally over the distal portion of the holding element 1648 b is relatively less noticeable (i.e., seems easier) to a user than the force needed to move the actuators 1640 distally of the proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b. This is in contrast to the holding element 1648 a shown in FIG. 61A, which has similar slopes on the proximal and distal sides of the holding element 1648 a.
  • FIG. 61C shows another exemplary holding element 1648 c, which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding elements 1648 a, 1648 b. The holding element 1648 c has a relatively gradual-sloped distal portion and a relatively steep-sloped proximal portion. The proximal portion of the holding element 1648 c has a slope that is substantially similar to the slope of the proximal portion of the holding element 1648 b (FIG. 61B). The distal portion of the holding element 1648 c has a slope that is even more gradual than the slope of the distal portion of the holding element 1648 b shown in FIG. 61B.
  • FIG. 61D shows yet another exemplary holding element 1648 d, which can be used, for example, in lieu of the holding elements 1648 a, 1648 b, 1648 c. The holding element 1648 d has a vertically extending wall or lip on the proximal side and a relatively steep-sloped portion on the distal side. As such, to move the actuators 1640 distally, a user can lift and move the actuators 1640 distally over the holding element 1648 d to allow the clasps to move from their open configuration toward the closed configuration. In this manner, the vertical lip of the holding element 1648 d can reduce the likelihood that the actuators are inadvertently moved distally compared to the holding elements 1684 a, 1684 b, and/or 1684 c.
  • In some embodiments, the holding elements 1648 can be configured and/or positioned to retain the actuators 1640 near the proximal end of the support portion 1616. This can, for example, help to retain the clasps of the prosthetic spacer device in the open configuration.
  • In certain embodiments, the support portion 1616 can have a plurality of holding elements 1648 at various locations along the length of the support portion. For example, a first holding element can be positioned near the proximal end of the support portion (e.g., to hold the actuators 1640 in a proximal-most position to hold the clasps in their open configuration), and a second holding element can be positioned near the distal end of the support portion (e.g., to hold the actuators in a distal-most position to the hold the claps in their closed configuration).
  • FIGS. 62-75 show an exemplary embodiment of a handle 1700 and it components. The handle 1700 can be used, for example, with the third catheter 508 of the delivery apparatus 502 in lieu of the handle 522 to position, secure, and/or deploy a prosthetic spacer device. Referring to FIG. 62, the handle 1700 has five main components: a connection member (which can also be referred to as a strain relief) 1702, a housing 1704, an anchor actuation mechanism 1706, a clasp actuation mechanism 1708, and a flushing mechanism 1710 (which is partially shown in FIG. 63).
  • The handle 1700 is configured and functions in a manner that is generally similar to the handles 1500, 1600. The anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 is configured to allow a user to actuate anchors of a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200) by either pushing/pulling an actuation knob 1712 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 while pressing a mode selector button 1714 or by rotating the actuation knob 1712 without pressing the mode selector button 1714. In this manner, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 provides hybrid anchor actuation (e.g., similar to the handle 1600).
  • The housing 1704 of the handle 1700 can include a main body portion 1716 and a support portion 1718. The distal end of the main body 1716 can be coupled to the connection member 1702 and/or the outer shaft 520. The main body 1716 can have a first portion 1716 a (i.e., the upper portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62) and a second portion 1716 b (i.e., the lower portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62). The support portion 1718 can extend from the proximal end of the main body 1716 (e.g., from the second portion 1716 b of the main body 1716). The support portion 1718 can have a first portion 1718 a (i.e., the upper portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62) and a second portion 1718 b (i.e., the lower portion in the orientation shown in FIG. 62).
  • In some embodiments, one or more portions of the main body 1716 and/or one or more portions of the support portion 1720 can be integrally formed (e.g., molded) as a single unitary component or formed as separate components that are coupled together (e.g., with fasteners, frictional engagement (e.g., tabs), adhesive, welding, and/or other means for fastening). For example, as shown in FIGS. 62-63, the second portions 1716 b, 1718 b of the main body 1716 and the support portion 1718 can be integrally formed, the first and second portions 1716 a, 1716 b of the main body 1716 can be coupled together with fasteners (e.g., screws 1720), and the first and second portions 1718 a, 1718 b of the support portion 1718 can be coupled together with fasteners (e.g., screws 1720). In other embodiments, the first and second portions 1716 a, 1716 b of the main body 1716 can be integrally formed.
  • Referring to FIGS. 64-65, the handle 1700 can further comprise various components that are disposed within and/or coupled to the housing 1704. For example, in some embodiments, the handle 1700 can optionally include a coupling member 1722, a stabilizer member 1724, and/or a shaft guide member 1726.
  • Referring to FIGS. 66-67, the coupling member 1722 can have a shaft portion 1728, a flange portion 1730 extending radially outwardly from the shaft portion 1728, and a lumen 1732 extending axially through the shaft portion 1728 from distal end to a proximal end of the coupling member 1722. In some embodiments, the shaft portion 1728 can have projection or ridge 1734 that extends radially outwardly.
  • As shown FIG. 64, the connection member 1702 can extend partially over the shaft portion 1728 of the coupling member 1722 and the ridge 1734 can help prevent relative movement therebetween. The flange portion 1730 can be configured for connecting the coupling member 1722 to the housing 1704 (e.g., with a fastener 1736). The outer shaft 520 can extend into the distal end portion of the lumen 1732, and the actuation shaft 512 and the clasp control members 524 can extend from the proximal end of the outer shaft 520 and lumen 1730.
  • In certain embodiments, the coupling member 1722 can have a divider 1738 that divides the lumen 1732 into a plurality of segments. The divider 1738 can be disposed in a proximal end portion of the lumen 1732. In the illustrated embodiment, the divider 1738 is generally “Y”-shaped and thus divides the lumen 1732 into three segments 1732 a, 1732 b, 1732 c. For example, the segment 1732 a can be configured for receiving one of the clasp control members 524, the segment 1732 b can be configured for receiving another of the clasp control members 524, and the segment 1732 c can be configured for receiving the actuation shaft 512.
  • In particular embodiments, the divider 1738 can be configured to orient the outer shaft 520 (and thus the prosthetic spacer device which is coupled to the distal end portion of the outer shaft 520) relative to the coupling member 1722 (and thus the handle 1700) at a pre-determined rotational orientation. This can be accomplished by positioning an axis 1733 of the divider 1738 at an angle θ relative to an axis 1735 of the coupling member 1722. The angle θ between the axes 1733, 1735 can in the range of 0-360 degrees. In certain embodiments, the angle θ between the axes 1733, 1735 can in the range of 15-90 degrees. In one particular embodiment, the angle θ between the axes 1733, 1735 can about 45 degrees. The coupling member 1722 can be coupled to the outer shaft of the third catheter by aligning pairs of the clasp control lumens of the outer shaft (see e.g., the lumens 1304 a-1304 d of the outer shaft 1300 shown in FIG. 41) with respective segments 1732 a, 1732 b of the coupling member 1722. The coupling member 1722 together with the outer shaft can be coupled to the shaft guide member 1726 and the housing 1704. Because the coupling member 1722 can only be coupled to the shaft guide member 1726 and the housing 1704 in one rotational orientation (e.g., due to its asymmetrical shape), the rotational orientation of the coupling member 1722 thus determines the rotational orientation of the outer shaft relative to the handle 1700.
  • The pre-determined orientation between the outer shaft and the handle 1700 can, for example, be selected (e.g., via the angle θ) to rotationally align the prosthetic spacer device relative to the native anatomy when the prosthetic spacer device is coupled to the outer shaft 520 and advanced through a patient's vasculature to an implantation location. For example, for a delivery assembly (e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200 and delivery apparatus 502 with the handle 1700) that is configured for implanting a prosthetic spacer device at a patient's native mitral valve via a transseptal delivery approach, the divider 1738 can be oriented with an angle θ that is about 45 degrees as shown in FIG. 67. When oriented in this manner, the prosthetic spacer device will be oriented relative to the native anatomy such that the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device are at least substantially rotationally aligned with the native leaflets of the mitral valve when the prosthetic spacer device is deployed from the sheath 518 and positioned coaxially to the mitral valve (see, e.g., FIGS. 20-23) and the handle 1700 is rotationally oriented such that the clasp actuation mechanism is facing upwardly (e.g., in the orientation shown in FIG. 62).
  • This can, for example, reduce the time a physician spends aligning the prosthetic spacer device during the implantation procedure. It can also improve efficiency and precision of the manufacturing process by reducing the amount of guesswork that is needed to orient the outer shaft 520 relative to the coupling member 1722.
  • The divider 1738 can also improve hemostatic sealing between the outer shaft 520 and the handle 1700, for example, by reducing leakage at the joints of sleeves 1740 (FIG. 65) (through which the clasp control members 524 extend) and the outer shaft 520.
  • As shown in FIG. 65, the stabilizer member 1724 can be coupled to a distal end portion of the shaft guide member 1726, such as by fasteners, adhesive, and/or other coupling means (e.g., tabs 1739). The stabilizer member 1724 can include a support portion 1741 that is spaced between the proximal end of the outer shaft 520 (FIG. 64) and a port 1743 in the distal end portion of the shaft guide member 1726. The stabilizer member 1724 can also include an opening 1742 through which the actuation shaft 512 and its sleeve 1744 can extend. In this manner, the stabilizer member 1724 can, for example, support the portions of the actuation shaft 512 and the sleeve 1744 that are disposed between the outer shaft 520 and the shaft guide member 1726. As such, the stabilizer member 1724 can, for example, reduce buckling or kinking of the actuation shaft 512 when actuating the anchor actuation mechanism 1706. This in turn improves the functionality and/or reliability of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 and thus anchor actuation of the prosthetic spacer device.
  • It should be noted that the stabilizer member 1724 and the divider 1738 are not shown in FIG. 64 in order to better illustrate other components of the handle 1700.
  • The shaft guide member 1726 can include clasp control lumens 1746 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment), an actuation shaft lumen 1748, and a flushing lumen 1750. The clasp control members 524 can extend through the clasp control lumens 1746 and can be coupled to the clasp control mechanism 1708. The actuation shaft 512 can extend through the actuation shaft lumen 1748 and can be coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706. The flushing lumen 1750 can be coupled to a first portion 1752 of a flushing tube (FIG. 64) and a second portion 1754 of the flushing tube (FIG. 63) of the flushing mechanism 1710 (FIG. 63).
  • The anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can be coupled to the actuation shaft 512. As mentioned above, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 is configured to allow a user to actuate the actuation shaft 512 and thus the anchors of the prosthetic spacer device by either pushing/pulling the actuation knob 1712 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 while pressing the mode selector button 1714 or by rotating the actuation knob 1712 without pressing the mode selector button 1714.
  • Referring to FIG. 62 and beginning at the proximal end portion and moving toward the distal end portion of the handle 1700, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can include a release knob 1756, the actuation knob 1712, a drive shaft 1758, the mode selector button 1714, and a release pin 1760. Referring to FIGS. 68-69, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 (FIG. 62) can also include distal and proximal actuation sleeves 1762, 1764, respectively, and a ferrule 1766 coupled to and extending between the sleeves 1762, 1764. As shown in FIG. 69, the actuation shaft 512 can extend though and be fixedly coupled to the sleeves 1762, 1764 and the ferrule 1766. In this manner, the actuation shaft 512, the sleeves 1762, 1764, and the ferrule 1766 move together both axially and rotationally. Referring to FIG. 75, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can also include a bushing 1768. The components and operation of the actuation mechanism are further described below.
  • Referring again to FIG. 62, a proximal end portion 1758 a of the drive shaft 1758 can be disposed outside of the housing 1704, and the actuation knob 1712 can be fixedly coupled thereto. The drive shaft 1758 can extend through a proximal opening 1770 of the housing 1704. Referring now to FIG. 75, the drive shaft 1758 can extend through an opening of the mode selector button 1714 (not shown, but see, e.g., the opening 1574 of the mode selector button 1546 shown in FIG. 52) and through an opening 1772 of the bushing 1768. The distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 can be coupled to the bushing 1768 such that the drive shaft 1758 can rotate relative to the bushing 1768 but cannot move axially relative to the bushing 1768. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 to the bushing 1768 with fasteners (e.g., C-clips 1774) on the distal and proximal sides of the bushing 1768.
  • As shown in FIG. 62, the drive shaft 1758 can comprise a threaded portion 1776. The mode selector button 1714 (which is movably coupled to the housing 1704) can comprise a threaded portion configured to threadably engage the threaded portion 1776 of the drive shaft 1758 when the mode selector button 1714 is in a first mode of operation. In the first mode of operation, the drive shaft 1758 can be moved axially relative to the mode selector button 1714 by rotating the actuation knob 1712 relative to the housing 1704. In the illustrated embodiment, the threaded portions of the drive shaft 1758 and the mode selector button 1714 are “left-hand” threads. As such, rotating the drive shaft 1758 clockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704, and rotating the drive shaft 1758 counterclockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704. In other embodiments, the threaded portions of the drive shaft 1758 and the mode selector button 1714 can be “right-hand” threads. In those embodiments, rotating the drive shaft 1758 counterclockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704, and rotating the drive shaft 1758 clockwise relative to the mode selector button portion 1714 moves the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704.
  • The mode selector button 1714 can also comprise a non-threaded portion configured to engage the drive shaft 1758 when the mode selector button 1714 is in a second mode of operation. In the second mode of operation, the drive shaft 1758 can be moved axially relative to the mode selector button 1714 by pushing or pulling the actuation knob 1712 relative to the housing 1704. The mode selector button 1714 can be biased (e.g., with a biasing member such as a spring) to either the first mode of operation or the second mode of operation as the default mode of operation and can be moved from the default mode of operation to the other mode of operation by pressing the mode selector button 1714.
  • To help keep the drive shaft 1758 and the opening of the mode selector button 1714 coaxial as the drive shaft 1758 moves axially relative to the mode selector button 1714 in both the first and second modes of operation, the bushing 1768 and the housing 1704 can comprise respective mating features. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the bushing 1768 comprises tabs or projections 1778 that can be disposed in respective slots of the housing 1704, as shown in FIG. 75. The tabs 1778 of the bushing 1768 and the slots of the housing 1704 allow the bushing 1768 and thus the drive shaft 1758 to move axially relative to the housing 1704 and the mode selector button 1714 and prevent lateral (e.g., left/right in the orientation shown in FIG. 75) and vertical (e.g., up/down in the orientation shown in FIG. 75) movement therebetween. As a result, the bushing 1768 helps to keep the drive shaft 1758 and the opening of the mode selector button 1714 coaxial. Maintaining coaxiality can, for example, reduce or prevent the drive shaft 1758 from binding relative to the mode selector button 1714 and/or promote smooth and controllable movement between the components.
  • Referring to FIG. 62, the proximal end portion 512 a (FIG. 15) of the actuation shaft 512 and/or the proximal sleeve 1764 (FIG. 69) can be fixedly secured (e.g., with a fastener, adhesive, etc.) to the release knob 1756. As best shown in FIG. 71, the drive shaft 1758 can have an axially extending lumen 1780 through which the actuation shaft 512, the sleeves 1762, 1764, and the ferrule 1766 can extend. The lumen of the drive shaft 1758 can be sized and/or configured such that the actuation shaft 512, the sleeves 1762, 1764, and the ferrule 1766 are movable (e.g., rotationally and axially) relative to the drive shaft 1758. This can be accomplished by forming the lumen 1780 of the drive shaft 1758 with an at least slightly larger diameter than the diameter of the actuation shaft 512, the sleeves 1762, 1764, and the ferrule 1766. The proximal sleeve 1764 and the drive shaft 1758 can be sized such that when the distal end portion of the release knob 1756 is disposed adjacent or contacting the proximal end portion of the actuation knob 1712 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 62), the ferrule 1766 (which is coupled to the distal end portion of the proximal sleeve 1764) is disposed adjacent the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758.
  • From the ferrule 1766, the distal sleeve 1762 and the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally through the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704. As shown in FIGS. 64-65, the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally through the actuation shaft lumen 1748 of the shaft guide member 1726 and into the sleeve 1744. The sleeve 1744 and the actuation shaft 512 can exit the port 1743 of the shaft guide member 1726, extend through the opening 1742 of the stabilizer member 1724, and through the actuation shaft lumen 538 (FIG. 16) of the outer shaft 520. As shown in FIG. 12, the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 can extend distally beyond the sleeve 1744 and the distal end portion 520 b of the outer shaft 520 and can be threadably coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • With the actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, the actuation shaft 512 can be releasably coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 via the release pin 1760. This can be accomplished by inserting the release pin 1760 through a window 1782 of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 such that the release pin 1760 engages the ferrule 1766, as shown in FIG. 62.
  • Referring to FIGS. 68-69, the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 can be configured so as to prevent relative movement (e.g., rotational and/or axial movement) therebetween when the release pin 1760 engages the ferrule 1766. For example, in some embodiments, the ferrule 1766 can comprise a first recessed portion 1784 having a non-circular (e.g., rectangular, hexagonal, etc.) cross-sectional profile taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the ferrule. The first recessed portion 1784 can, in some instances, be referred to as “a flat.” The release pin 1760 can have a first pair of jaws 1786 defining a non-circular first notch and configured for engaging a first recessed portion 1784 of the ferrule 1766. Engagement between the non-circular surfaces of the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766 can prevent relative rotational movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766. Engagement between the first pair of j aws 1786 and shoulders 1788 of ferrule 1766 can prevent relative axial movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766.
  • Referring still to FIGS. 68-69, the ferrule 1766 can optionally include a second recessed portion 1790 having a circular cross-sectional profile taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the ferrule. The release pin 1760 can optionally have a second pair of jaws 1792 defining a circular second notch and configured for engaging the second recessed portion 1790 of the ferrule 1766. Therefore, engagement between the second pair of jaws 1792 and shoulders 1794 of ferrule 1766 can prevent relative axial movement between the release pin 1760 and the ferrule 1766. The circular configuration of the second recessed portion 1790 and the second pair of jaws 1792 can, for example, improve the ability of the release pin 1760 and/or the ferrule 1766 to bear an axial load because the surface area on which the second pair of jaws 1792 contacts the shoulders 1794 of the ferrule 1766 is relatively larger than the surface area on which first pair of jaws 1786 contacts the shoulders 1788 of the ferrule 1766.
  • The release pin 1760 can also prevent relative rotational movement between the actuation shaft 512 and the housing 1704 when the release pin is coupled to the ferrule 1766. This is because the release pin 1760 is disposed in a slot 1796 of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 that is defined by surfaces 1798. If a user tries to rotate the actuation shaft 512 via the release knob 1756, the release pin 1760 contacts the surfaces 1798 of the housing 1704, which prevent the release pin 1760 rotating relative to the housing 1704. Thus, when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766, the release pin 1760 prevents the release knob 1756 from being rotated relative to the housing 1704, which in turn prevents the actuation shaft 512 from being released from the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • The release pin 1760 and the release knob 1756 prevent relative axial movement between the actuation shaft 512 and the drive shaft 1758 when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766. This is because the release knob 1756 (which is coupled to the actuation shaft 512 via the proximal sleeve 1764) contacts the proximal end portion 1758 a of the drive shaft 1758, thereby preventing the actuation shaft 512 from moving distally relative to the drive shaft 1758, and because the release pin 1760 (which is coupled to the actuation shaft 512 via the ferrule 1766) contacts the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758, thereby preventing the actuation shaft 512 from moving proximally relative to the drive shaft 1758. As a result, the actuation shaft 512 moves axially with the drive shaft 1758 when the release pin 1760 is coupled to the ferrule 1766. Moving the drive shaft 1758 distally relative to the housing 1704 urges the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 against the release pin 1760 and thus moves the actuation shaft 512 distally (e.g., to open the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200). Moving the drive shaft 1758 proximally relative to the housing 1704 urges the proximal end portion 1758 a of the drive shaft 1758 against the release knob 1756 and thus moves the actuation shaft 512 proximally (e.g., to close the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200).
  • As the drive shaft 1758 and the actuation shaft 512 move axially relative to the housing 1704, the release pin 1760 slides axially within the slot 1796. In some embodiments, the release pin 1760 can be accessible to the user regardless of the axial position of the release pin 1760 relative to the housing 1704. In such embodiments, the user can remove the release pin 1760 from the ferrule 1766 at any time, which allows the actuation shaft 512 to move independently of the drive shaft 1758. This can be accomplished, for example, by dimensioning the window 1782 in the axial direction so that the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user regardless of the axial position of the drive shaft 1758.
  • In other embodiments, the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can be configured such that the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user at one or more predetermined locations relative to the housing 1704 and/or concealed from the user at one or more other locations. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user (via the window 1782 of the housing 1704) and therefore removable only when the actuation shaft 512 (via the drive shaft 1758) are in one predetermined location relative to the housing 1704, as shown in FIG. 62. This is because the window 1782 is only slightly larger than the release pin 1760. When the actuation shaft 512 is in other axial positions relative to the housing 1704, the release pin 1760 is not aligned with the window 1782 and thus concealed from the user by the housing 1704, as shown in FIGS. 70-71. In some embodiments, the predetermined location in which the release pin 1760 is accessible to the user can correspond to the proximal-most position of the drive shaft 1758. This position of the drive shaft corresponds to the position of the actuation shaft 512 that places the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the fully closed configuration (e.g., FIG. 25). In such embodiments, the housing 1704 therefore acts as an additional safeguard to reduce the likelihood that the user will release the actuation shaft 512 from the prosthetic spacer device 200 (by pulling the release pin 1760 and rotating the release knob 1756) before the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 are secured to the native leaflets of the patient's heart.
  • Referring to FIG. 72, the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 can include one or more clasp actuators 1701, one or more clasp tubes 1703, and one or more locking members 1705 (e.g., stopcocks). For example, in the illustrated embodiment, there are two of each of the clasp actuators 1701, the clasp tubes 1703, and the locking members 1705. These respective components are individually referred to as “17XXa” or “17XXb” (e.g., a first clasp actuator 1701 a and a second clasp actuator 1701 b) and collectively as “17XX” (e.g., the clasp actuators 1701). As best shown in FIG. 62, distal end portions of the clasp tubes 1703 can be movably coupled to the shaft guide member 1726 (FIG. 64) and extend proximally from the main body 1716 of the housing 1704 generally parallel to the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704. The clasp actuators 1701 can be fixedly coupled to proximal end portions of the clasp tubes 1703. The locking members 1705 can be fixedly coupled to the clasp actuators 1701.
  • Referring to FIG. 72 and FIGS. 64-65, each of the clasp control members 524 (only one shown in FIG. 72 in order to show other features of the clasp actuators 1701) can form a loop that extends through from a respective clasp actuator 1701, through a respective locking member 1705, through a lumen (not shown) of the clasp actuator 1701, through a respective clasp tube 1703, through a respective clasp control lumen 1746 of the shaft guide member 1726, through a respective sleeve 1740, through a respective lumen 540 (FIG. 16) of the outer shaft 520, through an opening 238 (FIG. 15) of a respective clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, and then return back to the clasp actuator 1701 following the same general path but in reverse order (though the ends of each clasp control member 524 passes through a different lumen 540 of the outer shaft 520, as further described above).
  • The locking members 1705 can be used to secure the clasp control members 524 and their tension relative to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708. As such, moving the clasp actuators distally decreases tension on the clasp control members 524 (which closes the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200), and moving the clasp actuators proximally increases tension on the clasp control members 524 (which opens the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200).
  • Referring to FIG. 70, the clasp actuators 1701 can also include retention members 1709 that are configured to engage holding elements 1711 disposed on the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704. The retention members 1709 and the holding elements 1711 can be configured to selectively retain the clasp actuators 1701 in the proximal position, which corresponds to the open position of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. These features can help prevent the clasps 206 from inadvertently closing, for example, due to the tension on the clasp control members 524 caused by the bias of the clasps 206 toward closed position which may cause the clasp actuators 1701 to move distally or due to a user accidentally pushing the clasp actuators 1701 distally.
  • The first and second clasp actuators 1701 a, 1701 b can be selectively coupled together (e.g., with the pin 1713) such that the clasp actuators can be moved together (e.g., when the pin 1709 is inserted through the clasp actuators) or individually (e.g., when the pin 1709 is removed from the clasp actuators).
  • In some embodiments, the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can also have a stopper 1715 disposed at the proximal end of the support portion 1718, as shown in FIG. 70. The stopper 1715 can, for example, limit movement of the clasp actuators 1701 in the proximal direction. Referring to FIG. 72, in certain embodiments, the stopper 1715 can have an opening 1717 formed therein. The opening 1717 can be configured for receiving and storing the pin 1713 when the pin 1713 is removed from the clasp actuators 1701 (e.g., for individual clasp actuation).
  • The clasp actuators 1701 can also include one or more optional features configured for securing the ends of the clasp control members 524 to the clasp actuators 1701 and/or for releasing the ends of the clasp control members 524 from the clasp actuators 1701.
  • For example, as shown in FIG. 72, each clasp actuator 1701 can have one or more ridges 1719 with notches 1721 formed therein and/or one or more bosses 1731 with channels extending therethrough. One end of the clasp control members 524 can extend from a respective locking member 1705, through a channel of the boss 1731, and through the notches 1721. In this manner, the channel and the notches 1721 can act as guides for the clasp control members 524. This can, for example, reduce the likelihood that the clasp control members 524 will become entangled with another component of the handle 1700 (e.g., the locking members 1705). Each clasp actuator 1701 can also have a plurality of spaced-apart openings 1723 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) with a post 1707 therebetween. In this manner, one end of each of the clasp control members 524 can be wrapped around and secured (e.g., tied) to the post 1707 of a respective clasp actuators 1701.
  • The other end of each of the clasp control members 524 can extend from a respective locking member 1705 and can be coupled (e.g., tied) to the pin 1713. Each of the clasp actuators 1701 can have an access point (e.g., a slot 1725) for accessing a respective clasp control member 524 in order to release it from the clasp actuator 1701. The access point can be disposed between the coupling location (e.g., the openings 1723) and the locking member 1705. As a result, the slot 1725 can, for example, provide a location in which the user can access and cut the clasp control member 524 with a cutting tool such as a scalpel.
  • The clasp control members 524 can be secured to the clasp actuators 1701 and/or the pin 1713 in various other ways, such as with adhesive, clips, knots, and/or other securing means.
  • It should be noted only one clasp control member 524 (which is coupled to the clasp actuator 1701 a) is shown in FIG. 72. This is to better illustrate the ridges 1719, notches 1721, openings 1723, and slots 1725 of the clasp actuator 1701 b, which can also have another clasp control member 524 coupled to and extending therethrough.
  • FIGS. 73-75 show an exemplary embodiment of a clasp positioning tool 1800 being used, optionally, with the handle 1700. The clasp positioning tool 1800 can be used, for example, to position a clasp actuation mechanism of a handle at a predetermined position relative to an anchor actuation mechanism of the handle while a user removes slack and sets the tension in clasp control members. As such, the clasp positioning tool 1800 can help to ensure consistent and precise tension in the clasp control members.
  • Although the clasp positioning tool 1800 described herein as being used with the handle 1700, the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be used and/or adapted for use with various other handles (including the handles 522, 700, 1500, and/or 1600) and/or the handles can be adapted for use with the clasp positioning tool 1800.
  • Referring to FIG. 73, the clasp positioning tool 1800 can include a main body 1802 and one or more projections 1804 (e.g., two in the illustrated embodiment) extending from the main body 1802. Generally speaking, the main body 1802 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the housing 1704 and for positioning the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 relative to the housing 1704, and the projections 1804 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 and for positioning the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 relative to the housing 1704.
  • The main body 1802 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 can comprise a first opening 1806 formed in a side portion and a second opening 1808 formed in a proximal end portion. The first opening 1806 can be configured to provide access to the mode selector button 1714 of the handle 1700, as shown in FIG. 74. The second opening 1808 can be configured such that the drive shaft 1758 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 can extend therethrough and such that the actuation knob 1712 cannot extend therethrough, as also shown in FIG. 74. In this manner, the main body 1802 can limit movement of the actuation shaft 1758 in the distal direction when the actuation knob 1712 abuts the proximal end of the main body 1802 adjacent the second opening 1808.
  • Referring again to FIG. 73, the main body 1802 can include a lip or shoulder 1810 that is spaced from the proximal end of the main body 1802. The lip or shoulder 1810 can be configured to engage the proximal end of the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704. Accordingly, the lip 1810 can limit movement of the clasp positioning tool 1800 relative to the housing 1704 in the distal direction.
  • Referring to FIG. 75, the main body 1802 can also have one or more flange portions 1812 that extend radially inwardly. The flange portions 1812 can be configured for releasably coupling the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the handle 1700, as further described below.
  • The projections 1804 can extend outwardly (e.g., vertically in the orientation shown in FIG. 75) from the flange portions 1812 of the main body 1802. The projections 1804 can be configured to extend into openings 1727 of the locking members 1705 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708. In this manner, the projections 1804 can limit movement of the clasp actuators 1701 relative to the housing 1704 in distal direction.
  • To provide access to the openings 1727 of the locking members 1705 of the handle 1700, the support portion 1718 of the housing 1704 can have recesses 1729 formed therein, as best shown in FIG. 63. The recesses 1729 can be axially aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704.
  • The clasp positioning tool 1800 can be coupled to the handle 1700 by axially aligning the openings 1727 (FIG. 63) of the locking members 1705 with the recesses 1729 of the housing 1704 and by moving the actuation mechanism 1706 distally such that the release pin 1760 is not aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704, as shown in FIG. 73. The projections 1804 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 can then be inserted into the openings 1727, as shown in FIG. 74. The clasp positioning tool 1800 can be secured or locked to the handle 1700 (e.g., for shipping) by moving the actuation mechanism 1706 proximally such that the release pin 1760 is aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 and thus with the flanges 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800, as shown in FIG. 73. In the locked configuration, the release pin 1760 prevents the clasp positioning tool 1800 from being removed from the openings 1727 of the locking members 1705 because the release pin 1760 obstructs one of the recesses 1729 of the housing 1704 and contacts one of the flanges 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800. Although not shown, when the actuation knob 1712 is aligned with the window 1782, the actuation knob 1712 is spaced from the proximal end of the clasp positioning tool 1800.
  • As mentioned above, the handle 1700 can be a part of a delivery apparatus (e.g., the delivery apparatus 502, 1404), which, together with a prosthetic spacer device (e.g., the prosthetic spacer device 200, 1402), can form at least part of a delivery assembly. An exemplary method of assembling the delivery assembly and using the handle 1700 and the clasp positioning tool 1800 are described below.
  • The clasp control members 524 of the delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by looping the clasp control members 524 through the openings 234 of the clasps 206 (see FIG. 15). The clasp control members 524 can be secured to the handle 1700 via the locking member 1705 and the clasp actuators 1701 (see FIG. 72). At this point, the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be opened and closed by moving the clasp actuators 1701 proximally and distally, respectively. The outer shaft 520 of delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 via the coupler 514 and actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus (see FIGS. 12-14). The actuation shaft 512 of the delivery apparatus 502 can be coupled to the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by inserting the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 into the bore 226 of the distal collar 208 and rotating the release knob 1756 in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200 (see FIGS. 14 and 62). At this point, the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be opened and closed by moving the release knob 1756 distally and proximally, respectively.
  • With the delivery apparatus 502 and the prosthetic spacer device 200 releasably coupled together, the actuation shaft 512 can be releasably coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700. This can be accomplished, for example, with at least some of the following acts. The actuation knob 1712 can be positioned such that the distal end portion 1758 b of the drive shaft 1758 is disposed proximal relative to the window 1782 of the housing 1704 (see FIG. 62). This can be achieved by rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or by pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704. The ferrule 1766 (which is coupled to the actuation shaft 512 and the release knob 1756) can be exposed from the lumen 1780 of the drive shaft 1758 and axially aligned with the window 1782 of the housing 1704 by positioning the distal end of the release knob 1756 adjacent the proximal end of the actuation knob 1712. With the drive shaft 1758 and the ferrule 1766 in this position, the release pin 1760 can be coupled to the ferrule 1766 by inserting the release pin 1760 through the window 1782 of the housing 1704 (see FIG. 62) and urging the jaws 1786, 1792 of the release pin 1760 over the respective recessed portions 1784, 1790 of the ferrule 1766 (see FIG. 68). With the release pin 1760 coupled to the ferrule 1766, the actuation shaft 512 (and thus the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200) moves axially with the drive shaft 1758 of the anchor actuation mechanism 1706.
  • Once the actuation shaft 512 is coupled to the anchor actuation mechanism 1706, rotating the actuation knob 1712 in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 distally relative to the housing 1704 results in the anchors 204 moving toward the open configuration (see FIG. 20). Rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or by pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704 results in the anchors 204 moving toward the closed position (see FIG. 25).
  • The clasp positioning tool 1800 can be coupled and secured to the handle 1700 as described above (see FIGS. 73-75). An assembly comprising the delivery apparatus, the prosthetic spacer device, and the clasp positioning tool 1800 can be packaged and/or delivered to a user in this configuration.
  • To prepare the delivery assembly for implantation, the user can remove slack and/or adjust the tension of the clasp control members 524 with the clasp positioning tool 1800. This can be accomplished by moving the drive shaft 1758 of the handle 1700 distally from proximal-most position (which is used to secure the clasp positioning tool 1800 to the handle 1700 due to the release pin 1760 axially aligning with the flange 1812 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 until the distal end of the actuation knob 1712 contacts the proximal end of the clasp positioning tool 1800. This can be accomplished by rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 distally relative to the housing 1704. This moves the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the fully closed configuration (e.g., FIG. 25) to an at least partially open configuration (e.g., FIG. 23). With the anchors 204 in this position, the user can open the locking members 1705 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 and remove slack and/or otherwise adjust the tension of the clasp control members 524. The users can then retain the desired tension on the clasp control members 524 by closing the locking members 1705, which prevents the clasp control members 524 from moving relative to the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 of the handle 1700. Both of the first end portions of the clasp control members 524 can then be coupled (e.g., tied) to the pin 1713 of the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 (see FIG. 72). Each of the second end portions of the clasp control members 524 can be coupled to a respective clasp actuator 1701 by positioning the clasp control member 524 in the notches 1721, looping the clasp control member 524 through openings 1723, and tying the clasp control member 524 to itself. Securing the end portions of the clasp control members 524 can, for example, reduce the risk that the clasp control members 524 will be released from the clasps 206 even if the locking members 1705 are opened. Separating the ends of each clasp control member 524 from each other (i.e., by tying one end to the clasp actuators 1701 and the other end to the pin 1713), can make it easier to cut the clasp control members 524 (e.g., during the release procedure).
  • The clasp positioning tool 1800 can be removed from the handle 1700 by withdrawing the projections 1804 of the clasp positioning tool 1800 from the openings 1727 of the handle 1700 and by removing the main body 1802 from the housing 1704 of the handle 1700.
  • The flushing mechanism 1710 can be used to flush the delivery assembly (e.g., with a saline solution).
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200 can be positioned in the delivery configuration by moving the actuation knob 1712 and the clasp actuators 1701 to the distal-most position. This elongates the anchors 204 and closes the clasps 206 (see FIG. 20).
  • The prosthetic spacer device 200, which is coupled to the third catheter 508 (FIG. 11), can be inserted through the first and second catheters 504, 506 (see FIG. 11) and positioned adjacent an implantation location (see FIG. 20). The catheters 504, 506, 508 (including the handle 1700) can be used to position the prosthetic spacer device 200 relative to native heart valve leaflets (see FIGS. 20-22).
  • At the implantation location, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 between the elongate, delivery configuration (e.g. FIG. 20), a positioning configuration (e.g., FIG. 22), and a leaflet-capture configuration (e.g., FIG. 23). Rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704 closes the anchors 204, and rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 distally relative to the housing 1704 opens the anchors 204.
  • With the anchors 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 positioned behind respective native leaflets, the clasp actuation mechanism 1708 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 between the closed configuration (e.g., FIGS. 20-22 shows the clasps 206 in the closed configuration) and the open configuration (e.g., FIG. 23 shows the clasps 206 in the open configuration) to capture the native leaflets within a respective clasp 206. Moving the clasp actuators 1701 proximally relative to the housing 1704 opens the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. Moving the clasp actuators 1701 distally relative to the housing 1704 closes the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. Positioning the clasp actuators 1701 such that the retention members 1709 of the clasp actuators 1701 are disposed proximally relative to the holding elements 1711 of the housing 1704 retains the clasp actuators 1701 in the proximal-most position, which retains the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 in the open configuration. Lifting the clasp actuators 1701 over the holding elements 1711 of the housing 1704 and moving the clasp actuators 1701 from the proximal-most position allows the clasp actuators 1701 to move freely relative to the housing, which allows opening and closing of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. Both clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can manipulated simultaneously when the clasp actuators 1701 are coupled together by the pin 1713 (FIG. 72). Each clasp 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 can be manipulated independently when the pin 1713 is removed from the clasp actuators 1701.
  • Once the native leaflets are captured within respective clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 of the handle 1700 can be used to manipulate the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 from the leaflet-capture configuration (e.g., FIGS. 23-24) to a closed configuration (e.g., FIG. 25). This can be accomplished by rotating the actuation knob 1712 in the first direction (e.g., clockwise) relative to the housing 1704 and/or pressing the mode selector button 1714 and moving the actuation knob 1712 proximally relative to the housing 1704. This in turn draws the native leaflets inwardly toward the spacer member 202 of the prosthetic spacer device 200, as shown in FIG. 25.
  • The user can re-open the anchors 204 and/or the clasps 206 to reposition and/or retrieve the prosthetic spacer device 200 by manipulating the anchor actuation mechanism 1706 and/or the clasp actuation mechanism 1708.
  • Once the spacer device 200 is implanted at the desired location, the user can release the delivery apparatus from the prosthetic spacer device 200. One aspect of the release procedure is releasing the clasp control members 524 from the clasps 206. This can be accomplished by opening the locking members 1705 of the handle 1700. The user can cut the second end portions of the clasp control members 524 free from their respective clasp actuator 1701 by inserting a scalpel into the slots 1725 (FIG. 62) of the clasp actuators 1701 and into contact with the clasp control members 524. The user can then pull on the first end portions of the clasp control members 524 at least until the second end portions withdraw from the openings 234 of the clasps 206 of the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • A second aspect of the release procedure is releasing the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. This can be accomplished by moving the actuation knob 1712 to the proximal-most position relative to the housing 1704. This axially aligns the release pin 1760 with the window 1782 of the housing 1704, which ensures that the anchors 204 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 are in the fully closed configuration. The user can grasp the release pin 1760 and separate it from the ferrule 1766 by withdrawing it through the window 1782 of the housing 1704. With the release pin 1760 removed, the actuation shaft 512 and thus the release knob 1756 can rotate relative to the housing and can move proximally relative to the housing 1704, the drive shaft 1758, and the actuation knob 1712. The user can therefore remove the actuation shaft 512 from the distal collar 208 of the prosthetic spacer device 200 by rotating the release knob 1756 of the handle 1700 in the second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) relative to the housing 1704.
  • A third aspect of the release procedure is releasing the outer shaft 520 from the proximal collar 210 of the prosthetic spacer device 200. This can be accomplished by moving the release knob 1756 of the handle 1700 proximally until the distal end portion 512 b of the actuation shaft 512 is disposed proximal to the coupler 514 of the delivery apparatus and then moving the housing 1704 of the handle 1700 (and thus the outer shaft 520) proximally relative to the prosthetic spacer device 200.
  • With the delivery apparatus released from the prosthetic spacer device 200, the catheters 504, 506, 508 of the delivery apparatus 504 can be removed from the patient.
  • The features described herein with regard to any example can be combined with other features described in any one or more of the other examples, unless otherwise stated. For example, the features of the prosthetic spacer device 100 can be combined with the prosthetic spacer device 200, and vice versa. As another example, any one or more of the features of a handle of a delivery apparatus (e.g., the handles 522, 700, 1500, 1600, and/or 1700) can be combined with any one or more of the features of another handle.
  • In view of the many possible embodiments to which the principles of the disclosure may be applied, it should be recognized that the illustrated embodiments are only preferred examples and should not be taken as limiting the scope of the claims. Rather, the scope of the claimed subject matter is defined by the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (20)

1. A delivery system comprising:
an elongate shaft having a proximal portion and a distal portion;
a handle connected to the proximal portion of the elongate shaft;
a first clasp control member that extends into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through at least a portion of the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
a second clasp control member that extends into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
an actuator coupled to the handle, the actuator comprising
a first side portion connected to the first clasp control; and
a second side portion connected to the second clasp control;
wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are releasably couplable such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are coupled, proximal movement of the actuator proximally pulls both the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member, and such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are uncoupled, individual proximal movements of the first side portion and the second side portion independently pull the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member, respectively.
2. The delivery system of claim 1 wherein the first clasp control member comprises a suture.
3. The delivery system of claim 1 wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are releasably connected by a pin.
4. The delivery system of claim 1 wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are constrained to proximal and distal movement relative to one another when the first side portion and the second side portion are released.
5. The delivery system of claim 1 wherein the first clasp control member extends through a first control member lumen in the handle, and the second clasp control member extends through a second control member lumen in the handle.
6. The delivery system of claim 5 wherein at least a portion of the first control member lumen extends proximally at an angle toward the second control member lumen.
7. The delivery system of claim 1 wherein the elongate shaft is flexible.
8. The delivery system of claim 1 further comprising an anchor actuation shaft in a lumen of the elongate shaft, wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends out of the distal portion of the elongate shaft.
9. A delivery assembly comprising:
a first clasp that is moveable between an open position and a closed position, wherein the first clasp is configured to be securable to a first native valve leaflet by moving the first clasp from the open position to the closed position of the first clasp;
a first clasp control member coupled to the first clasp, wherein applying tension to the first clasp control member moves the first clasp to the open position;
a second clasp that is moveable between an open position and a closed position, wherein the second clasp is configured to secure a second native valve leaflet by moving the second clasp from the open position to the closed position of the second clasp;
a second clasp control member coupled to the second clasp, wherein applying tension to the second clasp control member moves the second clasp to the open position;
an elongate shaft having a proximal portion and a distal portion;
a handle connected to the proximal portion of the elongate shaft;
wherein the first clasp control member extends from the first clasp, into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
wherein the second clasp control member extends from the second clasp, into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
an actuator coupled to the handle, the actuator comprising
a first side portion connected to the first clasp control member; and
a second side portion connected to the second clasp control member;
wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are releasably couplable such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are coupled, proximal movement of the actuator proximally tensions both the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member to move both the first and second clasps to the open position, and such that when the first side portion and the second side portions are uncoupled, individual proximal movements of the first side portion and the second side portion individually tension the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member to independently open the first and second clasps, respectively.
10. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the first clasp control member comprises a suture.
11. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are releasably connected by a pin.
12. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are constrained to proximal and distal movement relative to one another when the first side portion and the second side portion are released.
13. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the first clasp control member extends through a first control member lumen in the handle, and the second clasp control member extends through a second control member lumen in the handle.
14. The delivery assembly of claim 13 wherein at least a portion of the first control member lumen extends proximally at an angle toward the second control member lumen.
15. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the elongate shaft is flexible.
16. The delivery assembly of claim 9 wherein the first clasp and the second clasp are coupled to a spacer.
17. The delivery assembly of claim 9 further comprising an anchor actuation shaft in a lumen of the elongate shaft, wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends out of the distal portion of the elongate shaft.
18. A delivery assembly comprising:
a pair of anchors that are moveable between an open position and a closed position;
an anchor actuation shaft operably coupled to the pair of anchors;
a first clasp that is moveable between an open position and a closed position;
a first clasp control member coupled to the first clasp configured such that applying tension to the first clasp control member moves the first clasp to the open position;
a second clasp that is moveable between an open position and a closed position, a second clasp control member coupled to the second clasp configured such that applying tension to the second clasp control member moves the second clasp to the open position;
an elongate shaft having a proximal portion and a distal portion;
a handle connected to the proximal portion of the elongate shaft;
wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and into the handle;
wherein axial movement of the anchor actuation shaft relative to the elongate shaft moves the pair of anchors between the open position and the closed position;
wherein the first clasp control member extends from the first clasp, into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
wherein the second clasp control member extends from the second clasp, into the distal portion of the elongate shaft, through the elongate shaft, out of the proximal portion of the elongate shaft, and through the handle;
an actuator coupled to the handle, the actuator comprising:
a first side portion connected to the first clasp control member; and
a second side portion connected to the second clasp control member;
wherein the first side portion and the second side portion are releasably couplable such that when the first side portion and the second side portion are coupled, proximal movement of the actuator proximally tensions both the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member to move both the first and second clasps to the open position, and such that when the first side portion and the second side portions are uncoupled, individual proximal movements of the first side portion and the second side portion individually tension the first clasp control member and the second clasp control member to independently open the first and second clasps, respectively.
19. The delivery assembly of claim 18 wherein the first clasp control member extends through a first control member lumen in the handle, the second clasp control member extends through a second control member lumen in the handle, and at least a portion of the first control member lumen extends proximally at an angle toward the second control member lumen.
20. The delivery assembly of claim 18 wherein the first clasp control member extends through a first control member lumen in the handle;
wherein the second clasp control member extends through a second control member lumen in the handle;
wherein the anchor actuation shaft extends through an anchor actuation shaft lumen in the handle;
wherein a first portion of the first control member lumen is parallel to the anchor actuation shaft lumen; and
wherein a second portion of the first control member lumen extends at an angle relative to the anchor actuation shaft lumen.
US16/733,659 2017-05-10 2020-01-03 Mitral valve spacer device Active US10646342B1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/733,659 US10646342B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-01-03 Mitral valve spacer device
US16/842,837 US10820998B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-04-08 Valve repair device

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762504389P 2017-05-10 2017-05-10
US201762571552P 2017-10-12 2017-10-12
US201862659253P 2018-04-18 2018-04-18
US15/973,892 US10959846B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-05-08 Mitral valve spacer device
US16/733,659 US10646342B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-01-03 Mitral valve spacer device

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/973,892 Continuation US10959846B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-05-08 Mitral valve spacer device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/842,837 Continuation US10820998B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-04-08 Valve repair device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200138567A1 true US20200138567A1 (en) 2020-05-07
US10646342B1 US10646342B1 (en) 2020-05-12

Family

ID=64096936

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/973,892 Active 2039-01-16 US10959846B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-05-08 Mitral valve spacer device
US16/733,659 Active US10646342B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-01-03 Mitral valve spacer device
US16/842,837 Active US10820998B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-04-08 Valve repair device
US17/216,537 Pending US20210212816A1 (en) 2017-05-10 2021-03-29 Valve repair delivery handle

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/973,892 Active 2039-01-16 US10959846B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-05-08 Mitral valve spacer device

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/842,837 Active US10820998B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-04-08 Valve repair device
US17/216,537 Pending US20210212816A1 (en) 2017-05-10 2021-03-29 Valve repair delivery handle

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (4) US10959846B2 (en)
EP (3) EP3685802B1 (en)
JP (3) JP7143290B2 (en)
CN (3) CN109963529B (en)
CA (1) CA3061231A1 (en)
DK (2) DK3685802T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2937070T3 (en)
MX (1) MX2019012661A (en)
PT (1) PT3531979T (en)
SG (2) SG10202108052VA (en)
WO (1) WO2018209021A1 (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113331996A (en) * 2021-05-25 2021-09-03 北京领健医疗科技有限公司 Anchoring clamp and valve closing instrument using same
US11109964B2 (en) 2010-03-10 2021-09-07 Cardiovalve Ltd. Axially-shortening prosthetic valve
US11135059B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2021-10-05 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve and upstream support therefor
US11141268B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2021-10-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve with upper and lower skirts
US11246704B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-02-15 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve
US11298117B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2022-04-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Techniques for providing a replacement valve and transseptal communication
US11304805B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-04-19 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with inflatable cuff configured to fill a volume between atrial and ventricular tissue anchors
WO2022081328A1 (en) * 2020-10-15 2022-04-21 Evalve, Inc. Biased distal assemblies with locking mechanism
US11382746B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2022-07-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve and delivery tool therefor
US11426155B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2022-08-30 Cardiovalve Ltd. Helical anchor implantation
US11517436B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2022-12-06 Cardiovalve Ltd. Implant for heart valve
US11571298B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2023-02-07 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with appendages
CN115844595A (en) * 2023-03-03 2023-03-28 上海汇禾医疗器械有限公司 Anchoring clamp device capable of being operated repeatedly
US11653910B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2023-05-23 Cardiovalve Ltd. Helical anchor implantation
US11672658B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-06-13 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with aligned inner and outer frames
US11690712B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2023-07-04 Cardiovalve Ltd. Clip-secured implant for heart valve
US11701225B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2023-07-18 Cardiovalve Ltd. Delivery of a prosthetic valve
US11779458B2 (en) 2016-08-10 2023-10-10 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with leaflet connectors
US11793633B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2023-10-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve
US11793638B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-10-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with pivoting tissue anchor portions

Families Citing this family (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8652202B2 (en) 2008-08-22 2014-02-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve and delivery apparatus
US8449599B2 (en) 2009-12-04 2013-05-28 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic valve for replacing mitral valve
US8579964B2 (en) 2010-05-05 2013-11-12 Neovasc Inc. Transcatheter mitral valve prosthesis
US9308087B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2016-04-12 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Sequentially deployed transcatheter mitral valve prosthesis
US9554897B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2017-01-31 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Methods and apparatus for engaging a valve prosthesis with tissue
EP3417813B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2020-05-13 Cardiovalve Ltd Percutaneous mitral valve replacement
US9011468B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2015-04-21 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Independent gripper
US9345573B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2016-05-24 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Methods and apparatus for loading a prosthesis onto a delivery system
US9572665B2 (en) 2013-04-04 2017-02-21 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Methods and apparatus for delivering a prosthetic valve to a beating heart
CN107205817B (en) 2014-12-04 2020-04-03 爱德华兹生命科学公司 Percutaneous clamp for repairing heart valve
EP3738551A1 (en) 2015-05-14 2020-11-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
US10433952B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2019-10-08 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Prosthetic valve for avoiding obstruction of outflow
US10799675B2 (en) 2016-03-21 2020-10-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Cam controlled multi-direction steerable handles
US11219746B2 (en) 2016-03-21 2022-01-11 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Multi-direction steerable handles for steering catheters
US10835714B2 (en) 2016-03-21 2020-11-17 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Multi-direction steerable handles for steering catheters
US10973638B2 (en) 2016-07-07 2021-04-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Device and method for treating vascular insufficiency
US10653862B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2020-05-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Apparatus for the introduction and manipulation of multiple telescoping catheters
CN113893064A (en) 2016-11-21 2022-01-07 内奥瓦斯克迪亚拉公司 Methods and systems for rapid retrieval of transcatheter heart valve delivery systems
US10905554B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2021-02-02 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve coaptation device
RU2759657C2 (en) 2017-04-18 2021-11-16 Эдвардз Лайфсайенсиз Корпорейшн Apparatus for sealing a cardiac valve and apparatus for delivery thereof
US11224511B2 (en) 2017-04-18 2022-01-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
US10799312B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2020-10-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Medical device stabilizing apparatus and method of use
US10959846B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2021-03-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mitral valve spacer device
US10842619B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-11-24 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve docking assembly
EP3651695B1 (en) * 2017-07-13 2023-04-19 Tendyne Holdings, Inc. Prosthetic heart valves and apparatus for delivery of same
EP3672530A4 (en) 2017-08-25 2021-04-14 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Sequentially deployed transcatheter mitral valve prosthesis
US11051940B2 (en) 2017-09-07 2021-07-06 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic spacer device for heart valve
US11065117B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2021-07-20 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Axisymmetric adjustable device for treating mitral regurgitation
US11110251B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2021-09-07 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Multi-direction steerable handles for steering catheters
US9895226B1 (en) 2017-10-19 2018-02-20 Mitral Tech Ltd. Techniques for use with prosthetic valve leaflets
US11083581B2 (en) 2017-12-04 2021-08-10 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Expandable heart valve coaptation device
US10123873B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-11-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10136993B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-11-27 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10245144B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-04-02 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10231837B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-03-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10238493B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-03-26 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10076415B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-09-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10105222B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-10-23 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10111751B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-10-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10159570B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-12-25 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
KR20240005248A (en) 2018-01-09 2024-01-11 에드워즈 라이프사이언시스 코포레이션 Native valve repair devices and systems
US10973639B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2021-04-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
GB201800399D0 (en) 2018-01-10 2018-02-21 Mitraltech Ltd Temperature-control during crimping of an implant
WO2019143726A1 (en) * 2018-01-16 2019-07-25 Medfree, Inc. Tissue grasping devices and related methods
US11389297B2 (en) 2018-04-12 2022-07-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mitral valve spacer device
US11207181B2 (en) 2018-04-18 2021-12-28 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
US10779946B2 (en) 2018-09-17 2020-09-22 Cardiovalve Ltd. Leaflet-testing apparatus
US10945844B2 (en) 2018-10-10 2021-03-16 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
WO2020093172A1 (en) 2018-11-08 2020-05-14 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Ventricular deployment of a transcatheter mitral valve prosthesis
WO2020167677A1 (en) * 2019-02-11 2020-08-20 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
WO2020168081A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
CA3130591A1 (en) * 2019-02-25 2020-09-03 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Devices and methods for repair of valvular insufficiency
WO2020206012A1 (en) 2019-04-01 2020-10-08 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Controllably deployable prosthetic valve
CN113924065A (en) 2019-04-10 2022-01-11 内奥瓦斯克迪亚拉公司 Prosthetic valve with natural blood flow
WO2020236735A1 (en) * 2019-05-20 2020-11-26 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices, delivery devices therefor, and retrieval devices
CN114025813A (en) 2019-05-20 2022-02-08 内奥瓦斯克迪亚拉公司 Introducer with hemostatic mechanism
US11534303B2 (en) 2020-04-09 2022-12-27 Evalve, Inc. Devices and systems for accessing and repairing a heart valve
AU2020295566B2 (en) 2019-06-20 2023-07-20 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Low profile prosthetic mitral valve
CA3147410A1 (en) 2019-07-15 2021-01-21 Evalve, Inc. Proximal element actuator fixation and release mechanisms
CA3146797A1 (en) 2019-07-15 2021-01-21 Evalve, Inc. Wide clip with nondeformable wings
CN114449979A (en) * 2019-07-15 2022-05-06 埃瓦尔维公司 Independent proximal element actuation method
CA3141348A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Rotary application of fibrous material to medical devices
US11707228B2 (en) 2019-09-26 2023-07-25 Evalve, Inc. Systems and methods for intra-procedural cardiac pressure monitoring
EP4041136A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2022-08-17 Evalve, Inc. Repair clip for variable tissue thickness
MX2021015136A (en) * 2019-10-15 2022-01-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corp Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor.
EP4292546A3 (en) 2019-11-08 2024-03-13 Evalve, Inc. Medical device delivery system with locking system
WO2021097089A1 (en) 2019-11-14 2021-05-20 Evalve, Inc. Kit with coaptation aid and fixation system and methods for valve repair
WO2021097124A1 (en) 2019-11-14 2021-05-20 Evalve, Inc. Catheter assembly with coaptation aid and methods for valve repair
EP4062873A4 (en) * 2019-11-19 2023-01-04 Hangzhou Valgen Medtech Co., Ltd. Independently controllable valve clamping system
CR20210634A (en) * 2019-12-23 2022-05-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corp Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
ES2930208T3 (en) * 2020-03-30 2022-12-07 Lepu Med Tech Beijing Co Ltd heart valve clip
WO2021221748A1 (en) 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Silk-based electrospun materials for implant systems and devices
US11395910B2 (en) 2020-05-20 2022-07-26 Rainbow Medical Ltd. Passive pump
US20210401578A1 (en) * 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Ligating devices and methods for heart valve repair
US11857417B2 (en) 2020-08-16 2024-01-02 Trilio Medical Ltd. Leaflet support
CN111920549A (en) * 2020-09-10 2020-11-13 上海纽脉医疗科技有限公司 Clip body of mitral valve clamping device, mitral valve clamping device and repair equipment
US11617587B2 (en) * 2020-09-29 2023-04-04 Shanghai Hanyu Medical Technology Co., Ltd. Clamp
KR20240004597A (en) 2021-04-28 2024-01-11 에드워즈 라이프사이언시스 코포레이션 Delivery device for heart valve therapy device
IT202100012578A1 (en) * 2021-05-17 2022-11-17 Star Tric S R L ARTICULATED PROSTHESIS FOR TRICUSPID OR MITRAL VALVE AND RELATED CLAMPING DEVICE
CN113288517A (en) * 2021-05-25 2021-08-24 北京领健医疗科技有限公司 Valve closing apparatus
US11357629B1 (en) 2021-10-25 2022-06-14 Rainbow Medical Ltd. Diastolic heart failure treatment
US11484700B1 (en) 2021-10-25 2022-11-01 Yossi Gross Mechanical treatment of heart failure
WO2023091520A1 (en) 2021-11-19 2023-05-25 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve repair devices
WO2023146859A1 (en) 2022-01-26 2023-08-03 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Delivery devices for heart valve repair and replacement devices
WO2023167825A1 (en) 2022-03-02 2023-09-07 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve repair devices and delivery devices therefor

Family Cites Families (542)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US519297A (en) 1894-05-01 Bauer
DE2232914A1 (en) 1971-07-12 1973-02-08 Jeanette Lois Rubricius SURGICAL CLAMP
US3874388A (en) 1973-02-12 1975-04-01 Ochsner Med Found Alton Shunt defect closure system
US4340091A (en) 1975-05-07 1982-07-20 Albany International Corp. Elastomeric sheet materials for heart valve and other prosthetic implants
US4035849A (en) 1975-11-17 1977-07-19 William W. Angell Heart valve stent and process for preparing a stented heart valve prosthesis
JPS5936A (en) 1982-06-24 1984-01-05 オリンパス光学工業株式会社 Flexible tube of endoscope
US4506669A (en) 1982-09-22 1985-03-26 Blake Joseph W Iii Skin approximator
US4693248A (en) 1983-06-20 1987-09-15 Ethicon, Inc. Two-piece tissue fastener with deformable retaining receiver
US4592340A (en) 1984-05-02 1986-06-03 Boyles Paul W Artificial catheter means
US4590937A (en) 1985-01-07 1986-05-27 American Cyanamid Company Nonmetallic surgical clip
US5125895A (en) 1986-07-22 1992-06-30 Medtronic Versaflex, Inc. Steerable catheter
JPS63158064A (en) 1986-12-23 1988-07-01 テルモ株式会社 Blood vessel dilating catheter
US4803983A (en) 1987-03-23 1989-02-14 Siegel Irwin M Muscle biopsy clamp
US5478353A (en) 1987-05-14 1995-12-26 Yoon; Inbae Suture tie device system and method for suturing anatomical tissue proximate an opening
US5266073A (en) 1987-12-08 1993-11-30 Wall W Henry Angioplasty stent
CA1330285C (en) 1987-12-22 1994-06-21 Geoffrey S. Martin Triple lumen catheter
US4994077A (en) 1989-04-21 1991-02-19 Dobben Richard L Artificial heart valve for implantation in a blood vessel
US5318529A (en) 1989-09-06 1994-06-07 Boston Scientific Corporation Angioplasty balloon catheter and adaptor
US5059177A (en) 1990-04-19 1991-10-22 Cordis Corporation Triple lumen balloon catheter
DK124690D0 (en) 1990-05-18 1990-05-18 Henning Rud Andersen FAT PROTECTION FOR IMPLEMENTATION IN THE BODY FOR REPLACEMENT OF NATURAL FLEET AND CATS FOR USE IN IMPLEMENTING A SUCH FAT PROTECTION
US5411552A (en) 1990-05-18 1995-05-02 Andersen; Henning R. Valve prothesis for implantation in the body and a catheter for implanting such valve prothesis
CA2049123C (en) 1990-09-13 2002-01-15 David T. Green Apparatus and method for subcuticular stapling of body tissue
US5611794A (en) 1990-10-11 1997-03-18 Lasersurge, Inc. Clamp for approximating tissue sections
US5176698A (en) 1991-01-09 1993-01-05 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Vented dilatation cathether and method for venting
US5171252A (en) 1991-02-05 1992-12-15 Friedland Thomas W Surgical fastening clip formed of a shape memory alloy, a method of making such a clip and a method of using such a clip
US5370685A (en) 1991-07-16 1994-12-06 Stanford Surgical Technologies, Inc. Endovascular aortic valve replacement
AU658932B2 (en) 1991-10-18 1995-05-04 Ethicon Inc. Endoscopic tissue manipulator
US5363861A (en) 1991-11-08 1994-11-15 Ep Technologies, Inc. Electrode tip assembly with variable resistance to bending
US5192297A (en) 1991-12-31 1993-03-09 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus and method for placement and implantation of a stent
US5327905A (en) 1992-02-14 1994-07-12 Boaz Avitall Biplanar deflectable catheter for arrhythmogenic tissue ablation
US5201757A (en) 1992-04-03 1993-04-13 Schneider (Usa) Inc. Medial region deployment of radially self-expanding stents
US5325845A (en) 1992-06-08 1994-07-05 Adair Edwin Lloyd Steerable sheath for use with selected removable optical catheter
US6010531A (en) 1993-02-22 2000-01-04 Heartport, Inc. Less-invasive devices and methods for cardiac valve surgery
CA2154172A1 (en) 1993-02-22 1994-09-01 William Gorman A laparoscopic dissection tension retractor device and method
US5797960A (en) 1993-02-22 1998-08-25 Stevens; John H. Method and apparatus for thoracoscopic intracardiac procedures
US5389077A (en) 1993-03-03 1995-02-14 Uresil Corporation Minimally invasive body cavity penetrating instruments
NL9300572A (en) 1993-03-31 1994-10-17 Cordis Europ Method for manufacturing an extrusion profile with length-varying properties and catheter manufactured therewith.
US5450860A (en) 1993-08-31 1995-09-19 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Device for tissue repair and method for employing same
US5607462A (en) 1993-09-24 1997-03-04 Cardiac Pathways Corporation Catheter assembly, catheter and multi-catheter introducer for use therewith
KR100365573B1 (en) 1994-03-14 2004-08-25 크라이어라이프, 인크. Transplantation tissue and its manufacturing method
US5564004A (en) 1994-04-13 1996-10-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for facilitating the selection of icons
US5824044A (en) 1994-05-12 1998-10-20 Endovascular Technologies, Inc. Bifurcated multicapsule intraluminal grafting system
US5728068A (en) 1994-06-14 1998-03-17 Cordis Corporation Multi-purpose balloon catheter
JP3970341B2 (en) 1994-06-20 2007-09-05 テルモ株式会社 Vascular catheter
US5554185A (en) 1994-07-18 1996-09-10 Block; Peter C. Inflatable prosthetic cardiovascular valve for percutaneous transluminal implantation of same
US5632760A (en) 1994-10-20 1997-05-27 Cordis Corporation Balloon catheter for stent implantation
US5599305A (en) 1994-10-24 1997-02-04 Cardiovascular Concepts, Inc. Large-diameter introducer sheath having hemostasis valve and removable steering mechanism
US5779688A (en) 1994-10-28 1998-07-14 Intella Interventional Systems, Inc. Low profile balloon-on-a-wire catheter with shapeable and/or deflectable tip and method
US5487746A (en) 1994-11-23 1996-01-30 Yu; George W. Surgical clip having a longitudinal opening through which clamped tissue protrudes
US5609598A (en) 1994-12-30 1997-03-11 Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for minimally invasive treatment of chronic venous insufficiency
US5695504A (en) 1995-02-24 1997-12-09 Heartport, Inc. Devices and methods for performing a vascular anastomosis
US5626607A (en) 1995-04-03 1997-05-06 Heartport, Inc. Clamp assembly and method of use
US5888247A (en) 1995-04-10 1999-03-30 Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc Method for coronary artery bypass
US5891112A (en) 1995-04-28 1999-04-06 Target Therapeutics, Inc. High performance superelastic alloy braid reinforced catheter
US5565004A (en) 1995-05-30 1996-10-15 Christoudias; George C. Christoudias twin forceps approximator
US5639274A (en) 1995-06-02 1997-06-17 Fischell; Robert E. Integrated catheter system for balloon angioplasty and stent delivery
US5716417A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-10 St. Jude Medical, Inc. Integral supporting structure for bioprosthetic heart valve
CA2224589C (en) 1995-06-12 2007-05-08 Cordis Webster, Inc. Catheter with an electromagnetic guidance sensor
DE19532846A1 (en) 1995-09-06 1997-03-13 Georg Dr Berg Valve for use in heart
US5836311A (en) 1995-09-20 1998-11-17 Medtronic, Inc. Method and apparatus for temporarily immobilizing a local area of tissue
US5591195A (en) 1995-10-30 1997-01-07 Taheri; Syde Apparatus and method for engrafting a blood vessel
US6579305B1 (en) 1995-12-07 2003-06-17 Medtronic Ave, Inc. Method and apparatus for delivery deployment and retrieval of a stent comprising shape-memory material
CN1142351A (en) 1996-01-09 1997-02-12 郑宏 Closing device for atrial septal defect
US5782746A (en) 1996-02-15 1998-07-21 Wright; John T. M. Local cardiac immobilization surgical device
US6182664B1 (en) 1996-02-19 2001-02-06 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Minimally invasive cardiac valve surgery procedure
US5894843A (en) 1996-02-20 1999-04-20 Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. Surgical method for stabilizing the beating heart during coronary artery bypass graft surgery
US5727569A (en) 1996-02-20 1998-03-17 Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. Surgical devices for imposing a negative pressure to fix the position of cardiac tissue during surgery
US6132370A (en) 1996-04-26 2000-10-17 Genzyme Corporation Retractor-mounted coronary stabilizer
US20050245894A1 (en) 1996-05-20 2005-11-03 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for drug delivery to an intravascular occlusion
DE19627992A1 (en) 1996-07-11 1998-01-22 Storz Karl Gmbh & Co Instrument with two independent jaws
US6217585B1 (en) 1996-08-16 2001-04-17 Converge Medical, Inc. Mechanical stent and graft delivery system
AU739710B2 (en) 1996-08-23 2001-10-18 Boston Scientific Limited Stent delivery system having stent securement apparatus
US5741297A (en) 1996-08-28 1998-04-21 Simon; Morris Daisy occluder and method for septal defect repair
US5968068A (en) 1996-09-12 1999-10-19 Baxter International Inc. Endovascular delivery system
US5749890A (en) 1996-12-03 1998-05-12 Shaknovich; Alexander Method and system for stent placement in ostial lesions
US5921979A (en) 1996-12-18 1999-07-13 Guidant Corporation Apparatus and method for tissue and organ stabilization
US5776142A (en) 1996-12-19 1998-07-07 Medtronic, Inc. Controllable stent delivery system and method
EP0850607A1 (en) 1996-12-31 1998-07-01 Cordis Corporation Valve prosthesis for implantation in body channels
US5891017A (en) 1997-01-31 1999-04-06 Baxter Research Medical, Inc. Surgical stabilizer and method for isolating and immobilizing cardiac tissue
US5972020A (en) 1997-02-14 1999-10-26 Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. Surgical instrument for cardiac valve repair on the beating heart
US6508825B1 (en) 1997-02-28 2003-01-21 Lumend, Inc. Apparatus for treating vascular occlusions
US5885271A (en) 1997-03-14 1999-03-23 Millennium Cardiac Strategies, Inc. Device for regional immobilization of a compliant body
US6143016A (en) 1997-04-21 2000-11-07 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Sheath and method of use for a stent delivery system
US6019777A (en) 1997-04-21 2000-02-01 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Catheter and method for a stent delivery system
US6017358A (en) 1997-05-01 2000-01-25 Inbae Yoon Surgical instrument with multiple rotatably mounted offset end effectors
US5957835A (en) 1997-05-16 1999-09-28 Guidant Corporation Apparatus and method for cardiac stabilization and arterial occlusion
US6004329A (en) 1997-05-29 1999-12-21 Baxter International Inc. Shape-adjustable surgical implement handle
US6033361A (en) 1997-06-02 2000-03-07 General Surgical Innovations, Inc. Vascular retractor
US5861024A (en) 1997-06-20 1999-01-19 Cardiac Assist Devices, Inc Electrophysiology catheter and remote actuator therefor
EP0930845B1 (en) 1997-06-27 2009-10-14 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Apparatus for circulatory valve repair
WO1999012483A1 (en) 1997-09-11 1999-03-18 Genzyme Corporation Articulating endoscopic implant rotator surgical apparatus and method for using same
FR2768324B1 (en) 1997-09-12 1999-12-10 Jacques Seguin SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR PERCUTANEOUSLY FIXING TWO AREAS OF SOFT TISSUE, NORMALLY MUTUALLY REMOTE, TO ONE ANOTHER
US5916147A (en) 1997-09-22 1999-06-29 Boury; Harb N. Selectively manipulable catheter
US6120496A (en) 1998-05-05 2000-09-19 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Surgical method and apparatus for positioning a diagnostic or therapeutic element within the body and coupling device for use with same
US5961536A (en) 1997-10-14 1999-10-05 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Catheter having a variable length balloon and method of using the same
US6086600A (en) 1997-11-03 2000-07-11 Symbiosis Corporation Flexible endoscopic surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6027510A (en) 1997-12-08 2000-02-22 Inflow Dynamics Inc. Stent delivery system
US6200315B1 (en) 1997-12-18 2001-03-13 Medtronic, Inc. Left atrium ablation catheter
US6530952B2 (en) 1997-12-29 2003-03-11 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Bioprosthetic cardiovascular valve system
US6251092B1 (en) 1997-12-30 2001-06-26 Medtronic, Inc. Deflectable guiding catheter
US6193734B1 (en) 1998-01-23 2001-02-27 Heartport, Inc. System for performing vascular anastomoses
US5944738A (en) 1998-02-06 1999-08-31 Aga Medical Corporation Percutaneous catheter directed constricting occlusion device
US7169141B2 (en) 1998-02-24 2007-01-30 Hansen Medical, Inc. Surgical instrument
US6174327B1 (en) 1998-02-27 2001-01-16 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Stent deployment apparatus and method
US7569062B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2009-08-04 St. Jude Medical, Inc. Mitral and tricuspid valve repair
US6165183A (en) 1998-07-15 2000-12-26 St. Jude Medical, Inc. Mitral and tricuspid valve repair
US6527979B2 (en) 1999-08-27 2003-03-04 Corazon Technologies, Inc. Catheter systems and methods for their use in the treatment of calcified vascular occlusions
US6468285B1 (en) 1998-09-03 2002-10-22 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Surgical instruments and procedures
US6544215B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2003-04-08 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Steerable device for introducing diagnostic and therapeutic apparatus into the body
US5980534A (en) 1998-10-07 1999-11-09 Gimpelson; Richard J. Cervical clamp
US6530933B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2003-03-11 Teresa T. Yeung Methods and devices for fastening bulging or herniated intervertebral discs
US6193732B1 (en) 1999-01-08 2001-02-27 Cardiothoracic System Surgical clips and apparatus and method for clip placement
US6500147B2 (en) 1999-02-22 2002-12-31 Medtronic Percusurge, Inc. Flexible catheter
DE19907646A1 (en) 1999-02-23 2000-08-24 Georg Berg Valve for blood vessels uses flap holders and counterpart holders on stent to latch together in place and all channeled for guide wire.
US6514228B1 (en) 1999-03-05 2003-02-04 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Balloon catheter having high flow tip
WO2006116558A2 (en) 1999-04-09 2006-11-02 Evalve, Inc. Device and methods for endoscopic annuloplasty
US6752813B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2004-06-22 Evalve, Inc. Methods and devices for capturing and fixing leaflets in valve repair
US8216256B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2012-07-10 Evalve, Inc. Detachment mechanism for implantable fixation devices
EP1176913B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2010-10-13 Evalve, Inc. Methods and apparatus for cardiac valve repair
US7811296B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2010-10-12 Evalve, Inc. Fixation devices for variation in engagement of tissue
US10327743B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2019-06-25 Evalve, Inc. Device and methods for endoscopic annuloplasty
US20040044350A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2004-03-04 Evalve, Inc. Steerable access sheath and methods of use
US7666204B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2010-02-23 Evalve, Inc. Multi-catheter steerable guiding system and methods of use
CA2373636A1 (en) 1999-05-11 2000-11-16 Craig Berky Surgical clamp devices and methods especially useful in cardiac surgery
US6241743B1 (en) 1999-05-13 2001-06-05 Intellicardia, Inc. Anastomosis device and method
US6858034B1 (en) 1999-05-20 2005-02-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Stent delivery system for prevention of kinking, and method of loading and using same
US6544279B1 (en) 2000-08-09 2003-04-08 Incept, Llc Vascular device for emboli, thrombus and foreign body removal and methods of use
US6383171B1 (en) 1999-10-12 2002-05-07 Allan Will Methods and devices for protecting a passageway in a body when advancing devices through the passageway
US6312447B1 (en) 1999-10-13 2001-11-06 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and methods for percutaneous mitral valve repair
US6626930B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2003-09-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Minimally invasive mitral valve repair method and apparatus
US6471672B1 (en) 1999-11-10 2002-10-29 Scimed Life Systems Selective high pressure dilation balloon
FR2800984B1 (en) 1999-11-17 2001-12-14 Jacques Seguin DEVICE FOR REPLACING A HEART VALVE PERCUTANEOUSLY
US7018406B2 (en) 1999-11-17 2006-03-28 Corevalve Sa Prosthetic valve for transluminal delivery
FR2815844B1 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-01-17 Jacques Seguin TUBULAR SUPPORT FOR THE PERCUTANEOUS POSITIONING OF A REPLACEMENT HEART VALVE
US8579966B2 (en) 1999-11-17 2013-11-12 Medtronic Corevalve Llc Prosthetic valve for transluminal delivery
US6458153B1 (en) 1999-12-31 2002-10-01 Abps Venture One, Ltd. Endoluminal cardiac and venous valve prostheses and methods of manufacture and delivery thereof
MXPA02007426A (en) 2000-01-31 2003-10-14 Cook Biotech Inc Stent valves and uses of same.
US6454799B1 (en) 2000-04-06 2002-09-24 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Minimally-invasive heart valves and methods of use
US7083628B2 (en) 2002-09-03 2006-08-01 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Single catheter mitral valve repair device and method for use
WO2002005885A2 (en) 2000-07-14 2002-01-24 Cook Incorporated Medical device with braid and coil
SE0002878D0 (en) 2000-08-11 2000-08-11 Kimblad Ola Device and method of treatment of atrioventricular regurgitation
US7510572B2 (en) 2000-09-12 2009-03-31 Shlomo Gabbay Implantation system for delivery of a heart valve prosthesis
WO2002022054A1 (en) 2000-09-12 2002-03-21 Gabbay S Valvular prosthesis and method of using same
US6461382B1 (en) 2000-09-22 2002-10-08 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Flexible heart valve having moveable commissures
US6269829B1 (en) 2000-09-29 2001-08-07 Industrial Technology Research Institute Integrated gas meter
US6723038B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2004-04-20 Myocor, Inc. Methods and devices for improving mitral valve function
JP2002205486A (en) 2000-11-09 2002-07-23 Mitsubishi Pencil Co Ltd Writing utensil excellent in cap-off performance
US6508806B1 (en) 2000-12-13 2003-01-21 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Catheter with multi-layer wire reinforced wall construction
ATE310470T1 (en) 2000-12-15 2005-12-15 Angiomed Ag STENT WITH HEART VALVE
US6764504B2 (en) 2001-01-04 2004-07-20 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Combined shaped balloon and stent protector
EP1355590B1 (en) 2001-01-30 2008-12-10 Edwards Lifesciences AG Medical system for remodeling an extravascular tissue structure
US20020107531A1 (en) 2001-02-06 2002-08-08 Schreck Stefan G. Method and system for tissue repair using dual catheters
AU2002250170B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2006-08-10 Rex Medical, L.P. Apparatus for Delivering Ablation Fluid to Treat Lesions
US7011094B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2006-03-14 Emphasys Medical, Inc. Bronchial flow control devices and methods of use
US6537290B2 (en) 2001-03-05 2003-03-25 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Sealing access cannula system
US7374571B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2008-05-20 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Rolled minimally-invasive heart valves and methods of manufacture
US6733525B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2004-05-11 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Rolled minimally-invasive heart valves and methods of use
US7556646B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2009-07-07 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Methods and apparatuses for deploying minimally-invasive heart valves
US6837867B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-01-04 Biosense Webster, Inc. Steerable catheter with reinforced tip
US6585718B2 (en) 2001-05-02 2003-07-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Steerable catheter with shaft support system for resisting axial compressive loads
US20020173811A1 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-21 Hosheng Tu Apparatus and methods for valve removal
US7338514B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2008-03-04 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Closure devices, related delivery methods and tools, and related methods of use
US7377938B2 (en) 2001-07-19 2008-05-27 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Prosthetic cardiac value and method for making same
FR2828263B1 (en) 2001-08-03 2007-05-11 Philipp Bonhoeffer DEVICE FOR IMPLANTATION OF AN IMPLANT AND METHOD FOR IMPLANTATION OF THE DEVICE
US6776765B2 (en) 2001-08-21 2004-08-17 Synovis Life Technologies, Inc. Steerable stylet
WO2003020179A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Mitral Interventions Apparatus for valve repair
US20070112358A1 (en) 2001-09-06 2007-05-17 Ryan Abbott Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects
US6760883B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2004-07-06 Agere Systems Inc. Generating log-likelihood values in a maximum a posteriori processor
US6893460B2 (en) 2001-10-11 2005-05-17 Percutaneous Valve Technologies Inc. Implantable prosthetic valve
US6866669B2 (en) 2001-10-12 2005-03-15 Cordis Corporation Locking handle deployment mechanism for medical device and method
US6962597B2 (en) 2001-10-24 2005-11-08 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Inner member support block
US7594926B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2009-09-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Methods, systems and devices for delivering stents
MXPA04004603A (en) 2001-11-16 2005-03-07 Merial Ltd Automatic poultry injection delivery apparatus.
US7147657B2 (en) 2003-10-23 2006-12-12 Aptus Endosystems, Inc. Prosthesis delivery systems and methods
US20070073389A1 (en) 2001-11-28 2007-03-29 Aptus Endosystems, Inc. Endovascular aneurysm devices, systems, and methods
US7137993B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2006-11-21 Xtent, Inc. Apparatus and methods for delivery of multiple distributed stents
US20070198038A1 (en) 2001-12-03 2007-08-23 Cohen Adam L Microdevices for Tissue Approximation and Retention, Methods for Using, and Methods for Making
WO2003053256A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-07-03 Sumitomo Bakelite Company Limited Clip device for endoscope and clip for endoscope for use therein
US20030144573A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-07-31 Heilman Marlin S. Back-flow limiting valve member
US20030120341A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-06-26 Hani Shennib Devices and methods of repairing cardiac valves
US8308797B2 (en) 2002-01-04 2012-11-13 Colibri Heart Valve, LLC Percutaneously implantable replacement heart valve device and method of making same
US6764510B2 (en) 2002-01-09 2004-07-20 Myocor, Inc. Devices and methods for heart valve treatment
US7887573B2 (en) 2002-02-22 2011-02-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Method and apparatus for deployment of an endoluminal device
US7048754B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2006-05-23 Evalve, Inc. Suture fasteners and methods of use
US6855137B2 (en) 2002-03-07 2005-02-15 Visionary Biomedical, Inc. Catheter shaft with coextruded stiffener
US20070185376A1 (en) 2002-03-11 2007-08-09 Wilson Roger F System and method for positioning a laparoscopic device
WO2003077970A2 (en) 2002-03-11 2003-09-25 Altea Therapeutics Corporation Transdermal integrated actuator device, methods of making and using same
US7094244B2 (en) 2002-03-26 2006-08-22 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Sequential heart valve leaflet repair device and method of use
US7052511B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2006-05-30 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Delivery system and method for deployment of foreshortening endoluminal devices
US6911039B2 (en) 2002-04-23 2005-06-28 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Integrated mechanical handle with quick slide mechanism
US7105016B2 (en) 2002-04-23 2006-09-12 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Integrated mechanical handle with quick slide mechanism
US6552578B1 (en) 2002-06-10 2003-04-22 Pericom Semiconductor Corp. Power down circuit detecting duty cycle of input signal
US7101395B2 (en) 2002-06-12 2006-09-05 Mitral Interventions, Inc. Method and apparatus for tissue connection
US8348963B2 (en) 2002-07-03 2013-01-08 Hlt, Inc. Leaflet reinforcement for regurgitant valves
DE20321838U1 (en) 2002-08-13 2011-02-10 JenaValve Technology Inc., Wilmington Device for anchoring and aligning heart valve prostheses
US20040034365A1 (en) 2002-08-16 2004-02-19 Lentz David J. Catheter having articulation system
US7727247B2 (en) 2002-08-21 2010-06-01 Olympus Corporation Living tissue ligation device
WO2004023976A2 (en) 2002-09-13 2004-03-25 Damage Control Surgical Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for vascular and visceral clipping
US7137184B2 (en) 2002-09-20 2006-11-21 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Continuous heart valve support frame and method of manufacture
AU2003277118A1 (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-23 Ample Medical, Inc. Devices for retaining native heart valve leaflet
AU2003277115A1 (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-23 Ample Medical, Inc. Device and method for repairing a native heart valve leaflet
CN100553590C (en) 2002-10-01 2009-10-28 安普尔医药公司 The device of finishing semilunar valve annulus
US20040097979A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2004-05-20 Oleg Svanidze Aortic valve implantation device
AU2003290979A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-15 The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Health And Human Services Method and device for catheter-based repair of cardiac valves
CA2507967A1 (en) 2002-12-17 2004-07-15 Applied Medical Resources Corporation Surgical staple-clip and applier
US6945956B2 (en) 2002-12-23 2005-09-20 Medtronic, Inc. Steerable catheter
US20070156197A1 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-07-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Method and apparatus for improved medical device profile
JP4145149B2 (en) 2003-01-17 2008-09-03 オリンパス株式会社 Biological tissue clip device
US7250041B2 (en) 2003-03-12 2007-07-31 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Retrograde pressure regulated infusion
US7381210B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2008-06-03 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mitral valve repair system and method for use
US7399315B2 (en) 2003-03-18 2008-07-15 Edwards Lifescience Corporation Minimally-invasive heart valve with cusp positioners
US7175656B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2007-02-13 Alexander Khairkhahan Percutaneous transcatheter heart valve replacement
WO2004096100A1 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Cook Incorporated Artificial valve prosthesis with improved flow dynamics
US20040220593A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 Secant Medical, Llc Restraining clip for mitral valve repair
US6913614B2 (en) 2003-05-08 2005-07-05 Cardia, Inc. Delivery system with safety tether
US10646229B2 (en) 2003-05-19 2020-05-12 Evalve, Inc. Fixation devices, systems and methods for engaging tissue
US7972347B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2011-07-05 Surgical Security, Llc Device for surgical repair, closure, and reconstruction
US7201772B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2007-04-10 Ventor Technologies, Ltd. Fluid flow prosthetic device
US7621948B2 (en) 2003-07-21 2009-11-24 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Percutaneous heart valve
US8500792B2 (en) 2003-09-03 2013-08-06 Bolton Medical, Inc. Dual capture device for stent graft delivery system and method for capturing a stent graft
US7758625B2 (en) 2003-09-12 2010-07-20 Abbott Vascular Solutions Inc. Delivery system for medical devices
US20050075720A1 (en) 2003-10-06 2005-04-07 Nguyen Tuoc Tan Minimally invasive valve replacement system
US7967829B2 (en) 2003-10-09 2011-06-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical device delivery system
US7553324B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2009-06-30 Xtent, Inc. Fixed stent delivery devices and methods
US7959666B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2011-06-14 Sadra Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for endovascularly replacing a heart valve
US7887574B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2011-02-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Stent delivery catheter
US8840663B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2014-09-23 Sadra Medical, Inc. Repositionable heart valve method
US8603160B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2013-12-10 Sadra Medical, Inc. Method of using a retrievable heart valve anchor with a sheath
US7824443B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2010-11-02 Sadra Medical, Inc. Medical implant delivery and deployment tool
US7780725B2 (en) 2004-06-16 2010-08-24 Sadra Medical, Inc. Everting heart valve
EP2926767B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2023-03-08 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Repositionable heart valve
US7748389B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2010-07-06 Sadra Medical, Inc. Leaflet engagement elements and methods for use thereof
US7381219B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2008-06-03 Sadra Medical, Inc. Low profile heart valve and delivery system
US8343213B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2013-01-01 Sadra Medical, Inc. Leaflet engagement elements and methods for use thereof
US8052749B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2011-11-08 Sadra Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for endovascular heart valve replacement comprising tissue grasping elements
US7329279B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2008-02-12 Sadra Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for endovascularly replacing a patient's heart valve
US20050165429A1 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-07-28 Peter Douglas Surgical clamp possessing a combined parallel and scissor style clamp head
US8128692B2 (en) 2004-02-27 2012-03-06 Aortx, Inc. Prosthetic heart valves, scaffolding structures, and systems and methods for implantation of same
US7753932B2 (en) 2004-03-25 2010-07-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical device and related methods of packaging
NL1025830C2 (en) 2004-03-26 2005-02-22 Eric Berreklouw Prosthesis e.g. heart valve secured in place by ring with shape memory material anchor, includes anchor temperature control system
BRPI0510107A (en) 2004-04-23 2007-09-25 3F Therapeutics Inc implantable protein valve
WO2005107650A2 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-11-17 Direct Flow Medical, Inc. Unstented heart valve with formed in place support structure
US7704268B2 (en) 2004-05-07 2010-04-27 Nmt Medical, Inc. Closure device with hinges
EP3398522B1 (en) 2004-05-14 2019-12-25 Evalve, Inc. Locking mechanisms for fixation devices
US20050288766A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-12-29 Xtent, Inc. Devices and methods for controlling expandable prostheses during deployment
US7763066B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2010-07-27 Cook Incorporated Stent with an end member having a lateral extension
US9061120B2 (en) 2004-08-05 2015-06-23 Oscor Inc. Catheter control mechanism and steerable catheter
US20060052867A1 (en) 2004-09-07 2006-03-09 Medtronic, Inc Replacement prosthetic heart valve, system and method of implant
EP1796597B1 (en) 2004-09-14 2013-01-09 Edwards Lifesciences AG Device for treatment of heart valve regurgitation
CA2581677C (en) 2004-09-24 2014-07-29 Nmt Medical, Inc. Occluder device double securement system for delivery/recovery of such occluder device
US8052592B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2011-11-08 Evalve, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue grasping and assessment
CA2748617C (en) 2004-09-27 2014-09-23 Evalve, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue grasping and assessment
IE20050841A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-10-04 Mednua Ltd A medical device suitable for use in treatment of a valve
WO2009053952A2 (en) 2007-10-26 2009-04-30 Mednua Limited A medical device for use in treatment of a valve
US9775963B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2017-10-03 Biocardia, Inc. Steerable endoluminal devices and methods
JP4758173B2 (en) 2004-12-24 2011-08-24 オリンパス株式会社 Ligation device
US7691095B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2010-04-06 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. Bi-directional steerable catheter control handle
US8287583B2 (en) 2005-01-10 2012-10-16 Taheri Laduca Llc Apparatus and method for deploying an implantable device within the body
US7578838B2 (en) 2005-01-12 2009-08-25 Cook Incorporated Delivery system with helical shaft
EP3967269A3 (en) 2005-02-07 2022-07-13 Evalve, Inc. Systems and devices for cardiac valve repair
WO2011034628A1 (en) 2005-02-07 2011-03-24 Evalve, Inc. Methods, systems and devices for cardiac valve repair
US7708748B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-05-04 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Anastomosis device
SE531468C2 (en) 2005-04-21 2009-04-14 Edwards Lifesciences Ag An apparatus for controlling blood flow
US7914569B2 (en) 2005-05-13 2011-03-29 Medtronics Corevalve Llc Heart valve prosthesis and methods of manufacture and use
US7854762B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2010-12-21 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Devices and methods for reducing cardiac valve regurgitation
US7799072B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2010-09-21 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus and methods for repairing the function of a diseased valve and method for making same
JP4912395B2 (en) 2005-05-24 2012-04-11 エドワーズ ライフサイエンシーズ コーポレイション Rapid placement prosthetic heart valve
US8157851B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2012-04-17 Xtent, Inc. Apparatus and methods for deployment of multiple custom-length prostheses
US7938851B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2011-05-10 Xtent, Inc. Devices and methods for operating and controlling interventional apparatus
US7780723B2 (en) 2005-06-13 2010-08-24 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve delivery system
US7618413B2 (en) 2005-06-22 2009-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical device control system
US8147506B2 (en) 2005-08-05 2012-04-03 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Method and clamp for gastric reduction surgery
US8167932B2 (en) 2005-10-18 2012-05-01 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve delivery system with valve catheter
US9259317B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2016-02-16 Cardiosolutions, Inc. System and method for implanting a heart implant
US8778017B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2014-07-15 Cardiosolutions, Inc. Safety for mitral valve implant
EP1945110A2 (en) 2005-10-26 2008-07-23 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Devices and methods for treating mitral valve regurgitation
US8449606B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2013-05-28 Cardiosolutions, Inc. Balloon mitral spacer
US7785366B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2010-08-31 Maurer Christopher W Mitral spacer
US8092525B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2012-01-10 Cardiosolutions, Inc. Heart valve implant
US8764820B2 (en) 2005-11-16 2014-07-01 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Transapical heart valve delivery system and method
CA2631662C (en) 2005-12-07 2014-08-05 Arbor Surgical Technologies, Inc. Connection systems for two piece prosthetic heart valve assemblies
EP1968491B1 (en) 2005-12-22 2010-07-07 Symetis SA Stent-valves for valve replacement and associated methods and systems for surgery
US20070213813A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-09-13 Symetis Sa Stent-valves for valve replacement and associated methods and systems for surgery
US7947074B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2011-05-24 Attila Meretei Implantable prosthetic valve
US20070156224A1 (en) 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Iulian Cioanta Handle system for deploying a prosthetic implant
US9681948B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2017-06-20 V-Wave Ltd. Heart anchor device
US20070191154A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Genereux Dana A Racquet sport apparatus & method
EP1988851A2 (en) 2006-02-14 2008-11-12 Sadra Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for delivering a medical implant
EP2583640B1 (en) 2006-02-16 2022-06-22 Venus MedTech (HangZhou), Inc. Minimally invasive replacement heart valve
US8147541B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-04-03 Aortx, Inc. Methods and devices for delivery of prosthetic heart valves and other prosthetics
US8403981B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-03-26 CardiacMC, Inc. Methods and devices for delivery of prosthetic heart valves and other prosthetics
AU2007227000A1 (en) 2006-03-20 2007-09-27 Xtent, Inc. Apparatus and methods for deployment of linked prosthetic segments
US8496700B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2013-07-30 Edrich Health Technologies, Inc. Aortic valve replacement
US20140066736A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2014-03-06 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte Sensor Calibration Management
US20070239254A1 (en) 2006-04-07 2007-10-11 Chris Chia System for percutaneous delivery and removal of a prosthetic valve
US20070244546A1 (en) 2006-04-18 2007-10-18 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Stent Foundation for Placement of a Stented Valve
US8518024B2 (en) 2006-04-24 2013-08-27 Transenterix, Inc. System and method for multi-instrument surgical access using a single access port
US7780717B2 (en) 2006-04-27 2010-08-24 Med Institute, Inc. Rotary handle for controlled sequential deployment device
US20080091169A1 (en) 2006-05-16 2008-04-17 Wayne Heideman Steerable catheter using flat pull wires and having torque transfer layer made of braided flat wires
US20080234660A2 (en) 2006-05-16 2008-09-25 Sarah Cumming Steerable Catheter Using Flat Pull Wires and Method of Making Same
US8052731B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2011-11-08 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Medical electrical lead with expandable fixation features
IE20070428A1 (en) 2006-06-15 2007-12-21 Mednua Ltd A medical device suitable for use in treatment of a valve
US9138208B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2015-09-22 Coherex Medical, Inc. Devices for reducing the size of an internal tissue opening
US20080039743A1 (en) 2006-08-09 2008-02-14 Coherex Medical, Inc. Methods for determining characteristics of an internal tissue opening
US8529597B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2013-09-10 Coherex Medical, Inc. Devices for reducing the size of an internal tissue opening
EP2397108B1 (en) 2006-09-08 2013-08-07 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Apparatus for treating a defective heart valve
US8894682B2 (en) 2006-09-11 2014-11-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. PFO clip
US7713284B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2010-05-11 Crofford Theodore W Self-opening skin staple
US8834564B2 (en) 2006-09-19 2014-09-16 Medtronic, Inc. Sinus-engaging valve fixation member
US8052750B2 (en) 2006-09-19 2011-11-08 Medtronic Ventor Technologies Ltd Valve prosthesis fixation techniques using sandwiching
US8029556B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2011-10-04 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Method and apparatus for reshaping a ventricle
US7749235B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2010-07-06 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Stomach invagination method and apparatus
US20110257723A1 (en) 2006-11-07 2011-10-20 Dc Devices, Inc. Devices and methods for coronary sinus pressure relief
CA2664557C (en) 2006-11-07 2015-05-26 David Stephen Celermajer Devices and methods for the treatment of heart failure
US7655034B2 (en) 2006-11-14 2010-02-02 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Stent-graft with anchoring pins
US8585716B2 (en) 2006-12-13 2013-11-19 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Apparatus for applying hemostatic clips
US8070799B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-12-06 Sorin Biomedica Cardio S.R.L. Instrument and method for in situ deployment of cardiac valve prostheses
US20080177389A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2008-07-24 Rob Gene Parrish Intervertebral disc spacer
WO2008085470A1 (en) 2006-12-26 2008-07-17 William Cook Europe Aps Delivery system and sheath for endoluminal prosthesis
US7731706B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2010-06-08 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. True angular catheter shaft deflection apparatus
US9192471B2 (en) 2007-01-08 2015-11-24 Millipede, Inc. Device for translumenal reshaping of a mitral valve annulus
US20080173691A1 (en) 2007-01-24 2008-07-24 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Low-Profile Vascular Closure Systems and Methods of Using Same
WO2008090978A1 (en) 2007-01-26 2008-07-31 Olympus Medical Systems Corp. Holding device and holding tool
CA2670589A1 (en) 2007-02-05 2008-08-14 Boston Scientific Limited Percutaneous valve, system and method
US20080208328A1 (en) 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 Endovalve, Inc. Systems and Methods For Placement of Valve Prosthesis System
US8070802B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2011-12-06 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mitral valve system
US8979872B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2015-03-17 Longevity Surgical, Inc. Devices for engaging, approximating and fastening tissue
EP2133114A4 (en) 2007-04-05 2013-12-25 Kaneka Corp Stent delivery system
EP2143404B1 (en) 2007-04-27 2012-02-15 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Stent delivery system
US8480730B2 (en) 2007-05-14 2013-07-09 Cardiosolutions, Inc. Solid construct mitral spacer
JP5220101B2 (en) 2007-05-15 2013-06-26 イエナバルブ テクノロジー インク Handle for manipulating the catheter tip, catheter system and medical insertion system to insert a self-expanding heart valve stent
EP4233962A3 (en) 2007-05-18 2023-09-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical drive systems
US20080294230A1 (en) 2007-05-24 2008-11-27 Cook Incorporated Apparatus and methods for deploying self-expanding stents
US20080294247A1 (en) 2007-05-25 2008-11-27 Medical Entrepreneurs Ii, Inc. Prosthetic Heart Valve
EP2698129B1 (en) 2007-06-04 2022-11-09 St. Jude Medical, LLC Prosthetic heart valve
EP2157919A4 (en) 2007-06-11 2011-06-22 Valentx Inc Endoscopic delivery devices and methods
US7771416B2 (en) 2007-06-14 2010-08-10 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Control mechanism for flexible endoscopic device and method of use
WO2009002855A2 (en) 2007-06-22 2008-12-31 Icon Medical Corp. Heatable delivery device
ES2375426T3 (en) 2007-06-26 2012-02-29 St. Jude Medical, Inc. APPLIANCE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF REPLIGABLE / EXPANSIBLE PROTESTIC HEART VALVES.
US7914515B2 (en) 2007-07-18 2011-03-29 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. Catheter and introducer catheter having torque transfer layer and method of manufacture
US8326878B2 (en) 2007-07-19 2012-12-04 Carnegie Research, Inc. System for and method of processing business personnel information
DE202008018556U1 (en) 2007-08-21 2015-10-26 Symetis Sa A replacement flap
AU2008288796B2 (en) 2007-08-23 2014-03-20 Dfm, Llc Cardiovascular prosthetic valve
US8114154B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-02-14 Sorin Biomedica Cardio S.R.L. Fluid-filled delivery system for in situ deployment of cardiac valve prostheses
US20090138079A1 (en) 2007-10-10 2009-05-28 Vector Technologies Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve for transfemoral delivery
PT2628464T (en) 2007-12-14 2020-03-05 Edwards Lifesciences Corp Prosthetic valve
US8366603B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-02-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscope including a multifunction conductor
US8431057B2 (en) 2007-12-30 2013-04-30 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. Catheter shaft and method of its manufacture
US8157852B2 (en) 2008-01-24 2012-04-17 Medtronic, Inc. Delivery systems and methods of implantation for prosthetic heart valves
WO2009094500A1 (en) 2008-01-24 2009-07-30 Medtronic Vascular Inc. Infundibular reducer device delivery system and related methods
WO2009108942A1 (en) 2008-02-29 2009-09-03 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Expandable member for deploying a prosthetic device
US8313525B2 (en) 2008-03-18 2012-11-20 Medtronic Ventor Technologies, Ltd. Valve suturing and implantation procedures
US20090276040A1 (en) 2008-05-01 2009-11-05 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Device and method for replacing mitral valve
US8128642B2 (en) 2008-05-02 2012-03-06 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Fluid delivery system for surgical instruments
WO2009137712A1 (en) 2008-05-07 2009-11-12 Guided Delivery Systems Inc. Deflectable guide
US9061119B2 (en) 2008-05-09 2015-06-23 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Low profile delivery system for transcatheter heart valve
US20090287304A1 (en) 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Kardium Inc. Medical Device for Constricting Tissue or a Bodily Orifice, for example a mitral valve
PL3476367T4 (en) 2008-06-06 2023-07-17 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Low profile transcatheter heart valve
US8323335B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2012-12-04 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Retaining mechanisms for prosthetic valves and methods for using
JP5038988B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2012-10-03 株式会社東芝 Optical receiver
US7976574B2 (en) 2008-08-08 2011-07-12 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Delivery system with variable delivery rate for deploying a medical device
US8652202B2 (en) 2008-08-22 2014-02-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve and delivery apparatus
EP2334365B1 (en) 2008-09-22 2016-10-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Biasing a catheter balloon
EP2341871B1 (en) 2008-10-01 2017-03-22 Edwards Lifesciences CardiAQ LLC Delivery system for vascular implant
US9149376B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2015-10-06 Cordis Corporation Reconstrainable stent delivery system
ES2409693T3 (en) 2008-10-10 2013-06-27 Sadra Medical, Inc. Medical devices and supply systems to supply medical devices
JP2010125200A (en) 2008-11-28 2010-06-10 Mizutec:Kk Medical grasping device
US8308798B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-11-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Quick-connect prosthetic heart valve and methods
US8147542B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2012-04-03 Valtech Cardio, Ltd. Adjustable repair chords and spool mechanism therefor
US8808368B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2014-08-19 Valtech Cardio, Ltd. Implantation of repair chords in the heart
US20100174363A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-08 Endovalve, Inc. One Piece Prosthetic Valve Support Structure and Related Assemblies
US20100249497A1 (en) 2009-03-30 2010-09-30 Peine William J Surgical instrument
US8366767B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-02-05 Causper Medical Inc. Methods and devices for transapical delivery of a sutureless valve prosthesis
EP2810620B1 (en) 2009-04-15 2022-09-14 Edwards Lifesciences CardiAQ LLC Vascular implant and delivery system
US8475522B2 (en) 2009-07-14 2013-07-02 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Transapical delivery system for heart valves
ES2592173T3 (en) 2009-09-25 2016-11-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Tissue approach devices
EP2482749B1 (en) 2009-10-01 2017-08-30 Kardium Inc. Kit for constricting tissue or a bodily orifice, for example, a mitral valve
US20130190861A1 (en) 2012-01-23 2013-07-25 Tendyne Holdings, Inc. Prosthetic Valve for Replacing Mitral Valve
US8449599B2 (en) 2009-12-04 2013-05-28 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic valve for replacing mitral valve
US20110137331A1 (en) 2009-12-07 2011-06-09 Michael Walsh Perfusion device
US8870950B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2014-10-28 Mitral Tech Ltd. Rotation-based anchoring of an implant
US8939997B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2015-01-27 Cook Medical Technologies Llc Medical devices with detachable pivotable jaws
US8475523B2 (en) 2010-02-17 2013-07-02 Medtronic, Inc. Distal tip assembly for a heart valve delivery catheter
JP5588711B2 (en) 2010-03-30 2014-09-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Ligation device
US10076327B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2018-09-18 Evalve, Inc. Flexible actuator mandrel for tissue apposition systems
JP2013540484A (en) 2010-09-20 2013-11-07 セント・ジュード・メディカル,カーディオロジー・ディヴィジョン,インコーポレイテッド Valve leaflet mounting device in foldable artificial valve
US8104149B1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-01-31 Geraghty, Llc Money clip
ES2891075T3 (en) 2010-10-05 2022-01-26 Edwards Lifesciences Corp prosthetic heart valve
EP2438954B1 (en) 2010-10-08 2016-12-28 Greatbatch Ltd. Bi-directional catheter steering handle
WO2012064643A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2012-05-18 Cook Medical Technologies Llc Clip system having tether segments for closure
US9072517B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2015-07-07 Wake Forest University Health Sciences Natural orifice transluminal endoscopic devices for closure of luminal perforations and associated methods
WO2012078067A1 (en) 2010-12-07 2012-06-14 Globetek 2000 Pty Ltd Method of a hemostasis creation with restoration possibility of blood- flow in tubular elastic structures of an organism and device for its realization
US10398445B2 (en) 2011-01-11 2019-09-03 Amsel Medical Corporation Method and apparatus for clamping tissue layers and occluding tubular body structures
EP2478868A1 (en) 2011-01-25 2012-07-25 The Provost, Fellows, Foundation Scholars, and the other Members of Board, of the College of the Holy and Undivided Trinity of Queen Elizabeth Implant device
US9155619B2 (en) 2011-02-25 2015-10-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve delivery apparatus
US9554897B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2017-01-31 Neovasc Tiara Inc. Methods and apparatus for engaging a valve prosthesis with tissue
US8685319B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2014-04-01 Medtronic, Inc. Combination oxygenator and arterial filter device with a fiber bundle of continuously wound hollow fibers for treating blood in an extracorporeal blood circuit
MX339355B (en) 2011-05-23 2016-05-18 Univ Southern California Accommodating intraocular lens.
CN107496054B (en) 2011-06-21 2020-03-03 托尔福公司 Prosthetic heart valve devices and related systems and methods
WO2013016618A2 (en) 2011-07-27 2013-01-31 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus, system, and method for treating a regurgitant heart valve
US9339384B2 (en) 2011-07-27 2016-05-17 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Delivery systems for prosthetic heart valve
US8852272B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-10-07 Mitraltech Ltd. Techniques for percutaneous mitral valve replacement and sealing
WO2013021374A2 (en) 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Mitraltech Ltd. Techniques for percutaneous mitral valve replacement and sealing
US20140324164A1 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-10-30 Mitraltech Ltd. Techniques for percutaneous mitral valve replacement and sealing
US20130041314A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2013-02-14 Cook Medical Technologies Llc Steerable Catheters
US9510948B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2016-12-06 Emory University Systems, devices and methods for repair of heart valve lesions
US9387075B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2016-07-12 Highlife Sas Transcatheter valve prosthesis
US9011468B2 (en) * 2011-09-13 2015-04-21 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Independent gripper
US8945177B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2015-02-03 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Gripper pusher mechanism for tissue apposition systems
JP5343113B2 (en) 2011-09-15 2013-11-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Clip unit and ligating apparatus using the same
US9039757B2 (en) 2011-10-19 2015-05-26 Twelve, Inc. Prosthetic heart valve devices, prosthetic mitral valves and associated systems and methods
US10016271B2 (en) 2011-10-19 2018-07-10 Twelve, Inc. Prosthetic heart valve devices, prosthetic mitral valves and associated systems and methods
US9827093B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2017-11-28 Edwards Lifesciences Cardiaq Llc Actively controllable stent, stent graft, heart valve and method of controlling same
US10143452B2 (en) 2011-12-05 2018-12-04 Pi-Cardia Ltd. Fracturing calcifications in heart valves
WO2013086413A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve improved commissure supports
US8652145B2 (en) 2011-12-14 2014-02-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation System and method for crimping a prosthetic valve
US20130304197A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-11-14 Mvalve Technologies Ltd. Cardiac valve modification device
US20150094802A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2015-04-02 Mvalve Technologies Ltd. Single-ring cardiac valve support
WO2013154749A1 (en) * 2012-04-12 2013-10-17 Bolton Medical, Inc. Vascular prosthetic delivery device and method of use
US9474605B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2016-10-25 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Devices and methods for reducing cardiac valve regurgitation
EP3508173A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2019-07-10 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Systems for placing a coaptation member between valvular leaflets
US20150157268A1 (en) 2012-07-04 2015-06-11 Vectorious Medical Technologies Ltd Organ wall retention mechanism for implants
EP2695586B1 (en) 2012-08-10 2019-05-08 Sorin Group Italia S.r.l. A valve prosthesis and kit
US9468525B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2016-10-18 Medtronic, Inc. Heart valve prosthesis
WO2014034254A1 (en) 2012-08-30 2014-03-06 オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 Opening closer
US9510946B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2016-12-06 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices
CN103655004B (en) * 2012-09-21 2015-11-25 上海微创医疗器械(集团)有限公司 Implant delivery system
CA2885354A1 (en) * 2012-09-29 2014-04-03 Mitralign, Inc. Plication lock delivery system and method of use thereof
US9220507B1 (en) 2012-10-14 2015-12-29 Manoj B. Patel Tissue spreading vascular clips with locking mechanism and non-slip clamping surfaces
US9282972B1 (en) 2012-10-14 2016-03-15 Innovative Urololy, Llc Surgical clips with penetrating locking mechanism and non-slip clamping surfaces
US10029073B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-07-24 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Steerable assembly for surgical catheter
FR2999069B1 (en) 2012-12-06 2016-03-11 In2Bones COMPRESSION STAPLE WITH CONVERGENT LEGS
US8986371B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2015-03-24 Medtronic CV Luxembourg S.a.r.l. Method of treating paravalvular leakage after prosthetic valve implantation
US20140200662A1 (en) 2013-01-16 2014-07-17 Mvalve Technologies Ltd. Anchoring elements for intracardiac devices
ES2934670T3 (en) 2013-01-24 2023-02-23 Cardiovalve Ltd Ventricularly Anchored Prosthetic Valves
US9439763B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2016-09-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic valve for replacing mitral valve
US9926719B2 (en) 2013-02-13 2018-03-27 Nabors Drilling Technologies Usa, Inc. Slingshot side saddle substructure
US10105221B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2018-10-23 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Method and apparatus for percutaneous delivery and deployment of a cardiovascular prosthesis
US9657817B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-05-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflection mechanism
US9232998B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-01-12 Cardiosolutions Inc. Trans-apical implant systems, implants and methods
JP6561044B2 (en) 2013-05-03 2019-08-14 メドトロニック,インコーポレイテッド Valve transfer tool
US9763781B2 (en) 2013-05-07 2017-09-19 George Kramer Inflatable transcatheter intracardiac devices and methods for treating incompetent atrioventricular valves
ES2699785T3 (en) 2013-05-20 2019-02-12 Edwards Lifesciences Corp Device for the administration of cardiac prosthetic valve
CN105578991B (en) 2013-05-29 2017-11-14 M阀门技术有限公司 It is equipped with valve leaflets heart valve support device
WO2014201452A1 (en) 2013-06-14 2014-12-18 Cardiosolutions, Inc. Mitral valve spacer and system and method for implanting the same
KR101622023B1 (en) 2013-06-19 2016-05-17 주식회사 엘지화학 Method for evaluating reliabile life time of encapsulant film and apparatus for evaluating the reliablity of the film
US9393111B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2016-07-19 Sino Medical Sciences Technology Inc. Device and method for mitral valve regurgitation treatment
US20150100116A1 (en) 2013-10-07 2015-04-09 Medizinische Universitat Wien Implant and method for improving coaptation of an atrioventricular valve
CN105682611B (en) 2013-10-28 2018-06-01 坦迪尼控股股份有限公司 Prosthetic heart valve and the system and method for conveying prosthetic heart valve
US9622863B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2017-04-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Aortic insufficiency repair device and method
CN105939690B (en) 2013-11-28 2019-03-26 M阀门技术有限公司 Including having device in the heart for the stabilisation element for improving fatigue durability
US10098734B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2018-10-16 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic heart valve and delivery apparatus
US9913717B2 (en) 2014-02-14 2018-03-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Percutaneous leaflet augmentation
MX2016010303A (en) 2014-02-21 2017-04-27 Mitral Valve Tech Sarl Devices, systems and methods for delivering a prosthetic mitral valve and anchoring device.
CN106028974A (en) 2014-03-14 2016-10-12 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Methods and apparatus for clipping tissue
US10390943B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2019-08-27 Evalve, Inc. Double orifice device for transcatheter mitral valve replacement
US9572666B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2017-02-21 Evalve, Inc. Mitral valve fixation device removal devices and methods
US9532870B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2017-01-03 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic valve for replacing a mitral valve
US10111749B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2018-10-30 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Prosthetic valve with flow director
US10500048B2 (en) 2014-06-18 2019-12-10 Polares Medical Inc. Mitral valve implants for the treatment of valvular regurgitation
WO2016014821A1 (en) 2014-07-23 2016-01-28 Corvia Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for treating heart failure
US10105225B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2018-10-23 Medtronic, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for tissue approximation, including approximating mitral valve leaflets
US9750605B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2017-09-05 Caisson Interventional, LLC Systems and methods for heart valve therapy
US9700445B2 (en) 2014-11-04 2017-07-11 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. One-way actuator knob
CN107205817B (en) * 2014-12-04 2020-04-03 爱德华兹生命科学公司 Percutaneous clamp for repairing heart valve
CR20170245A (en) 2014-12-05 2017-09-14 Edwards Lifesciences Corp DIRIGIBLE CATETER WITH TRACTION CABLE
WO2016094647A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 Atricure, Inc. Occlusion clip
US10188392B2 (en) * 2014-12-19 2019-01-29 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Grasping for tissue repair
US10779944B2 (en) 2015-01-05 2020-09-22 Strait Access Technologies Holdings (Pty) Ltd Heart valve leaflet capture device
WO2016110760A1 (en) 2015-01-05 2016-07-14 Strait Access Technologies Holdings (Pty) Ltd Heart valve leaflet capture device
US10188833B2 (en) 2015-01-21 2019-01-29 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Guide catheter with steering mechanisms
US10524912B2 (en) 2015-04-02 2020-01-07 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Tissue fixation devices and methods
EP3738551A1 (en) * 2015-05-14 2020-11-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
US9740918B1 (en) 2015-05-20 2017-08-22 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Detecting objects in multiple images using integral images
US10376673B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2019-08-13 Evalve, Inc. Catheter guiding system and methods
US10238494B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2019-03-26 Evalve, Inc. Self-aligning radiopaque ring
GB2539977A (en) 2015-06-30 2017-01-04 British Telecomm Communications Network
US10667815B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2020-06-02 Evalve, Inc. Tissue grasping devices and related methods
EP3324855B1 (en) 2015-07-23 2024-03-20 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Device for securing heart valve leaflets
US10413408B2 (en) 2015-08-06 2019-09-17 Evalve, Inc. Delivery catheter systems, methods, and devices
EP3334382B1 (en) 2015-08-14 2020-12-16 Caisson Interventional, LLC Systems and methods for heart valve therapy
US10350047B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2019-07-16 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Method and system for packaging and preparing a prosthetic heart valve and associated delivery system
US10588744B2 (en) 2015-09-04 2020-03-17 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Delivery system for prosthetic heart valve
US10470906B2 (en) * 2015-09-15 2019-11-12 Merit Medical Systems, Inc. Implantable device delivery system
US10226309B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2019-03-12 Evalve, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods to support, stabilize, and position a medical device
US10456243B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2019-10-29 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Heart valves prostheses and methods for percutaneous heart valve replacement
US10238495B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2019-03-26 Evalve, Inc. Delivery catheter handle and methods of use
USD809139S1 (en) 2015-10-09 2018-01-30 Evalve, Inc. Handle for a medical device
US10321996B2 (en) 2015-11-11 2019-06-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic valve delivery apparatus having clutch mechanism
FR3043907A1 (en) 2015-11-23 2017-05-26 Alain Dibie ASSEMBLY FOR REPLACING THE TRICUSPID ATRIO-VENTRICULAR VALVE
US10265169B2 (en) 2015-11-23 2019-04-23 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Apparatus for controlled heart valve delivery
US10583007B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2020-03-10 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Suture deployment of prosthetic heart valve
US10357351B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2019-07-23 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Storage assembly for prosthetic valve
US10299924B2 (en) 2016-02-10 2019-05-28 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. System and method for implant delivery
US10779941B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2020-09-22 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Delivery cylinder for prosthetic implant
CA3016679A1 (en) 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 Cerus Endovascular Limited Occlusion device
US10307243B2 (en) 2016-03-29 2019-06-04 Spiration, Inc. Dual membrane airway valve
CN105726072B (en) 2016-04-14 2018-02-27 江苏大学 A kind of bicuspid valve air bag closure plate occluder and method for implantation being implanted into through the apex of the heart
US10327810B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2019-06-25 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhanced implantation of electrode leads between tissue layers
US11185413B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2021-11-30 Medfree, Inc. Tissue grasping devices and related methods
CN109715078B (en) 2016-07-13 2022-05-27 迈德福瑞公司 Tissue grasping device and related methods
US10478304B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2019-11-19 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Independent system for tricuspid valve repair
US10350062B2 (en) 2016-07-21 2019-07-16 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Replacement heart valve prosthesis
CN106175986B (en) 2016-07-26 2017-12-01 复旦大学附属中山医院 A kind of valve clamping machine
US11504064B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2022-11-22 Evalve, Inc. Systems and methods for intra-procedural cardiac pressure monitoring
WO2018050200A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 Coramaze Technologies Gmbh Heart implant
WO2018050203A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 Coramaze Technologies Gmbh Heart implant
US10420574B2 (en) 2016-09-19 2019-09-24 Richard Devere Thrasher, III Double forceps
US10653862B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2020-05-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Apparatus for the introduction and manipulation of multiple telescoping catheters
US10420565B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2019-09-24 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Cinch and post for tricuspid valve repair
US10548614B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2020-02-04 Evalve, Inc. Tricuspid valve repair system
CN110072477B (en) 2016-12-06 2022-09-20 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Compression coupling for reloadable hemostatic clip device
US10603165B2 (en) 2016-12-06 2020-03-31 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mechanically expanding heart valve and delivery apparatus therefor
US10779837B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2020-09-22 Evalve, Inc. Adjustable arm device for grasping tissues
EP3558164A1 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-10-30 Triflo Cardiovascular Inc. Heart valve support device and methods for making and using the same
US10869758B2 (en) 2017-02-06 2020-12-22 Caisson Interventional Llc Systems and methods for heart valve therapy
US10675439B2 (en) 2017-02-21 2020-06-09 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. High torsion delivery catheter element
US10952852B2 (en) 2017-02-24 2021-03-23 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Double basket assembly for valve repair
US11224511B2 (en) 2017-04-18 2022-01-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
RU2759657C2 (en) 2017-04-18 2021-11-16 Эдвардз Лайфсайенсиз Корпорейшн Apparatus for sealing a cardiac valve and apparatus for delivery thereof
US10959846B2 (en) * 2017-05-10 2021-03-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mitral valve spacer device
WO2018209313A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2018-11-15 Evalve, Inc. Long arm valve repair clip
US10869759B2 (en) 2017-06-05 2020-12-22 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mechanically expandable heart valve
US10779829B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2020-09-22 Evalve, Inc. Tissue compression device for cardiac valve repair
US20190030285A1 (en) 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Evalve, Inc. Intravascular delivery system with centralized steering
PL422397A1 (en) 2017-07-29 2019-02-11 Endoscope Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością System for controlling the medical probe tip, preferably the endoscope probe and the endoscope handle
US11173032B2 (en) 2017-08-28 2021-11-16 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Transcatheter device for treating mitral regurgitation
US11051940B2 (en) 2017-09-07 2021-07-06 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Prosthetic spacer device for heart valve
US20190159782A1 (en) 2017-11-28 2019-05-30 Covidien Lp Surgical ligation clip with tissue stop member
US10130475B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-11-20 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10231837B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-03-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10076415B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-09-18 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10238493B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-03-26 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10123873B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-11-13 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10136993B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-11-27 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10111751B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-10-30 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10159570B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-12-25 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US10507109B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-12-17 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
KR20240005248A (en) 2018-01-09 2024-01-11 에드워즈 라이프사이언시스 코포레이션 Native valve repair devices and systems
US10105222B1 (en) 2018-01-09 2018-10-23 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Native valve repair devices and procedures
US11389297B2 (en) 2018-04-12 2022-07-19 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Mitral valve spacer device
US11364117B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-06-21 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Braid connections for prosthetic heart valves

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11351026B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2022-06-07 Cardiovalve Ltd. Rotation-based anchoring of an implant
US11141268B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2021-10-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve with upper and lower skirts
US11839541B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2023-12-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve with upper skirt
US11109964B2 (en) 2010-03-10 2021-09-07 Cardiovalve Ltd. Axially-shortening prosthetic valve
US11653910B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2023-05-23 Cardiovalve Ltd. Helical anchor implantation
US11426155B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2022-08-30 Cardiovalve Ltd. Helical anchor implantation
US11690712B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2023-07-04 Cardiovalve Ltd. Clip-secured implant for heart valve
US11517436B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2022-12-06 Cardiovalve Ltd. Implant for heart valve
US11135059B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2021-10-05 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve and upstream support therefor
US11844691B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2023-12-19 Cardiovalve Ltd. Partially-covered prosthetic valves
US11872130B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2024-01-16 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve implant
US11701225B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2023-07-18 Cardiovalve Ltd. Delivery of a prosthetic valve
US11793638B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-10-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with pivoting tissue anchor portions
US11672658B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-06-13 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with aligned inner and outer frames
US11801135B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-10-31 Cardiovalve Ltd. Techniques for deployment of a prosthetic valve
US11793635B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2023-10-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with angularly offset frames
US11937795B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2024-03-26 Cardiovalve Ltd. Techniques for providing a replacement valve and transseptal communication
US11298117B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2022-04-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Techniques for providing a replacement valve and transseptal communication
US11779458B2 (en) 2016-08-10 2023-10-10 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with leaflet connectors
US11571298B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2023-02-07 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with appendages
US11793633B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2023-10-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve
US11246704B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-02-15 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic heart valve
US11318015B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-05-03 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve configured to fill a volume between tissue anchors with native valve tissue
US11337802B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-05-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Heart valve delivery systems and methods
US11304806B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-04-19 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with atrial tissue anchors having variable flexibility and ventricular tissue anchors having constant flexibility
US11318014B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-05-03 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve delivery system with multi-planar steering
US11337803B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-05-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with inner and outer frames connected at a location of tissue anchor portion
US11337804B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-05-24 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with radially-deformable tissue anchors configured to restrict axial valve migration
US11864996B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2024-01-09 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with protective sleeve around an outlet rim
US11304804B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-04-19 Cardiovalve, Ltd. Prosthetic valve with connecting struts of variable size and tissue anchoring legs of variable size that extend from junctions
US11819405B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2023-11-21 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with inflatable cuff configured for radial extension
US11304805B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2022-04-19 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve with inflatable cuff configured to fill a volume between atrial and ventricular tissue anchors
US11382746B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2022-07-12 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve and delivery tool therefor
US11872131B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2024-01-16 Cardiovalve Ltd. Prosthetic valve and delivery tool therefor
WO2022081328A1 (en) * 2020-10-15 2022-04-21 Evalve, Inc. Biased distal assemblies with locking mechanism
CN113331996A (en) * 2021-05-25 2021-09-03 北京领健医疗科技有限公司 Anchoring clamp and valve closing instrument using same
CN115844595A (en) * 2023-03-03 2023-03-28 上海汇禾医疗器械有限公司 Anchoring clamp device capable of being operated repeatedly

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3531979A1 (en) 2019-09-04
US20180325661A1 (en) 2018-11-15
CN113796991A (en) 2021-12-17
JP7143290B2 (en) 2022-09-28
JP7422831B2 (en) 2024-01-26
SG10202108052VA (en) 2021-09-29
US10959846B2 (en) 2021-03-30
JP2023041835A (en) 2023-03-24
EP3531979B1 (en) 2021-03-31
DK3685802T3 (en) 2023-01-30
JP2022171789A (en) 2022-11-11
CN109963529B (en) 2021-10-26
WO2018209021A1 (en) 2018-11-15
US20210212816A1 (en) 2021-07-15
EP4186472A1 (en) 2023-05-31
SG11201909647XA (en) 2019-11-28
EP3685802A1 (en) 2020-07-29
EP3685802B1 (en) 2022-12-21
MX2019012661A (en) 2020-01-21
JP2020519314A (en) 2020-07-02
US20200246136A1 (en) 2020-08-06
ES2879884T3 (en) 2021-11-23
EP3531979A4 (en) 2019-09-04
CA3061231A1 (en) 2018-11-15
PT3531979T (en) 2021-05-03
DK3531979T3 (en) 2021-05-25
CN117530812A (en) 2024-02-09
CN109963529A (en) 2019-07-02
ES2937070T3 (en) 2023-03-23
US10646342B1 (en) 2020-05-12
US10820998B2 (en) 2020-11-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10820998B2 (en) Valve repair device
US11730598B2 (en) Prosthetic device for heart valve
AU2019357479B2 (en) Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
CN110536656B (en) Heart valve sealing device and delivery device thereof
US20220226108A1 (en) Heart valve sealing devices and delivery devices therefor
JP2022520377A (en) Heart valve sealing device and its delivery device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DELGADO, SERGIO;DIXON, ERIC ROBERT;TAYLOR, DAVID M.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180523 TO 20180920;REEL/FRAME:051901/0458

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4